Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Reproductive Morphology Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Choose the correct answer
Question 1.
Vexillary aestivation is characteristic of the family …………… .
(a) Fabaceae
(b) Asteraceae
(c) Solanaceae
(d) Brassicaceae
Answer:
(a) Fabaceae

Question 2.
Gynoecium with united carples is termed as …………… .
(a) apocarpous
(b) multicarpellary
(c) syncarpous
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) syncarpous

Question 3.
Aggregate fruit develops from …………… .
(a) multicarpellary, apocarpous ovary
(b) multicarpellary, syncarpous ovary
(c) multicarpellary ovary
(d) whole inflorescence
Answer:
(a) multicarpellary, apocarpous ovary

Question 4.
In an inflorescence where flowers are borne laterally in an acropetal succession the position of the youngest floral bud shall be …………… .
(a) proximal
(b) distal
(c) intercalary
(d) anywhere
Answer:
(b) distal

Question 5.
A true fruit is the one where …………… .
(a) only ovary of the flower develops into fruit
(b) ovary and calyx of the flower develops into fruit
(c) ovary, calyx and thalamus of the flower develops into fruit
(d) all floral whorls of the flower develops into fruit
Answer:
(a) only ovary of the flower develops into fruit

Question 6.
Find out the floral formula for a bisexual flower with bract, regular, pentamerous, distinct calyx and corolla, superior ovary without bracteole?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 1

Question 7.
Give the technical terms for the following:
(a) A sterile stamen
(b) Stamens are united in one bunch
(c) Stamens are attached to the petals
Answer:
(a) A sterile stamen – Staminode
(b) Stamens are united in one bunch – Monadelphous
(c) Stamens are attached to the petals – Epipetalous (petalostemonous)

Question 8.
Explain the different types of placentation with example.
Answer:
The different types of placentation with example:

  1. Marginal: It is with the placentae along the margin of a unicarpellate ovary. Example: Fabaceae.
  2. Axile: The placentae arises from the column in a compound ovary with septa. Example: Hibiscus, tomato and lemon.
  3. Superficial: Ovules arise from the surface of the septa. Example: Nymphaeceae.
  4. Parietal: It is the placentae on the ovary walls or upon intruding partitions of a unilocular, compound ovary. Example: Mustard, argemone and cucumber.
  5. Free – central: It is with the placentae along the column in a compound ovary without septa. Example: Caryophyllaceae, Dianthus and primrose.
  6. Basal: It is the placenta at the base of the ovary. Example: Sunflower (Asteraceae) Marigold.

Question 9.
Differentiate between aggregate fruit with multiple fruit.
Answer:
1. Aggregate fruit:
Aggregate fruits develop from a single flower having an apocarpous pistil. Each of the free carpel is developed into a simple fruitlet. A collection of simple fruitlets makes an aggregate fruit. An individual ovary develops into a drupe, achene, follicle or berry. An aggregate of these fruits borne by a single flower is known as an etaerio. Example: Magnolia, Raspberry, Annona and Polyalthia.

2. Multiple or Composite fruit: A multiple or composite fruit develops from the whole inflorescence along with its peduncle on which they are borne.

  • Sorosis: A fleshy multiple fruit which develops from a spike or spadix. The flowers fused together by their succulent perianth and at the same time the axis bearing them become fleshy or juicy and the whole inflorescence forms a compact mass. Example: Pineapple, Jack fruit and Mulberry.
  • Syconus: A multiple fruit which develops from hypanthodium inflorescence. The receptacle develops further and converts into fleshy fruit which encloses a number of true fruit or achenes which develops from female flower of hypanthodium inflorescence. Example: Ficus.

Question 10.
Explain the different types of fleshy fruit with suitable example?
Answer:
The fleshy fruits are derived from single pistil, where the pericarp is fleshy, succulent and differentiated into epicarp, mesocarp and endocarp. It is subdivided into the following:

  1. Berry: Fruit develops from bicarpellary or multicarpellary, syncarpous ovary. Here the epicarp is thin, the mesocarp and endocarp remain undifferentiated. They form a pulp in which the seeds are embedded. Example: Tomato, date palm, grapes and brinjal.
  2. Drupe: Fruit develops from monocarpellary, superior ovary. It is usually one seeded. Pericarp is differentiated into outer skinny epicarp, fleshy and pulpy mesocarp and hard and stony endocarp around the seed. Example: Mango and coconut.
  3. Pepo: Fruit develops from tricarpellary inferior ovary. Pericarp terns leathery or woody which encloses, fleshy mesocarp and smooth endocarp. Example: Cucumber, watermelon, bottle gourd and pumpkin.
  4. Hesperidium: Fruit develops from multicarpellary, multilocular, syncarpous, superior ovary. The fruit wall is differentiated into leathery epicarp with oil glands, a middle fibrous mesocarp. The endocarp forms distinct chambers, containing juicy hairs. Example: Orange and lemon.
  5. Pome: It develops from multicarpellary, syncarpous, inferior ovary. The receptacle also develops along with the ovary and becomes fleshy, enclosing the true fruit. In pome the epicarp is thin skin like and endocarp is cartilagenous. Example: Apple and pear.
  6. Balausta: A fleshy indehiscent fruit developing from multicarpellary, multilocular inferior ovary whose pericarp is tough and leathery. Seeds are attached irregularly with testa being the edible portion. Example: Pomegranate.

Textbook Activity Solved

Prepare a diet chart to provide balanced diet to an adolescent (a school going child) which includes food items (fruits, vegetable and seeds) which are non – expensive and are commonly available.
Diet Chart for an Adolescent:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Reproductive Morphology Additional Questions and Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose the correct answer:
Question 1.
Placentation in tomato and lemon is …………… .
(a) parietal
(b) marginal
(c) free – central
(d) axile
Answer:
(d) axile

Question 2.
The coconut water and the edible part of coconut are equivalent to …………… .
(a) endosperm
(b) endocarp
(c) mesocarp
(d) embryo
Answer:
(a) endosperm

Question 3.
Geocarpic fruits are seen in …………… .
(a) carrot
(b) groundnut
(c) radish
(d) turnip
Answer:
(b) groundnut

Question 4.
Keel is characteristic petal of the flowers of …………… .
(a) Gulmohar
(b) Cassia
(c) Calotropis
(d) Bean
Answer:
(d) Bean

Question 5.
When the calyx is coloured and showy, it is called …………… .
(a) petaloid
(b) sepaloid
(c) bract
(d) spathe
Answer:
(a) petaloid

Question 6.
Bracts are modified leaves which bear flowers in their axils. Identify the plant which has a large showy brightly coloured bract …………… .
(a) Jasmine
(b) Euphorbia
(c) Hibiscus
(d) Bougainvillea
Answer:
(d) Bougainvillea

Question 7.
A flower which can be divided into equal vertical halves, by more than one plane of division is …………… .
(a) zygomorphic
(b) cyclic
(c) actinomorphic
(d) heteromorphic
Answer:
(c) actinomorphic

Question 8.
In Theobroma cocoa, the inflorescence arise from …………… .
(a) terminal shoot
(b) axillary part
(c) trunk of plant
(d) leaf node
Answer:
(c) trunk of plant

Question 9.
The type of inflorescence seen in Caesalpinia is …………… .
(a) corymb
(b) compound corymb
(c) capitulum
(d) umbel
Answer:
(a) corymb

Question 10.
Head is the characteristic of …………… family.
(a) Fabaceae
(b) Malvaceae
(c) Asteraceae
(d) Solanaceae
Answer:
(c) Asteraceae

Question 11.
Thyrsus is a type of …………… inflorescence.
(a) raceme
(b) cyme
(c) mixed
(d) special
Answer:
(c) mixed

Question 12.
Number of whorls in a complete flower is …………… .
(a) one
(b) two
(c) three
(d) four
Answer:
(d) four

Question 13.
Monoclinous flower will have …………… .
(a) androecium
(b) gynoecium
(c) both androecium & gynoecium
(d) none
Answer:
(c) both androecium & gynoecium

Question 14.
If unisexual and bisexual flowers are seen in same plant then the plant is said to be …………… .
(a) polyphyllous
(b) polygamous
(c) hermaphroditic
(d) dioecious
Answer:
(b) polygamous

Question 15.
…………… is a raceme of cymes.
(a) Verticil
(b) Cyathium
(c) Umbel
(d) Thyrsus
Answer:
(d) Thyrsus

Question 16.
Unit of perianth is …………… .
(a) petal
(b) sepal
(c) tepal
(d) stamen
Answer:
(c) tepal

Question 17.
Number of floral parts per whorl is called …………… .
(a) curosity
(b) atrocity
(c) merosity
(d) porosity
Answer:
(c) merosity

Question 18.
What is the green cap – like part of brinjal fruit?
(a) Corolla
(b) Perianth
(c) Calyx
(d) Pistil
Answer:
(c) Calyx

Question 19.
Butterfly shaped corolla is seen in …………… type.
(a) rosaceous
(b) caryophyllaceous
(c) cruciform
(d) papilionaceous
Answer:
(d) papilionaceous

Question 20.
Inflorescence seen in Daucas carota is …………… .
(a) umbel
(b) corymb
(c) compound umbel
(d) compound corymb
Answer:
(c) compound umbel

Question 21.
Arrangement of sepals and petals in flower bud is called …………… .
(a) adhesion
(b) aestivation
(c) placentation
(d) cohesion
Answer:
(b) aestivation

Question 22.
Which is not a part of pistil?
(a) Style
(b) Stigma
(c) Connective tissue
(d) carpel
Answer:
(c) Connective tissue

Question 23.
The type of calyx in brinjal is …………… .
(a) caducous
(b) deciduous
(c) persistent
(d) fugacious
Answer:
(c) persistent

Question 24.
Sterile stamen is called …………… .
(a) pistillode
(b) sessile
(c) staminode
(d) apostamen
Answer:
(c) staminode

Question 25.
Other name for gynoecium is …………… .
(a) carpel
(b) pistil
(c) style
(d) overy
Answer:
(b) pistil

Question 26.
Cavity found inside the ovary is called …………… .
(a) lobule
(b) locule
(c) lacuna
(d) labium
Answer:
(b) locule

Question 27.
Which part of saffron flower is used as flavouring agent?
(a) Carpel
(b) Anther
(c) Style
(d) Stigma
Answer:
(d) Stigma

Question 28.
If the ovary is inferior, then the flower is …………… .
(a) hypogynous
(b) epigynous
(c) perigynous
(d) epihypogynous
Answer:
(b) epigynous

Question 29.
Fabaceae members show …………… placentation.
(a) basal
(b) parietal
(c) superficial
(d) marginal
Answer:
(d) marginal

Question 30.
The side of the flower facing mother axis is called as …………… side.
(a) anterior
(b) posterior
(c) lateral
(d) dorsi – ventral
Answer:
(b) posterior

Question 31.
Which of the following option represents calyx?
(a) C
(b) Ca
(c) K
(d) Ka
Answer:
(c) K

Question 32.
…………… are the products of pollination & fertilization.
(a) Seeds
(b) Ovules
(c) Fruits
(d) Vegetables
Answer:
(c) Fruits

Question 33.
Study of fruits is called as …………… .
(a) honology
(b) pomology
(c) horticulture
(d) apology
Answer:
(b) pomology

Question 34.
Fruit wall can also be called as …………… .
(a) endocarp
(b) epicarp
(c) pericarp
(d) mericorp
Answer:
(c) pericarp

Question 35.
Which part of the apple fruit does we eat?
(a) Perianth
(b) Involucre
(c) Thalamus
(d) Bracteole
Answer:
(c) Thalamus

Question 36.
The false septum seen in siliqua fruits is …………… .
(a) frenulum
(b) micropyle
(c) raphae
(d) replum
Answer:
(d) replum

Question 37.
The type of fruit in Ricinus in …………… .
(a) lomentum
(b) cremocarp
(c) regma
(d) nut
Answer:
(c) regma

Question 38.
Jack fruit is an example for …………… .
(a) syconus
(b) siliqua
(c) sorosis
(d) nut
Answer:
(c) sorosis

Question 39.
Which of the following is not a schizocarpic fruit?
(a) Cremocarp
(b) Regma
(c) Samara
(d) Carcerulus
Answer:
(c) Samara

Question 40.
After fertilization …………… modifies into seed.
(a) ovary
(b) ovule
(c) carpel
(d) stigma
Answer:
(b) ovule

Question 41.
In groundnuts, which part nourishes the embryo?
(a) Endosperm
(b) Albumin
(c) Cotyledons
(d) Carpel
Answer:
(c) Cotyledons

Question 42.
…………… are the means for perpetuation of species.
(a) Fruits
(b) Seeds
(c) Corolla
(d) Flowers
Answer:
(b) Seeds

Question 43.
…………… is the second whorl of the flower.
(a) Calyx
(b) Corolla
(c) Gynoecium
(d) Perianth
Answer:
(b) Corolla

Question 44.
…………… is a ripened ovule.
(a) Carpel
(b) Pistil
(c) Seed
(d) Fruit
Answer:
(c) Seed

Question 45.
Imperfect flowers will have …………… essential whorl(s).
(a) only 1
(b) 2
(c) none
(d) 4
Answer:
(a) only 1

II. Very Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks)

Question 1.
How will you define inflorescence?
Answer:
An inflorescence is a group of flowers arising from a branched or unbranched axis with a definite pattern.

Question 2.
Where does the inflorescence axis arise in cauliflorous type of inflorescence?
Answer:
In cauliflorous type, inflorescence developed directly from a woody trunk. Example: Theobroma cocoa.

Question 3.
Name any two mixed inflorescences.
Answer:
Two mixed inflorescences:

  1. Thyrsus and
  2. Verticillaster.

Question 4.
When a flower is said to be complete?
Answer:
A flower is said to be complete when it has all the four whorls (calyx, corolla, androecium & gynoecium).

Question 5.
What is a sessile flower?
Answer:
A flower without a pedicel or stalk is said to be sessile flower.

Question 6.
Define merosity.
Answer:
Number of floral parts per whorl is called merosity.

Question 7.
Write the units of (a) Perianth and (b) Calyx.
Answer:
The units of (a) Perianth and (b) Calyx:

  1. (a) Perianth – tepals and
  2. (b) Calyx – sepals

Question 8.
Name the three types of petals in papilionoceous corolla.
Answer:
The three types of petals in papilionoceous corolla:

  1. Vexillum (standard)
  2. wings (alae)
  3. petals (carina)

Question 9.
What is a staminode? Give example.
Answer:
Sterile stamen is called staminode. e.g. Cassia

Question 10.
Define Pollinium.
Answer:
When the pollen grains are fused together as a single main, it is said to be pollinium.

Question 11.
List out the parts of a pistil.
Answer:
Ovary, style and stigma.

Question 12.
Define aestivation.
Answer:
Arrangement of sepals and petals in a floral bud.

Question 13.
What is mother axis?
Answer:
The branch that bears the flower is called mother axis.

Question 14.
What do you understand by the term “Pomology”?
Answer:
The branch of horticulture that deals with the study of fruits and their cultivation is called pomology.

Question 15.
How the seeds are classified based on endosperm?
Answer:
(a) Albuminous seed or Endospermous seed.
(b) Ex – Albuminous seed or non – Endospermous seed.

Question 16.
What is Spathe?
Answer:
In spadix, entire inflorescence is covered by a brightly coloured or hard bract called a spathe.

Question 17.
Differentiate Apocarpous and Syncarpous ovary.
Answer:
Apocarpous and Syncarpous ovary:

  1. Apocarpous: A pistil contains two or more distinct carpels. Example: Annona
  2. Syncarpous: A pistil contains two or more carpels which are connate. Example: Citrus and Tomato

Question 19.
Give examples for following fruit types: (a) Berry (b) Hesperidium
Answer:
(a) Berry: Tomato
(b) Hesperidium: Orange

III. Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks)

Question 1.
Distinguish between Monoecious & Dioecious.
Answer:
Between Monoecious & Dioecious:

  1. Monoecious: Both male and female flowers are present in the same plant, e.g., Coconut
  2. Dioecious:  Male and female flowers are present on separate plants, e.g., Papaya

Question 2.
Explain Bilateral symmetry.
Answer:
In bilateral symmetry the flower can be divided into equal halves in only one plane. Zygomorphic flower can efficiently transfer pollen grains to visiting pollinators. Example: Pisum.

Question 3.
Differentiate Apopetalous from Sympetalous.
Answer:
Apopetalous from Sympetalous:

  1. Apopetalous (or) Polypetalous: Petals are distinct, e.g., Hibiscus.
  2. Sympetalous (or) Gamopetalous: Petals are fused, e.g., Datura.

Question 4.
Define Placentation & mention their types.
Answer:
The mode of distribution of placenta inside the ovary is called placentation. Types of placentation: Marginal, Axile, Superficial, Parietal, Free – central and Basal.

Question 5.
Write the floral formula for the Hibiscus rosasinensis.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 3

Question 6.
What are Parthenocarpic fruit?
Answer:
Development of fruits without fertilization are called Parthenocarpic fruit. They are seedless fruits. Example: Banana.

Question 7.
From which type of flowers does the aggregate fruit develops?
Answer:
Aggregate fruits develop from a single flower having an apocarpous pistil. Each of the free carpel is develops into a simple fruitlet. A collection of simple fruitlets makes an aggregate fruit.

Question 8.
Classify seeds based on their cotyledons.
Answer:
Based on the number of cotyledons present, two types of seeds are recognized.

  1. Dicotyledonous seed: Seed with two cotyledons.
  2. Monocotyledonous seed: Seed with one cotyledon.

Question 9.
List out any 3 significances of seed.
Answer:
3 significances of seed:

  1. The seed encloses and protects the embryo for next generation.
  2. Seeds of various plants are used as food, both for animals and human.
  3. Seeds are the products of sexual reproduction so they provide genetic variations and recombination in a plant.

Question 10.
What is the importance of inflorescence.
Answer:
Function of inflorescence is to display the flowers for effective pollination and facilitate seed dispersal. The grouping of flowers in one place gives a better attraction to the visiting pollinators and maximize the energy of the plant.

Question 11.
Draw the line diagram for the following inflorescence.
Answer:
(a) Simple Dichasium:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 5

(b) Compound Dichasium:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 4

IV. Long Answer Type Questions (5 Marks)

Question 1.
Explain the various types of Schizocarpic fruit.
Answer:
This fruit type of intermediate between dehiscent and indehiscent fruit. The fruit instead of dehiscing rather splits into number of segments, each containing one or more seeds. They are of following types:

  1. Cremocarp: Fruit develops from bicarpellary, syncarpous, inferior ovary and splitting into two one seeded segments known as mericarps. e.g., Coriander and Carrot.
  2. Carcerulus: Fruit develops from bicarpellary, syncarpous, superior ovary and splitting into four one seeded segments known as nutlets, e.g., Leucas, Ocimum and Abutilon.
  3. Lomentum: The fruit is derived from monocarpellary, unilocular ovary. A leguminous fruit, constricted between the seeds to form a number of one seeded compartments that separate at maturity, e.g., Desmodium, Arachis and Mimosa.
  4. Regma: They develop from tricarpellary, syncarpous, superior, trilocular ovary and splits into one – seeded cocci which remain attached to carpophore, e.g., Ricinus and Geranium.

Question 2.
Explain the different types of flowers based on the position of ovary.
Answer:
Based on the position of ovary, a flower can be classified as:

  1. Hypogynous: The term is used for sepals, petals and stamens attached at the base of a superior ovary, e.g. Malvaceae.
  2. Epihypogynous: The term is used for sepals, petals and stamens attached at the middle of the ovary (half – inferior), e.g. Fabaceae and Rosaceae.
  3. Epigynous: The term is used for sepals, petals and stamens attached at the tip of an inferior ovary, e.g. Cucumber, apple and Asteraceae.
  4. Perigynous: The term is used for a hypanthium attached at the base of a superior ovary.
  5. Epiperigynous: The term is used for hypanthium attached at the apex of an inferior ovary.

Question 3.
Classify the anthers based on their mode of attachment.
Answer:
The anthers based on their mode of attachment:

  1. Basifixed: (Innate) Base of anther is attached to the tip of filament, e.g., Brassica, Datura
  2. Dorsifixed: Apex of filament is attached to the dorsal side of the anther, e.g. Citrus, Hibiscus
  3. Versatile: Filament is attached to the anther at midpoint, e.g., Grasses
  4. Adnate: Filament is continued from the base to the apex of anther, e.g. Verbena, Ranunculus, Nelumbo.

Question 4.
Define aestivation. Explain its types with example.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 6

Question 5.
Distinguish between racemose and cymose inflorescence.
Answer:
Racemose inflorescence

  1. Main axis of unlimited growth
  2. Flowers arranged in an acropetal succession
  3. Opening of flowers is centripetal
  4. Usually the oldest flower at the base of the inflorescence axis.

Cymose inflorescence:

  1. Main axis of limited growth
  2. Flowers arranged in a basipetal succession
  3. Opening of flowers is centrifugal
  4. Usually the oldest flower at the top of the inflorescence axis.

Question 6.
Write in detail about head inflorescence.
Answer:
Head: A head is a characteristic inflorescence of Asteraceae and is also found in some members of Rubiaceae. Example: Neolamarkia cadamba and Mitragyna parvifolia; and in some members of Fabaceae – Mimosoideae, example: Acacia nilotica, Albizia lebbeck, Mimosa pudica (sensitive plant). Torus contains two types of florets:

  1. Disc floret or tubular floret.
  2. Ray floret or ligulate floret.

Heads are classified into two types:

  1. Homogamous head: This type of inflorescence exhibits single kind of florets. Inflorescence has disc florets alone. Example: Vernonia, Ageratum or Ray florets alone. example: Launaea, Sonchus.
  2. Heterogamous head: The inflorescence possesses both types of florets. Example: Helianthus, Tridax.

Disc florets at the centre of the head are tubular and bisexual whereas the ray florets found at the margin of the head which are ligulate pistilate (unisexual).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 7
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 8

Question 7.
List out the significance of fruits.
Answer:
The significance of fruits:

  1. Edible part of the fruit is a source of food, energy for animals.
  2. They are source of many chemicals like sugar, pectin, organic acids, vitamins and minerals.
  3. The fruit protects the seeds from unfavourable climatic conditions and animals.
  4. Both fleshy and dry fruits help in the dispersal of seeds to distant places.
  5. In certain cases, fruit may provide nutrition to the developing seedling.
  6. Fruits provide source of medicine to humans.

Question 8.
Draw a flow chart depicting the classification of fruits.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology 9

Question 9.
Explain in detail about any two special inflorescence.
Answer:
The inflorescences do not show any of the development pattern types are classified under special type of inflorescence.
1. Cyathium: Cyathium inflorescence consists of small unisexual flowers enclosed by a common involucre which mimics a single flower. Male flowers are organized in a scorpioid manner. Female flower is solitary and centrally located on a long pedicel. Male flower is represented only by stamens and female flower is represented only by pistil. Cyathium may be actinomorphic (Example: Euphorbia) or zygomorphic (Example: Pedilanthus) Nectar is present in involucre.

2. Hypanthodium: Receptacle is a hollow, globose structure consisting unisexual flowers present on the inner wall of the receptacle. Receptacle is closed except a small opening called ostiole which is covered by a series of bracts. Male flowers are present nearer to the ostiole, female and neutral flowers are found in a mixed manner from middle below. Example: Ficus sp. (Banyan and Pipal).

V. Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Question 1.
Brinjal fruit has persistent calyx. Have you ever noticed the same in any other fruits? Name them.
Answer:
Tomato, Lady’s finger, guava and chilli also have persistent calyx.

Question 2.
Whether parthenocarpic fruits develop endosperm? Why?
Answer:
No, parthenocarpic fruits are developed without fertilization, but endosperm will form only after fertilization. So parthenocarpic fruits do not have endosperm.

Question 3.
Ovary develops into fruit after fertilization. While eating an Apple which part do you eat? Explain.
Answer:
Apple belongs to false fruit. In false fruits, apart from the ovary, non – carpellary parts also develop into fruit. In apple, the thalamus develops into fleshy edible part.

Question 4.
Cremocarp and Carcerulus both are schizocarpic fruits yet they differ. How?
Answer:
Cremocarp:

  1. Fruit develops from syncarpous inferior ovary.
  2. Ripened fruit split into two, one – seeded segments called mericarps.

Carcerulus:

  1. Fruit develops from syncarpous superior ovary.
  2. Ripened fruit split into four, one – seeded segments called nutlets.

Question 5.
Mango and coconut are ‘drupe’ type of fruits. In Mango, the edible part is fleshy mesocarp. What does the milk of tender coconut represent?
Answer:
Endosperm is the liquid (milk) potable part of tender coconut, which is rich in nutrients and is formed as a result of triple fusion.

Question 6.
Pick out correct ratio of the male flower to female flower in cyathium inflorescence and explain it?
(a) one : one
(b) one : many
(c) many : many and
(d) many : one.
Answer:
(a) One : one – Cyathium has single female flower represented by pistil and male flower represented by stamen.

Question 7.
Pollen differs from pollinium. How?
Answer:
Pollen are microspores which produces male gametes, whereas pollinium refers to the single mass of fused pollen grains.

Question 8.
Sunflower is not a flower – Justify your answer.
Answer:
Sunflower is actually an inflorescence not a single flower. The inflorescence of sunflower is capitulum composed of disc florets and ray florets.

Question 9.
Flower is a modified shoot for reproduction – Give possible evidence.
Answer:
Modified shoot for reproduction:

  • Floral leaves (sepals and petals) are modified leaves.
  • Floral and vegetative buds both emerge either in terminal or axillary position.
  • Foliage leaves and floral leaves have identical arrangement on stem.

Question 10.
Is tomato a fruit or vegetable? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, tomato is a fruit. Because it develops from the ripened ovary and bears seeds, whereas vegetable refers to all other plant parts like root, stem and leaves.

Question 11.
What is caruncle? Where it is seen? How it helps the plant?
Answer:
Caruncle is the fleshy outgrowth at the base of seed. Usually caruncle helps in the seed dispersal, particularly by ants (Myrmecophily).

Question 12.
Both the prefixes (Uni – and Mono -) have the same meaning i.e. one in number. Does it mean that unisexual and monoecious are the same?
Answer:
That unisexual and monoecious:

  1. Unisexual refers to the sex of flower (i.e. whether it has anther or carpel).
  2. Monoecious refers to the plant bearing both the sexes in their flowers.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 4 Reproductive Morphology textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The clitellum is a distinct part in the body of earthworm Lampito mauritii, it is found in …………….
(a) Segments 13 – 14
(b) Segments 14 – 17
(c) Segments 12 – 13
(d) Segments 14 – 16
Answer:
(b) Segments 14 -17

Question 2.
Sexually, earthworms are ……………..
(a) Sexes are separate
(b) Hermaphroditic but not self-fertilizing
(c) Hermaphroditic and self-fertilizing
(d) Parthenogenic
Answer:
(b) Hermaphroditic but not self-fertilizing

Question 3.
To sustain themselves, earthworms must guide their way through the soil using their powerful muscles. They gather nutrients by ingesting organic matter and soil, absorbing what they need into their bodies. Say whether the statement is true or false: The two ends of the earthworm can equally ingest soil.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
(b) False

Question 4.
The head region of Cockroach pairs of and shaped eyes occur.
(a) One pair, sessile compound and kidney shaped
(b) Two pairs, stalked compound and round shaped
(c) Many pairs, sessile simple and kidney shaped
(d) Many pairs, stalked compound and kidney shaped
Answer:
(a) One pair, sessile compound and kidney shaped

Question 5.
The location and numbers of malpighian tubules in Periplaneta ……………
(a) At the junction of midgut and hindgut, about 150.
(b) At the junction of foregut and midgut, about 150.
(c) Surrounding gizzard, eight.
(d) At the junction of colon and rectum, eight.
Answer:
(a) At the junction of midgut and hindgut, about 150.

Question 6.
The type of vision in Cockroach is ………………
(a) Three dimensional
(b) Two dimensional
(c) Mosaic
(d) Cockroach do not have vision
Answer:
(c) Mosaic

Question 7.
How many abdominal segments are present in male and female cockroaches?
(a) 10, 10
(b) 9, 10
(c) 8, 10
(d) 9, 9
Answer:
(a) 10,10

Question 8.
Which of the following have an open circulatory system?
(a) Frog
(b) Earthworm
(c) Pigeon
(d) Cockroach
Answer:
(d) Cockroach

Question 9.
Buccopharyngeal respiration in frog …………….
(a) is increased when nostrils are closed
(b) stops when there is pulmonary respiration
(c) is increased when it is catching fly
(d) stops when mouth is opened.
Answer:
(b) Stops when there is pulmonary respiration

Question 10.
Kidney of frog is ………………
(a) Archinephros
(b) Pronephros
(c) Mesonephros
(d) Metanephros
Answer:
(c) Mesanephros

Question 11.
Presence of gills in the tadpole of frog indicates that ………….
(a) fishes were amphibious in the past
(b) fishes evolved from frog-like ancestors
(c) frogs will have gills in future
(d) frogs evolved from gilled ancestor
Answer:
(d) frogs evolved from gilled ancestor

Question 12.
Choose the wrong statement among the following …………….
(a) In earthworm, a pair of male genital pore is present.
(b) Setae help in locomotion of earthworms.
(c) Muscular layer in the body wall of earthworm is made up of circular muscles and longitudinal muscles.
(d) Typhlosole is part of the intestine of earthworm.
Answer:
(a) In earthworm, a pair of male genital pore is present.

Question 13.
Which of the following are the sense organs of Cockroach?
(a) Antennae, compound eyes, maxillary palps, anal cerci
(b) Antennae, compound eye, maxillary palps and tegmina
(c) Antennae, ommatidia, maxillary palps, stemumv and anal style
(d) Antennae, eyes, maxillary palps, tarsus of walking legs and coxa
Answer:
(c) Antennae, ommatidia, maxillary palps, sternumv and anal style

Question n 14.
What characteristics are used to identify the earthworms?
Answer:
In gardens, earthworms can be traced by their fecal deposits known as worm castings on the soil surface. The earthworms can be identified using the following characteristics:

  • Long and cylindrical narrow body.
  • Bilateral symmetry
  • It is light brown in colour with purple tinge at the anterior end.
  • The division of body into many segments or metameres.
  • The dorsal surface of the body is marked by a dark mid dorsal line.
  • In mature worms, segments 14-17 may be found swollen with a glandular thickening of the skin called the clitellum.

Question 15.
What are earthworm casts?
Answer:
The undigested particles of food along with earth passed out through the anus of the earthworm are called worm casting.

Question 16.
How do earthworms breathe?
Answer:
In earthworms, respiration takes place through the body wall by the moist skin diffusion, oxygen diffuses through the skin into the blood while carbon dioxide from the blood diffuses out.

Question 17.
Why do you call cockroach a pest?
Answer:
Cockroaches destroy food and contaminates it with their offensive odour. They are carriers of a number of bacterial diseases. The cockroach allergen can cause asthma to sensitive people.

Question 18.
Comment on the functions of alary muscles?
Answer:
Alary muscles are the triangular muscles that are responsible for blood circulation in the cockroach. Each segment has one pair and a pumped anteriorly to sinuses again.

Question 19.
Name the visual units of the compound eyes of cockroach.
Answer:
Ommatidia

Question 20.
How does the male frog attracts the female for mating?
Answer:
Male frog has a pair of vocal sacs and a nuptial pad on the ventral side of the first digit of each forelimb. Vocal sacs assist in amplifying the croaking sound of frog. It makes a characteristic sound and attracts the female.

Question 21.
Write the types of respiration seen in frog.
Answer:
Frog respires on land and in the water by two different methods. In water, skin acts as aquatic respiratory organ (cutaneous respiration). Dissolved oxygen in the water gets exchanged through the skin by diffusion. On land, the buccal cavity, skin and lungs act as the respiratory organs. In buccal respiration on land, the mouth remains permanently closed while the nostrils remain open.

The floor of the buccal cavity is alternately raised and lowered, so air is drawn into and expelled out of the buccal cavity repeatedly through the open nostrils. Respiration by lungs is called pulmonary respiration. The lungs are a pair of elongated, pink coloured sac-like structures present in the upper part of the trunk region (thorax). Air enters through the nostrils into the buccal cavity and then to the lungs. During aestivation and hibernation gaseous exchange takes place through skin.

Question 22.
Differentiate between peristomium and prostoinium in earthworm.
Answer:
Peristomium:
The first segment of the body of earthworm is called peristomium.

Prostomium:
A small flap overhanging the mouth is called prostomium or upper lip.

Question 23.
Give the location of clitellum and spermathecal openings in Lampito mauritii.
Answer:
In mature earthworms, 14 – 17th segments are swollen with a glandular thickening of the skin called the clitellum. Permathecal openings are three pairs of small ventrolateral apertures lying intersegmentally between the grooves of the segment 6 / 7,  7 / 8 and 8 / 9.

Question 24.
Differentiate between tergum and a sternum
Answer:
Tergum:
Tergum is the covering each segment of cockroach on the dorsal side.

Sternum:
The sternum is the covering of each segment of cockroach on the ventral side.

Question 25.
Head of cockroach is called hypognathous. Why?
Answer:
The mouth parts of cockroach are directed downwards. The head is small, triangular lies at right angle to the longitudinal body axis. Hence it is called hypognathous.

Question 26.
What are the components of blood in frog?
Answer:
The blood consists of plasma [60%] and blood cells [40%], red blood cells, white blood cells, and platelets. RBCs are loaded with red pigment, nucleated and oval in shape. Leucocytes are nucleated, and circular in shape.

Question 27.
Draw a neat labeled diagram of the digestive system of frog.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals     Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 28.
Explain the reproductive system of frog.
Answer:
The male frog has a pair of testes which are attached to the kidney and the dorsal body wall by folds of peritonium called mesorchium. Vasa efferentia arise from each testis. They enter the kidneys on both side and open into the bladder canal. Finally, it communicates with the urinogenital duct that comes out of kidneys and opens into the cloaca (Fig. 1).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Female reproductive system (Fig. 2) consists of paired ovaries, attached to the kidneys, and dorsal body wall by folds of peritoneum called mesovarium. There is a pair of coiled oviducts lying on the sides of the kidney. Each oviduct opens into the body-cavity at the anterior end by a funnel like opening called ostia. Unlike the male frog, the female frog has separate genital ducts distinct from ureters. Posteriorly the oviducts dilated to form ovisacs before they open into cloaca. Ovisacs store the eggs temporarily before they are sent out through the cloaca.

In-Text Questions Solved

Question 1.
How do the earthworms sense activity in their habitat without eyes, ears or a nose?
Answer:
The earthworm’s receptors are stimulated by a group of slender columnar cells connected with nerves. The Photoreceptors (sense of light) are found on the dorsal surface of the body. Gustatory (sense of taste) and olfactory receptors (sense of smell) are found in the buccal cavity. Tactile receptors (sense of touch), chemoreceptors (detect chemical changes) and thermoreceptors (changes in temperature) are present in the prostomium and the body wall.

Question 2.
Respiratory system of cockroach is formed of spiracles and tracheal interconnections. Why is it said to be more efficient than that of earthworm? Why inspiration of cockroach is said to be a passive process while it is an active process in man?
Answer:
The respiratory system of cockroach is well developed compared with other terrestrial insects. Branched tubes known as trachea open through 10 pairs of small holes called spiracles or stigmata

Question 3.
Arthropod eyes are called compound eyes because they are made up of repeating units, the ommatidia, each of which functions as a separate visual receptor. What is the difference between compound eyes and simple eyes? Why is mosaic vision with less resolution seen in cockroaches?
Answer:
f an eye is made of many eyes, it is a compound eye. It has many visual receptors unlike a simple eye which has only one visual receptor. The photoreceptors of the cockroach consists of a pair of compound eyes at the dorsal surface of the head. Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called the ommatidia (singular: ommatidium), through which the cockroach can receive several images of an object. This kind of vision is known as mosaic vision with more sensitivity but less resolution.

Question 4.
Why three chambered heart of frog is not as efficient has the four chambered heart of birds and mammals?
Answer:
A 4-chambered heart can pump blood more powerfully and efficiently. This helps in better oxygenation of the blood, better circulation and better purification of the blood.

Entrance Examination Questions Solved

Question 1.
The body cells in cockroach discharge their nitrogenous waste in the haemolymph mainly in the form of ……….. (NEET 2015)
(a) Calcium carbonate
(b) Ammonia
(c) Potassium urate
(d) Urea
Answer:
(c) Potassium urate

Question 2.
Frog’s heart when taken out of the body continues to beat for sometime. Select the best option from the following statements. (NEET 2017)
(a) Frog is a poikilotherm.
(b) Frog does not have any coronary circulation.
(c) Heart is “myogenic” in nature.
(d) Heart is autoexcitable Options
Answer:
(d) Heart is autoexcitable Options

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Additional Questions & Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose the correct answer

Question 1.
Which of the following is found in upper layers of the soil?
(a) Perionyx exavatus
(b) Octochaetona thurstoni
(c) Lampito mauritii
(d) Eudrilus eugeniae
Answer:
(c) Lampito mauritii

Question 2.
The body setae of earthworms are concerned with
(a) sensory function
(b) protection
(c) excretion
(d) locomotion
Answer:
(d) locomotion

Question 3.
The female genital aperture lies on the ventral side in the segment.
(a) 18th
(b) 10th
(c) 14th
(d) 8th
Answer:
(c) 14th

Question 4.
The pair of male genital apertures are situated later ventrally in the segment.
(a) 18th
(b) 10th
(c) 14th
(d) 9th
Answer:
(a) 18th

Question 5.
In earthworm, what is present in the 6th segment?
(a) oesophagus
(b) intestine
(c) gizzard
(d) anus
Answer:
(c) gizzard

Question 6.
Which of the following is not found in the prostomium?
(a) Tactile receptors
(b) chemoreceptors
(c) Thermoreceptors
(d) Olfactory receptors
Answer:
(d) Olfactory receptors

Question 7.
In protandrous condition, what is correct?
(a) ova mature earlier than sperms
(b) sperms mature earlier than ova
(c) both sperms and ova mature at the same time
(d) both sperms and ova do not mature at all
Answer:
(b) sperms mature earlier than ova –

Question 8.
The mouth parts of cockroach are of type.
(a) eating and chewing
(b) chewing and sicking
(c) sucking and chewing
(d) biting and chewing
Answer:
(d) biting and chewing

Question 9.
Which of the following is right?
(a) Anal styles are present only in male cockroach.
(b) Anal styles are present in both male and female cockroaches
(c) Anal cerei are present in male cockroach only
(d) Anal cerei are present in female cockroach only
Answer:
(a) Anal styles are present only in male cockroach.

Question 10.
Which is responsible for circulation of blood in cockroach?
(a) spiracular muscles
(b) alary muscles
(c) haemocytes
(d) ostia
Answer:
(b) alary muscles

Question 11.
Cockroach excretes as the nitrogenous waste from the body.
(a) urea
(b) ammonia
(c) uric acid
(d) creatinine
Answer:
(c) uric acid

Question 12.
In cockroach, maiphigian tubules are concerned with
(a) digestion
(b) respiration
(c) excretion
(d) secretion of fluids
Answer:
(c) excretion

Question 13.
The secretion of collaterial glands in cockroach is to produce
(a) ova
(b) sperms
(c) pigments
(d) oothoea
Answer:
(d) oothoea

Question 14.
Which of the following is not a feature of frog?
(a) presence of webbed deet
(b) absence of teeth
(c) smooth and moist skin
(d) slender body
Answer:
(b) absence of teeth

Question 15.
When the frog is ¡n water respiration occurs.
(a) pulmonary
(b) gill
(c) buccal
(d) cutaneous
Answer:
(d) cutaneous

Question 16.
In frog, aortic arch divides into three aortic arches namely …………….
(a) carotid, systemic and sinus venosus
(b) carotid, systemic and pulmo cutaneous
(c) carotid, dorsal aorta and pulmo cutaneous
(d) carotic, truneous arteriosus and pulmo cutaneous
Answer:
(b) carotid, systemic and pulmo cutaneous

Question 17.
Frogs excrete and hence they are called ……………
(a) urea, urecotelic
(b) uric acid. urecotelic
(c) ammonia, ammonotalic
(d) urea, urotelic
Answer:
(c) ammonia, ammonotalic

Question 18.
Which of the following change happens during metamorphosis of tadpole?
(a) gills disappear and lungs develop
(b) lungs disappear and gills develop
(c) gills remains as such
(d) lungs disappear
Answer:
(a) gills disappear and lungs develop

II. Fill In the blanks

Question 1.
………… are the earthworms found in deeper layers of the soil.
Answer:
Endogeics

Question 2.
The segments of the earthworm are ………..
Answer:
metameres

Question 3.
The first segment of earthworm is called …………..
Answer:
prostomium

Question 4.
The last segment of the earthworm is called ……………
Answer:
pygidium

Question 5.
The swollen segments 14 to 17 in mature earthworm is called the …………..
Answer:
clitellum

Question 6.
The body setac are absent in the , last segments and allatum ……………
Answer:
first

Question 7.
The are present from the O segment onwards in the earthworm …………..
Answer:
dorsal

Question 8.
Nephrogenous eliminate wastes …………….
Answer:
metabolic/nitrogenous

Question 9.
found in the coelomic fluid of earthworm plays an important role in regeneration, immunity and wound healing.
Answer:
Coelomocytes

Question 10.
The dorsal wall of the intestine of earthworm is tblded into the cavity as the …………..
Answer:
typhiosole

Question 11.
In earthworm, the vessel has no valves and non-contractile …………….
Answer:
Ventral

Question 12.
In earthworms excretion is effected by …………….
Answer:
nephridia

Question 13
nephridia are present in the 5th – 9th segments.
Answer:
Pharyngeal of tufted

Question 14.
Special cells on the coelomic wall of the intestine called are excretory in function in earthworms.
Answer:
chioragogen cells

Question 15.
In earthworms, the male genital aperture contains two pairs of for copulation.
Answer:
penial setae

Question 16.
The secretion of the prostate gland serves to cement the spermatozoa into bundles known as
Answer:
spermatophores

Question 17.
are present in the 7th, 8th and 9th segment of earthworm.
Answer:
Spermatheca

Question 18.
The process of producing compost using earthworm is called ……………
Answer:
vermi composting

Question 19.
The first pair of wings of cockroach is called ………..
Answer:
alytra of fegmina

Question 20.
In both male and female cockroach, genital apertures are surrounded by scierites called …………….
Answer:
gonapophysis

Question 21.
helps in grinding of food particles in cockroach.
Answer:
Gizzard

Question 22.
In between the foregut and midgut of cockroach are present.
Answer:
Aepatic caecae

Question 23.
In between the midgut and the hindgut of cockroach are present which help in …………….
Answer:
maiphigian tubules excretion

Question 24.
The respiratory organs of cockroach are ……………..
Answer:
trachea

Question 25.
The trachea of cockroach open through 10 pairs of small holes called ……………
Answer:
spiracles/stigmata

Question 26.
The opening and closing of spiracles are regulated by ……………..
Answer:
sphincter spiracular muscles

Question 27.
The blood of cockroach is called as ……………
Answer:
Haemolymph.

Question 28.
The blood from the sinuses enters the heart of cockroach through the …………..
Answer:
ostia

Question 29.
in cockroach, there is a accessory at the base of each antenna which also pumps blood.
Answer:
pulsatile vesicle

Question 30.
The receptors are located in the antenna, maxillary paips and cerci.
Answer:
thigmo

Question 31.
are found on the first four tarsal segments on the legs of cockroach.
Answer:
Thermoreceptors

Question 32.
The receptor chordotonal is found on the which respond lo air or earth borne vibrations.
Answer:
Anal cerci

Question 33.
The eye of cockroach is made up of simple’eyes called the ……………..
Answer:
ommatidia

Question 34.
The collaterial glands present behind the ovaries of female reproductive system cockroach produce ………….
Answer:
ootheca

Question 35.
The young cockroach are called …………….
Answer:
nymphs

Question 36.
The temperature of the frog varies with the varying environmental temperature and hence it is called …………..
Answer:
poikulothermic

III. Answer the following Questions

Question 1.
Classify earthworms based on their ecological strategies.
Answer:

  • Earthworms are classified as epigeics, anecics and endogeics based on their ecological strategies.
  • Epigeics are the surface dwellers e.g., Perionyx excavaus and Eudrilus eugeniae.
  • Anecics are found in the upper layers of the soil e.g., Lampiro mauritii, Lumbricus terrestris.
  • Endogeics are found in deeper layers of the soil e.g., Octochaetona thursoni.

Question 2.
Explain the morphology of earthworm, Lampito mauritii.
Answer:

  • Lampilo mauritii has a long and cylindrical narrow body which is laterally symmetrical.
  • it is light brown in colour with purplish length at the anterior end.
  • The body is divided into 165 – 190 segments.
  • The dorsal surface of the body is marked by a dark mid dorsal line along the longitudinal axis of the body.
  • The ventral surface has genital opening.
  • The mouth is found in the centre of the first segment called peristomium. Overhanging
  • the mouth is a small flag called upper lip or prostomium.
  • The last segment called pygidiurn has the anus.
  • The segments 14-17 are swollen with a glandular thickening of the skin called the clitellum.
  • The body of earthworm is divided into pre clitellar region (1 – 13), clitellar region (14 – 17) and post clitellar region (after 17).
  • Chitinous body selae are present in all segments except the first, last and clitellar segments. They are locomoting in function.
  • The dorsal pores are present from the 10th segment onwards. The coelomic fluid
  • communicates to the exterior through these pores and keeps the body surface moist and free from harmful microorganism.
  • Between the segment 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9, supernatural openings are present.
  • The female genital aperture lies on the ventral side in the 14th segment and a pair of male genital apertures are situated determinately in the 1 8th segment.
  • Nephridiopores are numerous and found throughout the body except a free anterior segments.

Question 3.
Explain the internal structure of the earthworm.
Answer:
The body wall of the earthworm is very moist, thin, soft, skinny, elastic and consists of the cuticle, epidermis, muscles and coelomic epithelium. The epidermis consists of supporting cells, gland cells, basal cells and sensory cells.

Question 4.
Write a note on coelom of earthworm.
Answer;
A spacious body cavity called the coelom is seen between the alimentary canal and the body wall. The coelom contains the coelomic fluid and serves as a hydrostatic skeleton, in which the coelomocytes are known to play a major role in regeneration. immunity and wound healing. The coelomic fluid of the earthworm is milky and alkaline, which consists of granulocytes or cicocytes. amoebocytes, mucocytes and leucocytes.

Question 5.
Explain the digestive system of earthworm.
Answer:
The digestive system of the earthworm consists of the alimentary canal and the digestive glands. The alimentary canal runs as a straight tube throughout the length of the body from the mouth to anus. The mouth opens into the buccal cavity which occupies the 1 and 2 segments.

The buccal cavity leads into a thick muscular pharynx,which occupies the 3th and 4th segments and is surrounded by the pharyngeal glands. A small narrow tube, oesophagus lies in the 5th segment and continues into a muscular gizzard in the 6th segment. The gizzard helps in the grinding of soit particles and decaying leaves.

Intestine starts from the 7th segment and continues till the last segment. The dorsal wall of the intestine is folded into the cavity as the typhlosole. This fold contains blood vessels and increases the absorptive area of the intestine. The inner epithehum consists of columnar cells and glandular cells. The alimentary canal opens to the exterior through the anus. The ingested organic rich soil passes through the digestive tract where digestive enzymes breakdown complex food into smaller absorbable units.

The simpler molecules are absorbed through the intestinal membrane and are utilized. The undigested particles along with earth are passed out through the anus, as worm castings or vermicasts. The pharyngeal or salivary gland cells and the glandular cells of the intestine are supposed to be the digestive glands which secrete digestive enzymes for digestion of food.

Question 6.
What is typhiosole?
Answer:

  • The dorsal wall of the intestine of earthworm is folded into the cavity as the typhiosole.
  • This fold contains blood vessels and increases the absorptive area of the intestine.

Question 7.
Explain the nervous system of earthworm.
Answer:
The bibbed mass of nervous tissue called supra-pharyngeal ganglia lies on the dorsal wall of the pharynx in the 3 segment. It is referred as the brain. In the 4th segment, the sub-pharyngeal ganglia is found. The brain and the sub-pharyngeal are connected by a pair of circum-pharyngeal connectives. The double ventral nerve cord runs backward from the sub-pharyngeal ganglion. The brain and other nerves in the ring integrates sensory inputs and command muscular responses of the body.

Question 8.
Explain the receptors in earthworm.
Answer:
The receptors are simulated by a group of slender columnar cells connected with nerves. The photoreceptor are found on the dorsal surface of the body. Gustatory and olfactory receptors are found in the buccal cavity. Tactile receptors, chernoreceptors and thermoreceptors are present in the prostomium and the body wall.

Question 9.
Explain the excretory system of the earthworm
Answer:
Excretion is the process of elimination of metabolic waste products from the body. In earthworm, excretion is effected by segmentally arranged, minute coiled, paired tubules called nephridia.
There are three types of nephridia:
1. pharyngeal or tufted nephridia – present as paired tufts in the 5th segments.

2. Microncphridia or Integurnentary nephridia attached to the lining of the body wall from the 14th segment to the last which open on the body surface.

3. Megancphridia or septal nephridia – present as pair on both sides of intersegmental septa of the 1 9th segment to the last and open into intestine (Figure). The mcganephridium has an internal funnel like opening called the nephrostome. which is fully ciliated. The nephrostorne is in the preceding segment and the rest of the tube is in the succeeding segment. This tube consists of three distinct divisions, the ciliated, the glandular and the muscular region.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

The waste material collected through the ciliated funnel is pushed into the muscular part of nephridium by the ciliated region. The glandular part extracts the waste from the blood and finally the wastes exit out through the nephridiopore. Bcsides nephridia. special cells on the coelomic wall of the intestine, called chloragogen cells arc present. They extract the nitrogenous waste from the blood of the intestinal wall. into the body cavity to he sent out through the ncphridia.

Question 10.
Explain the male reproductive system of the earthworm.
Answer:
In the male reproductive system, two pairs of testes are present in the 10th and 11th segments. The testes give rise to the germ cells or spermatogonia, which develops into spermatozoa in the two pairs of seminal vesicles. Two pairs of seminal ftrnnels called ciliary rosettes are situated in the same segments as the testes. The ciliated funnels of the same side are connected to a long tube called vas dcfcrcns.

The vasa deferentia run upto the 18th segment where they open to the exterior through the male genital aperture. The male genital aperture contains Iwo pairs of penial setae for copulation. A pair of prostate glands lies in the 18 – 9th segments. The secretion of the prostate gland serves to cement the spermatozoa into bundles known as spermatophores.

Question 11.
Explain the female reproductive system of earthworm.
Answer:
The female reproductive system consists of a pair of ovaries lying in the 3’ segment. Each ovary has finger like projections which contain ova in linear series. Ovarian funnels are present beneath the ovaries which continue into the oviducts.

They join together and open on the ventral side as a single median female genital pore in the 14th segment. Spermathecae or seminal receptacles are three pairs lying in segments 7th, 8th and 9th opening to the exterior on the ventral side between 6th & 7th 7th & 8th and 8th & 9th segments. They receive spermatozoa from the partner and store during copulation.

Question 12.
In earthworm, self fertilization does not take place though it has both male and female reproductive system. Why?
Answer:
The male and female sex organs mature at different times Sperms develops earlier than the production of ova (protandrous). Hence, self fertilization does not take place in earthworm.

Question 13.
Write a short note on the life cycle of earthworni.
Answer:
Lampito mauritii begins its life cycle, from the fertilized eggs. The eggs are held in a protective cocoon. These cocoons have an incubation period of about 14 – 18 days after which they hatch to release juveniles (Figure). The juveniles undergo changes into non clitellate forms in phase I after about 15 days.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

which then develops a clitellum, called the clitellate at the end of the growth phase II taking 15 – 17 days to complete. During the reproductive stage, earthworms copulate, and later shed their cocoons in the soil after about 10 days. The life cycle of Lampito mauritii takes about 60 days to complete.

Question 14.
What are earthworm knowii as friends of farmers?
Answer:
They make burrows in the soil and make it porous which helps in respiration and penetration of developing plant roots. They help in recycling of dead and decayed plant material by feeding on them. Hence they arc called as friends of farmers.

Question 15.
Write a short note on vermitech and

  1. Vermiculture
  2.  Vermicomposting
  3. Vermiwash
  4.  Wormery

Answer:
1. Vermiculture :
Artificial rearing or cultivation of earthworms involves new technology for the betterment of human beings. This process is known as vermiculture.

2. Vermicomposting :
The process of producing compost using earthworms is called vermicomposting.

3. Vermiwash :
Vermiwash is a liquid manure or plant tonic obtained from earthworm It is used as a foliar spray and helps to induce plant growth. It is a collection of excretory products and mucus secretion of earthworms along with micronutrients from the soil organic molecules.

4. Wormery or wormbin :
Earthworm can be used for recycling of waste food, leaf, litter and biomass to prepare a good fertilizer in a container known as wormery or wormbin. It makes superior compost than conventional composting methods. Vermiculture, vericomposting, vermiwash and wormery are inter-related and independent process, collectively referred as vermitech.

Question 16.
Explain the morphology of cockroach.
Answer:
The body of cockroach is compressed dorso – ventrally, bilaterally symmetrical and segmented. The body is divisible into head, thorax and abdomen. The entire body is covered by a hard, brown, chitinous exoskeleton. In each segment.

exoskeleton has hardened plates called scierites which are joined by a delicate and elastic articular membrane or arthrodial membrane. The sclerites on the dorsal side are called tergites, and those on the ventral side are called stemites and those on the lateral sides are called pleurites.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Head :
Head is small, triangular lies at right angle to the longitudinal axis. The mouth parts are directed downwards so it is hypognathous. The head has a pair of large, sessile and reniform compound eyes, a pair of antennae and appendages around the mouth part.

Antennae have sensory organs. The cockroach has a biting and chewing type (mandibulate or orthopterus type) of mouth parts. It includes a labrum, a pair of mandibles, a pair of maxillae, a labium and a hypopharynx or lingua.

Thorax :
The thorax consists of three segments, prothorax, mesothorax and metathorax. The head is connected with thorax by a short neck or cervicum. Each thoracic segment has three pairs of walking legs. Each leg consists of five segments, coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and tarsus.

The tarsus has five movable joints or podomeres or tarsomeres. A pair of forewings arises from the mesothorax called elytra or tegmina. It protects the hind wings when at rest. The second pair membranous wings arises from the metathorax and are used in flight.

Abdomen :
The abdomen has 10th segments. Each segment has a dorsal tergurn, ventral sternum and between them a narrow membranous pleuron. In female the 7th, segment is boat shaped and together with the gth and 9th sterna forms a brood pouch or genital pouch. Its anterior parts contain female gonopore, spermathecal pores, collaterial glands and the posterior parts constitutes the oothecal chamber in which the cocoons are formed.

in males, the genital pouch lies at the hind end of the abdomen bound dorsally by 9th and 10th terga and ventrally by the 9th sternum. It contains dorsal anus and ventral male genital pore. In both sexes, genital apertures are surrounded by scierites called goriapophysis.

Male has a pair of short and slender anal styles in the 9th stenium which are absent in feniale. In both sexes, the 10th segment has a pair of jointed filanientous structures called anal cerci which is a sense organ that is receptive to vibrations in the air and land. The 7th sternum of male has a pair of large and oval apical lobes orgynovalvular plates which form a keel like structure which distinguishes the male from female.

Question 17.
Explain the digestive system of cockroach.
Answer:
The digestive system of cockroach consists of the alimentary canal and digestive glands. The alimentary canal is present in the body cavity and is divided into three regions: foregut, midgut and hindgut (Figure). The foregut includes pre-oral cavity, mouth, pharynx and oesophagus. This in turn opens into a sac like structure called the crop which is used for storing food.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

The crop is followed by the gizzard or proventriculus which has an outer layer of thick circular muscles and thick inner cuticle forming six highly chitinous plates called ‘tecth’. gizzard helps in the grinding of the food particles. The midgut isa short and narrow tube behind the gizzard and is glandular in nature. At the junctional region of the gizzard are eight fingers like tubular blind processes called the hapatic caecae or enteric caecae.

The hindgut is marked by the presence of 100 – 150 yellow coloured thin filamentous maiphigian tubules which arc helpful in removal of the excretory products from the haemolymph. The hindgut is broader than the midgut and is differentiated into ileum. colon, and rectum.

The rectum opens out through the anus. Digestive glands of cockroach consist of the salivary glands. the glandular cells and hcpatic caccac. A pair of salivary glands is found on either side of the crop in the thorax. Thc.glandular cells of the midgut and hepatic or gastric caeeae produce digestive juices.

Question 18.
Explain the circulatory system of cockroach.
Answer:
Periplaneta has an open type of circulatory system (Figure). Blood vessels are poorly developed and opens into the haemocoel in which the blood or haemolymph flows freely. Visceral organs located in the haemocoel are bathed in blood. The haemolynìph is colourless and consists of plasma and haemocytes which are ‘phagocytic’ in nature. Heart is an elongated tube with muscular wall lying mid dorsally beneath the thorax.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

The heart consists of 13 chambers with ostia on either side. The blood from the sinuses enters the heart through the ostia and is pumped anteriorly to sinuses again. The triangular muscles that are responsible for blood circulation in the cockroach are called alary muscles (13 pairs). One pair of these muscles is found in each segment on either side of the heart. In cockroach, there is an accessory pulsatile vesicle at the base of each antenna which also pumps blood.

Question 19.
Explain the nervous system of cockroach.
Answer:
The nervous system of cockroach consists of a nerve ring and a ganglionated double ventral nerve cord. suh-oesophageal ganglion. circum – oesophageaÌ connectives and double ventral nerve cord (see figure). The nerve ring is present around the ocsophagus in the head capsule and is formed by the supra-oesophagial ganglion called the ‘brain’. The brain is mainly a sensory and an endocrine centre and lies above the oesophagus. Sub – oesophageal ganglion is the motor centre that controls the movements of the mouth parts, legs and wings.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

it lies below the oesophagus and formed by the fusion of the paired gangalia of mandibular, maxillary and labial segments of the head. A pair of circum – oesophageal connectives is present around the oesophagus. connecting the supra oesophageal ganglia with the sub-ocsophageal ganglion.

The double ventral nerve cord is solid. ganglionated and arises from the sub-oesophageal ganglion and extends up to the 7th abdominal segment. Three thoracic ganglia are one in each thoracic segment and six abdominal ganglia in the abdomen.

Question 20.
Write about the sense organs of cockroach.
Answer:
In cockroach, the sense organs are antennae, compound eyes, labrum, maxillary alps, labial paips and anal cerci. The receptor for touch (thigmo receptors) is located in the antenna, maxillary palps and cerci. The receptor for smell (olfactory receptors) is found on the antennae. The receptor for taste (gustatory receptors) is found on the paips of maxilla and labium. Thermoreceptors are found on the first four tarsal segments on the legs.

The receptor chordotonal is found on the anal cerci which respond to air or earth borne vibrations. The photoreceptors of the cockroach Consists of a pair of compound eyes at the dorsal surface of the head. Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called the ommatidia (singular: ommatidium), through which the cockroach can receive several images of an object. This kind of vision is known as mosaic vision with more sensitivity
but less resolution.

Question 21.
Differentiate male and female cockroaches.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 22.
Explain excretion in cockroach.
Answer:
The Malpighian tubules are the main excretory organs of cockroach which help in eliminating the nitrogenous wastes from the body in the form of uric acid. Cockroach excretes uric acid, so it is uricotelic. In addition, fat body, nephrocytes. cuticle, and urecose glands are also excretory in function.

The malpighian tubules are thin, long, tilamentous, yellow coloured structures attached at the junction of midgut and hindgut. These are about 100-150 in number and are present in 6-9 bundles. Each tubule is lined by glandular and ciliated cells and the waste is excreted out through the hindgut.

The glandular cells of the malpighian tubules absorb water. salts, and nitrogenous wastes from the haernolymph and transfer them into the lumen of the tubules. The cells of the tubules reabsorb water and certain inorganic salts. By the contraction of the tubules nitrogenous waste is pushed into the ileum, where more water is reabsorbed. It moves into the rectum and almost solid uric acid is excreted along with the fecal matter.

Question 23.
Explain the male reproductive system of cockroach.
Answer:
Cockroach is dioecious or unisexual. They have well developed reproductive organs. The male reproductive system consists of a pair of testes, vasa deferentia, an ejaculatory duct, utricular gland, phallic gland and the external genitalia. A pair of three lobed testes lies on the lateral side of the 4th and 6th abdominal segments. From each testis anses a thin vas deferens.

which opens into the ejaculatory duct through the seminal vesicles. The ejaculatory duct is an elongated duct which opens out by the male gonopore lying ventral to the anus.

A utricular or mushroom shaped gland is a large accessory reproductive gland, which opens into the anterior part of the ejaculatory duct. The seminal vesicles are present on the ventral surface of the ejaculatory duct, These sacs store the sperms in the form of bundles called spermatophores.

The duct of phallic or conglobate gland also opens near the gonopore, whose function is uncertain. Surrounding the male genital opening are few chitinous and asymmetrical structures called phallomeres or gonapophyses which help in copulation.

Question 24.
ExplaIn the female reproductive system in cockroach.
Answer:
The female reproductive system of cockroach consists of a pair of ovaries, vagina, genital pouch, collaterial glands. spermathecae and the external genitalia. A pair of ovaries lies laterally in the 2nd and 6th abdominal segment. Each ovary is formed of a group of eight ovarian tubules or ovarioles, containing a chain of developing ova. The lateral oviducts of each ovary unite into a broad median common oviduct known as vagina, which opens into the genital chamber.

The vertical opening of the vagina is the female genital pore. A pair of spermathccae is present in the 6th segment, which opens by a median aperture in the dorsal wall of the genital pouch. During copulation, the ova descend to the genital chamber, where they are fertilized by the sperms. A pair of white and branched collaterial glands present behind the ovaries forms a hard egg case called Ootheca around the eggs. Genital pouch is formed by the 7, 8th and 9th abdominal sterna.

The genital pouch has two chambers, a genital chamber into which the vagina opens and an oothecal chamber where oothecae are formed. Three pairs of plate like chitinous structures called gonapophyses are present around the female genital aperture. These gonapophyses guide the ova into the ootheca as ovipositors.

Question 25.
Write a short note on ootheca.
Answer:
A pair of white and branched collaterial glands present behind the ovaries forms a hard egg case called oothcca around the eggs. Ootheca is a dark reddish to blackish brown capsule about 12 mm long which contains nearly 16 fertilized eggs and dropped or glued to a suitable surface, usually in crack or crevice of high relative humidity near a food source. On an average, each female cockroach produces nearly 15 – 40 oothecae in its life span of about one to two years.

Question 26.
Explain the morphological features of frog.
Answer:
The body of a frog is streamlined to help in swimming. It is dorso-ventrally flattened and is divisible into head and trunk. Body is covered by a smooth, slimy skin loosely attached to the body wall. The skin is dark green on the dorsal side and pale ventrally.

The head is almost triangular in shape and has an apex which forms the snout. The mouth is at the anterior end and can open widely. External nostrils are present on the dorsal surface of the snout, one on each side of the median line. Eyes are large and project above the general surface of the body.

They lie behind the external nostrils and are protected by a thin movable lower eyelid, thick immovable upper eyelid and a third transparent eyelid called nictitating membrane. This membrane protects the eye when the frog is tinder water.

A pair of tympanic membranes forms the ear drum behind the eyes on either side. Frogs have no external ears, neck and tail are absent. Trunk bears a pair of fore limbs and a pair of hind limbs. At the posterior end of the dorsal side, between the hind limbs is the cloacal aperature.

This is the common opening for the digestive, excretory and reproductive systems. Fore limbs are short, stumpy, and helps to bear the weight of the body. They are also helpful for the landing of the frog aller leaping. Each forelimb consists of an upper arm.

fore arm and a hand. Hand bears four digits. Hind limbs are large, long and consist of thigh. shank and foot. Foot bears five long webbed toes and one small spot called the sixth toe. These are adaptations for leaping and swimming. When the animal is at rest, the hind limbs are kept folded in the form of letter ‘Z’ Sexual dimorphism is exhibited clearly during the breeding season.

The male frog has a pair of vocal sacs and a copulatory or nuptial pad on the ventral side of the first digit of each forelimb. ‘cal sacs assist in amplifying the croaking sound of frog. Vocal sacs and nuptial pads are absent in the female frogs.

Question 27.
Differentiate between a frog and toad.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 28.
Explain the digestive system of frog.
Answer:
The alimentary canal consists of the buccal cavity, pharynx, oesophagus, duodenum, ileum and the rectum which leads to the cloaca and opens outside by the cloacal aperture. The wide mouth opens into the buccal cavity. On the floor of the buccal cavity lies a large muscular sticky tongue.

The tongue is attached in front and free behind. The free edge is forked. When the frog sights an insect it flicks out its tongue and the insect gets glued to the sticky tongue. The tongue is immediately withdrawn and the mouth closes. A row of small and pointed maxillary teeth is found on the inner region of the upper jaw.

In addition vomerine teeth are also present as two groups, one on each side of the internal nostrils. The lower jaw is devoid of teeth. The mouth opens into the buccal cavity that leads to the oesophagus through the pharynx. Oesophagus is a short tube that opens into the stomach and continues as the intestine, rectum and finally opens outside by the cloaca. Liver secretes bile which is stored in the gall bladder. Pancreas, a digestive gland produces pancreatic juice containing digestive enzymes.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Food is captured by the bilobed tongue. Digestion of food takes place by the action of hydrochloric acid and gastric juices secreted from the walls of the stomach. Partially digested food called chyme is passed from the stomach to the first part of the intestine, the duodenum. The duodenum receives bile from the gall bladder and pancreatic juices from the pancreas through a common bile duct.

Bile emulsifies fat and pancreatic juices digest carbohydrates, proteins and lipids. Final digestion takes place in the intestine. Digested food is absorbed by the numerous finger-like folds in the inner wall of intestine called villi and microvilli. The undigested solid waste moves into the rectum and passes out through the cloaca.

Question 29.
Explain the circulatory system of frog.
Answer:
Blood vascular system consists of a heart with three chambers, blood vessels and blood. Heart is covered by a double- walled membrane called pericardium. There are two thin walled anterior chambers called auricles (Atria) and a single thick walled posterior chamber called ventricle. Sinus venosus is a large, thin walled, triangular chamber, which is present on the dorsal side of the heart. Truncus arteriosus is a thick walled and cylindrical structure which is obliquely placed on the ventral surface of the heart.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

It arises from the ventricle and divides into right and left aortic trunk, which is further divided into three aortic arches namely carotid, systemic and pulmo-cutaneous. The Carotid trunk supplies blood to the anterior region of the body. The systemic trunk of each side is joined posteriorly to form the dorsal aorta. They supply blood to the posterior part of the body. Pulmo-cutaneous trunk supplies blood to the lungs and skin.

Sinus venosus receives the deoxygenated blood from the body parts by two anterior precaval veins and one post caval vein. It delivers the blood to the right auricle; at the same time left auricle receives oxygenated blood through the pulmonary vein. Renal portal and hepatic portal systems are seen in frog.

Question 30.
Explain the nervous system of frog.
Answer:
The Nervous system is divided into the Central Nervous System [CNS], the Peripheral Nervous System [PNS], and the Autonomous Nervous System [ANS], Peripheral Nervous System consists of 10 pairs of cranial nerves and 10 pairs of spinal nerves. Autonomic Nervous System is divided into sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system. They control involuntary functions of visceral organs.

Question 31.
Explain the structure of brain of frog ?
Answer:
Brain is situated in the cranial cavity and covered by two meninges called piamater and duramater. The brain is divided into forebrain, midbrain and hindbrain. Fore brain (Prosencephalon) is the anterior most and largest part consisting of a pair of olfactory lobes and cerebral hemisphere (as Telen-cephalon) and a diencephalon. Anterior part of the olfactory lobes is narrow and free but is fused posteriorly. The olfactory lobes contain a small cavity called olfactory ventricle.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

The mid brain (Mesencephalon) includes two large, oval optic lobes and has cavities called optic ventricles. The hind brain (Rhombencephalon) consists of the cerebellum and medulla oblongata. Cerebellum is a narrow, thin transverse band followed by medulla oblongata. The medulla oblongata passes out through the foramen magnum and continues as spinal cord, which is enclosed in the vertebral column.

Question 32.
Explain the excretory system of Frog.
Answer:
Elimination of nitrogenous waste and salt and water balance are performed by a well developed excretory system. It consists of a pair of kidneys, ureters, urinary bladder and cloaca. Kidneys are dark red, long, flat organs situated on either sides of the vertebral column in the body cavity.

Kidneys are Mesonephric. Several nephrons are found in each kidney. They separate nitrogenous waste from the blood and excrete urea, so frogs are called ureotelic organisms. A pair of ureters emerges from the kidneys and opens into the cloaca. A thin walled unpaired urinary bladder is present ventral to the rectum and opens into the cloaca.

Question 33.
Write the short note on the development in frog.
Answer:
Within few days of fertilization, the eggs hatch into tadpoles. A newly hatched tadpole lives off the yolk stored in its body. It gradually grows larger and develops three pairs of gills. The tadpole grows and metamorphosis into an air-breathing carnivorous adult frog (Figure). Legs grow from the body, and the tail and gills disappear. The mouth broadens, developing teeth and jaws, and the lungs become functional.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 34.
Write a note on the economic importance of frog.
Answer:
Economic importance of Frog:
Frog is an important animal in the food chain; it helps to maintain our ecosystem. So ‘frogs should be protected’.
Frog are beneficial to man, since they feed on insects and helps in reducing insect pest population. Frogs are used in traditional medicine for controlling blood pressure and for its anti aging properties. In USA. Japan, China and North East of India, frogs are consumed as delicious food as they have high nutritive value.

Question 35.
Frog respires through gills, lungs, skin and buccal cavity’. Justify.
Answer:
Frog is amphibious. It respires through lungs (pulmonary respiration) when it is on land. Buccal respiration is there in frog when it is on land. When it is in water, it respires through skin (cutaneous respiration). The larva of frog, tadpole respires through gills. During development, gills disappear and lungs develop and the tadpole metamorphoses into an adult frog. Hence, frog respires through gills, lungs, buccal cavity and skin in its life cycle.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Tissue Level of Organisation Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Choose the correct answer:
Question 1.
The main function of the cuboidal epithelium is –
(a) Protection
(b) Secretion
(c) Absorption
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Answer:
(d) Both (b) and (c)

Question 2.
The ciliated epithelium lines the –
(a) Skin
(b) Digestive tract
(c) Gall bladder
(d) Trachea
Answer:
(d) Trachea

Question 3.
What type of fibres are found in connective tissue matrix?
(a) Collagen
(b) Areolar
(c) Cartilage
(d) Tubular
Answer:
(a) Collagen

Question 4.
Prevention of substances from leaking across the tissue is provided by –
(a) Tight junction
(b) Adhering junction
(c) Gap junction
(d) Elastic junction
Answer:
(a) Tight junction

Question 5.
Non-shivering thermogenesis in neonates produces heat through –
(a) White fat
(b) Brown fat
(c) Yellow fat
(d) Colourless fat
Answer:
(b) Brown fat

Question 6.
Some epithelia are pseudostratified. What does this mean?
Answer:
Pseudostratified epithelial cells are columnar, but unequal in size. Although the epithelium is single layered yet it appears to be multilayered due to the fact that nuclei lie at different levels in different cells.

Question 7.
Differentiate white adipose tissue from brown adipose tissue.
Answer:
Adipose tissue:

  • Adipose tissue is the group of fat cells.
  • It stores fats.
  • It releases energy while fasting.

Brown Adipose Tissue:

  • Adipose tissue which contains abundant mitochondria are called brown adipose tissue.
  • It is used to warm the blood stream to warm the body.
  • It produces heat by non-shivering thermogenesis.

Question 8.
Why blood is considered as a typical connective tissue?
Answer:
Blood is considered as a typical connective tissue because it is the fluid connective tissue containing plasma, RBCs, WBCs and platelets. It functions as the transport medium for the cardiovascular system carrying nutrients, nitrogenous wastes and respiratory gases throughout the body.

Question 9.
Differentiate between elastic fibres and elastic connective tissue.
Answer:
Elastic fibres:

  • It contains elastin and other proteins and glycoproteins.
  • It attaches muscles and bones and one bone to another bone.
  • It withstands tensile stress when pulling force is applied in one direction or in many directions.

Elastic connective tissue:

  • It contains high proportion of elastic fibres.
  • It is found in the walls of large arteries, ligaments associated with vertebral column and within the walls of the bronchial tubes.
  • It allows recoil of tissues after stretching.

Question 10.
Name any four important functions of epithelial tissue and provide at least one example of a tissue that exemplifies each function.
Answer:
1. Secretion and absorption :
Cuboidal epithelium in kidney tubules, ducts. Columnar epithelium found in the digestive tract.

2. Filtration :
Squamous epithelium found in the glomerulus of kidney.

3. Ciliated epithelium :
Found in the bronchi, uterine tubes propels the materials due to ciliary actions.

Question 11.
Write the classification of connective tissue and their functions.
Answer:
There are four main classes of connective tissues.

  • Connective tissue proper
  • Cartilage
  • Bones
  • Blood

The major functions of connective tissues are binding and support, protection, insulation and transportation of substances.

Question 12.
What is an epithelium? Enumerate the characteristic features of different epithelia.
Answer:
Epithelial tissue is sheet of cells that covers the body surface or lines the body cavity.

  • Simple epithelium is single layered.
  • Squamous epithelium is made of flattened cells with irregular boundaries.
  • Columnar epithelium is made of column like cells with round to oval nuclei at the base.
  • Ciliated epithelium has ciilia at the free end.
  • Compound epithelium is made of multi-layered cells.

In-Text Questions Solved

Question 1.
Stratified epithelia are “built” for protection or to resist abrasion. What are the simple epithelia better at?
Answer:
The simple epithelia are better at absorption, secretion of mucus, enzymes and other substances.

Question 2.
What type of connective tissue is damaged when one get cut on his index finger accidently?
Answer:
The Areolar connective tissue is damaged when finger gets cut.

Question 3.
The stored lipids are in the form of adipose tissue. Are they coloured? Why?
Answer:
The white adipose tissue is called white fat. The adipose that has abundant mitochondria is called Brown fat.

Question 4.
You are looking at a slide of a tissue through the compound microscope and you see striped branching cells that connect with one another. What type of muscle are you viewing?
Answer:
I am viewing the skeletal muscle.

Question 5.
A player has sustained a severe injury during football practice and was told that he has a torn knee cartilage. Can he expect a quick uneventful recovery? Explain your response.
Answer:
The knee cartilage is an important connective tissue. Since the knee moves during locomotion, a quick, uneventful recovery cannot take place. Complete rest to the knee joint is necessary.

Question 6.
An overweight high school student, is overheard telling her friend that she is going to research how she can transform some of her white fat to brown fat. What is her rationale here (assuming it is possible)?
Answer:
The white fat stores nutrients while the brown fat warms the body. The student feels that she may bring down her weight by converting brown fat to white fat.

Textbook Activities Solved

Question 1.
Students are asked to identify the unlabelled slides of tissues and to classify them. Similar exercise can also be accomplished by projecting unlabelled histological images on a screen. They can identify the slides of different tissues through microscope.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Question 2.
The preparation of smear of stratified squamous epithelia from the inner lining of cheek allows the students to make their own slides using biological stain. They will have the experience of examining their cheek cells.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Entrance Examination Questions Solved

Question 1.
Transitional epithelium occurs in ………… (MHTCET 2008)
(a) Blood vessels
(b) Trachea
(c) Kidney
(d) Ureter/urinary bladder
Answer:
(d) Ureter/urinary bladder

Question 2.
The study of tissues is known as …………….. (MPPMT 2010)
(a) Physiology
(b) Ecology
(c) Histology
(d) Anatomy
Answer:
(c) Histology

Question 3.
Find out the wrong match :
(a) Eosinophils Allergic response
(b) Basophils Secrete histamine and serotonin
(c) Monocytes Secrete heparin
(d) Lymphocytes Immune response
Answer:
(c) Monocytes Secrete heparin

Question 4.
The outer covering of cartilage is called (WB 2010)
(a) Peritoneum
(b) Periosteum
(c) Endosteum
(d) Perichondrium
Answer:
(d) Perichondrium

Question 5.
Skin is …………… (CPMT2010)
(a) Cubiodal epithelium
(b) Stratified epithelium
(c) Columnar epithelium
(d) Pseudostratified epithelium
Answer:
(b) Stratified epithelium

Question 6.
Match the animals listed in column – I to blood listed in column – II. (KCET 2010)

Column -I

Column – II

(i) Plasma and cells are colourless

(P) Man

(ii) Plasma colourless and nucleated RBC

(Q) Earth worm

(ii) Plasma colourless and enucleated RBC

(R) Cockroach

(iv) Plasma red and nucleated colourless RBC

(S) Frog

(v) Plasma and RBS have haemoglobin

(a) (P – iii), (Q – iv), (R – i), (S – ii)
(b) (P – iv), (Q – v), (R – iii), (S – ii)
(c) (P – i), (Q – iv), (R – ii), (S – iii)
(d) (P – v), (Q – iii), (R – i), (S – iv)
Answer:
(a) (P – iii), (Q – iv), (R – i), (S – ii)

Question 7.
Matrix of bone and cartilage can be distinguished by the presence of –
(a) Lacunae
(b) Chromatophares
(c) Haversian canals
(d) Adipose cells
Answer:
(c) Haversian canals

Question 8.
Which type of tissue forms glands? (MPPMT- 2010)
(a) Epithelial
(b) Muscular
(c) Nervous
(d) Connective
Answer:
(a) Epithelial

Question 9.
Which of the following blood cells help in blood coagulation?
(a) RBCs
(b) Lymphocytes
(c) Thrombocytes
(d) Basophils
Answer:
(c) Thrombocytes

Question 10.
Fibroblasts macrophages and mast cells are present in –
(a) Cartilage tissue
(b) Areolar tissue
(c) Adipose tissue
(d) Glandular epithelium
Answer:
(b) Areolar tissue

Question 11.
Which type of epithelium is involved in a function to move particles or mucus in specific direction? (HPPMT 2010)
(a) Squamous epithelium
(b) Cuboidal epithelium
(c) Columnar epithelium
(d) Ciliated epithelium
Answer:
(d) Ciliated epithelium

Question 12.
Which of these is not found in connective tissue? (MPPMT2010)
(a) Collagen fibres
(b) Basement membrane
(c) Hyaluronic acid
(d) Fluid
Answer:
(b) Basement membrane

Question 13.
Multi-lobed nucleus and granular cytoplasm are characteristics of which of the WBCs?
(a) Neutrophils
(b) Monocytes
(c) Lymphocytes
(d) Eosinophils
Answer:
(a) Neutrophils

Question 14.
Which one of the following plasma proteins is involved in the coagulation of blood? (2011)
(a) globulin
(b) Fibrinogen
(c) albumin
(d) Serum amylase
Answer:
(b) Fibrinogen

Question 15.
Which of the following is not a connective tissue? (CPMT – 2010)
(a) Blood
(b) bone
(c) Lymph
(d) Nerve
Answer:
(d) Nerve

Question 16.
The ciliated columnar epithelial cells in humans are known to occur in –
(a) Bile duct and oesophagus
(b) Fallopian tubes and urethra
(c) Eustachian tube and stomach lining
(d) Bronchioles and fallopian tubes
Answer:
(d) Bronchioles and fallopian tubes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Tissue Level of Organisation Additional Questions & Answers

 Multiple Choice Questions
Choose the correct answer
Question 1.
Groups of cells that are similar in structure and perform a common function are called –
(a) tissues
(b) organs
(c) cells
(d) organ systems
Answer:
(a) tissues

Question 2.
Which of the following have flattened cells?
(a) cuboidal epithelium
(b) columnar epithelium
(c) squamous epithelium
(d) ciliated epithelium
Answer:
(c) squamous epithelium

Question 3.
Microvilli and Goblet cells are the modifications of –
(a) cuboidal epithelium
(b) columnar epithelium
(c) squamous epithelium
(d) ciliated epithelium
Answer:
(b) Columnar epithelium

Question 4.
Which of the following is not exocrine gland?
(a) Sweat glands
(b) Sebaceous glands
(c) Mammary glands
(d) Thyroid gland
Answer:
(d) Thyroid gland

Question 5.
Pancreas is the example of glands –
(a) Merocrine
(b) Holocrine
(c) Apocrine
(d) Epithelial
Answer:
(a) Merocrine

Question 6.
Which is the site of production of blood cells?
(a) Cartilage
(b) Blood
(c) PLasma
(d) Bone marrow
Answer:
(d) Bone marrow

Question 7.
Biceps and Triceps are the examples of –
(a) Smooth muscle
(b) Cardiac muscle
(c) Striped muscle
(d) Involuntary muscle
Answer:
(c) Striped muscle

Question 8.
The walls of internal organs are made up of –
(a) Smooth muscle
(b) involuntary muscle
(c) Skeletal muscle
(d) Cardiac muscle
Answer:
(a) Smooth muscle

Question 9.
Bone cells are called as –
(a) Neurons
(b) Epithelial cells
(c) Osteoblasts
(d) Chondrocytes
Answer:
(c) Osteoblasts

Question 10.
Cartilage is the –
(a) Loose connective tissue
(b) Dense connective tissue
(c) Areolar connective tissue
(d) Specialized connective tissue
Answer:
(d) Specialized connective tissue

Question 11.
Salivary gland is –
(a) Unicellular, glandular cells
(b) Multicellular, glandular cells
(c) Unicellular, sensory cells
(d) Multicellular, sensory cells
Answer:
(c) Unicellular, sensory cells

Question 12.
lines gall bladder.
(a) ciliated epithelium
(b) columnar epithelium
(c) non – ciliated epithelium
(d) pseudo – stratified epithel lurn
Answer:
(c) non – ciliated epithelium

Question 13.
Dry epidermis of the skin is formed as –
(a) keratinized stratified squamous epithelium
(b) non – keratinized stratified squamous epithelium
(c) stratified cuboidal epithelium
(d) stratified columnar epithelium
Answer:
(a) keratinized stratified squamous epithelium

Question 14.
The walls of the Bronchial tubes have –
(a) Dense irregular connective tissues
(b) Reticular connective tissue
(c) elastic connective tissue
(d) Adipose tissue
Answer:
(c) elastic connective tissue

Question 15.
Bones have –
(a) Osteocytes
(b) Fibroblasts
(c) Adipocytes
(d) Myofibrils
Answer:
(c) Adipocytes

II. Answer the following Questions

Question 1.
Define tissues.
Answer:
Group of cells that are similar in structure and perform a common or related functions are called tissues.

Question 2.
What is the study of tissues called?
Answer:
Histology.

Question 3.
Differentiate Simple epithelium and compound epithelium.
Answer:
Simple epithelium:

  • It consists of a simple layer.
  • It helps in protection, absorption, filtration, excretion, secretion and sensory reception.

Compound epithelium:

  • It is multilayered.
  • It provides protection against chemical and mechanical stresses.

Question 4.
Explain the types of simple epithelium.
Answer:
Simple epithelium is a simple layered sheet of cells that covers the body surface or lines the body cavity.
Types:
1. Squamous epithelium:
It is made of flattened cells with irregular boundaries. It is found in glomeruli, air sacs of lungs, lining of heart, blood vessels.

2. Cuboidal epithelium:
It is made of cube like cells. It is found in kidney tubules, ducts and glands. It is important for secretion and absorption.

3. Columnar epithelium :
It is made of column like cells. It lines the digestive tract. It is important for secretion and absorption.

4. Ciliated epithelium :
It has cilia at the free end. It is found in bronchi, uterine tubes. It is helpful in propelling materials.

5. Glandular epithelium :
Cuboidal or columnar epithelium specialized for secretion is called glandular epithelium. E.g., goblet cells and salivary gland.

Question 5.
Distinguish between exocrine glands and endocrine glands.
Answer:
Exocrine glands:

  • These glands release their products through ducts.
  • These secrete mucous, saliva, ear wax, oil, milk, digestive enzymes etc. e.g., salivary glands

Endocrine glands:

  • These are ductless gland and their secretions are released directly into the blood.
  • These secrete hormones, e.g., Pituitary gland

Question 6.
Classify multicellular exocrine glands based on their structure.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 7.
Classify exocrine glands based on mode of secretion.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 8.
Explain compound epithelium.
Answer:

  • Compound epithelium is made up of multilayered cells.
  • These protect organs against chemical and mechanical stresses.
  • These cover the dry surface of the skin, moist surface of the buccal cavity, pharynx, inner lining of ducts of salivary glands and pancreatic ducts.

Question 9.
Classify compound epithelium.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation

Question 10.
Write a short note on specialized junctions of epithelia.
Answer:
All cells of epithelia are held together with little intercellular material forming specialized junctions. These provide structural and functional links between the cells. Three types of cell junctions, tight, adhering and gap junctions are found in animal tissues.

Tight junctions help to stop substances from leaking across the tissue. Adhering junctions cement the neighbouring cells together. Gap junctions facilitate the transfer of ions, small and big molecules between the adjoining cells by connecting the cytoplasm of these cells.

Question 11.
Write a short note on connective tissue.
Answer:
Connective tissue develops from the mesoderm. Proper, cartilage, bones and blood are the four main classes of connective tissues. Binding, support, protection, insulation and transportation of substances are the major functions of connective tissue.

Question 12.
What are the types of proper connective tissues?
Answer:
Loose connective tissue and dense connective tissues.

Question 13.
Write a short note on loose connective tissues.
Answer:
In this tissue, the cells and fibres are loosely arranged in semifluid ground substances, e.g., fibroblasts, macrophages, fat cells and mast cells. Areolar connective tissue present beneath the skin acts as a support framework for epithelium. It acts as a reservoir of water and salts for the surrounding body tissues. Hence, these are called tissue fluid.

Adipose tissue is similar to areolar tissue in structure and function. It is located beneath the skin, surrounding the kidneys, eyeball, heart etc. Adipocytes store fat. It is called white fat. The adipose tissue which contains a lot of mitochondria is called brown fat or brown adipose tissue. Reticular connective tissue is filled with fibroblasts called reticular cells. These cells store fats and the excess nutrients.

Question 14.
Distinguish between tendons and ligaments.
Answer:
Tendons:
Tendons attach skeletal muscles to bones

Ligaments:
Ligaments attach one bone to another.

Question 15.
Explain specialised connective tissues.
Answer:
Cartilage :
The intercellular material of cartilage is solid and pliable and resists compression. Cells of cartilage (chondrocytes) are enclosed is small cavities within the matrix secreted by them. Cartilage is present in the tip of nose, outer ear joints, ear pinna, between adjacent bones of the vertebral column, limbs and hands on adults.

Bones :
Bones have a hard and non-pliable ground substance rich in calcium salts and collagen fibres. Bones support and protect softer tissues and organs. Osteoblasts are present in the spaces called lacunae.

Blood :
It is the fluid connective tissue. It contains RBCs, WBCs and platelets. It functions as a transport medium for nutrients, wastes and respiratory gases.

Question 16.
Explain the types of muscle.
Answer:
Each muscle is made of long, cylindrical fibres. They are composed of fine fibrils called myofibrils. Muscle fibres contract and relax. Skeletal muscle is attached to skeletal bones. It is striped or striated. It is the voluntary muscle. The smooth muscle fibres are fusiform and do not have striations. It is an involuntary muscle. Cardiac muscle tissue is present in the heart. It is striated and branched and involuntary.

Question 17.
Write a note on neural tissue.
Answer:

  • Neurons are units of the neural system. The neuroglial cells protect and support the neurons.
  • Neurons transmit sensations as electric impulses.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 3 Tissue Level of Organisation textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Enhance your subject knowledge with Tamilnadu State Board for Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry and learn all the underlying concepts easily. Make sure to Download Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Solutions Environmental Chemistry, Notes Pdf Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry Questions and Answers PDF on a day to day basis and score well in your exams. Are given after enormous research by people having high subject knowledge. You can rely on them and prepare any topic of Chemistry as per your convenience easily.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Students looking for Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry Concepts can find them all in one place from our Tamilnadu State Board Environmental Chemistry. Simply click on the links available to prepare the corresponding topics of Chemistry easily. Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter wise Questions and Answers are given to you after sample research and as per the latest edition textbooks. Clarify all your queries and solve different questions to be familiar with the kind of questions appearing in the exam. Thus, you can increase your speed and accuracy in the final exam.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Textual Evaluation Solved

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Th gaseous envelope around the earth is known as atmosphere. The region lying between an altitude of 11-50 km is –
(a) Troposphere
(b) Mesophere
(c) Thermosphere
(d) Stratosphere
Answer:
(d) Stratosphere

Question 2.
Which of the following is natural and human disturbance in ecology?
(a) Forest fire
(b) Floods
(c) Acid rain
(d) Greenhouse effect
Answer:
(a) Forest fire

Question 3.
Bhopal Gas Tragedy is a case of –
(a) thermal pollution
(b) air pollution
(c) nuclear pollution
(d) land pollution
Answer:
(b) air pollution

Question 4.
Haemoglobin of the blood forms carboxyhaemoglobin with –
(a) Carbon dioxide
(b) Carbon tetrachioride
(c) Carbon monoxide
(d) Carbonic acid
Answer:
(c) Carbon monoxide

Question 5.
Which sequence for greenhouse gases is based on GWP?
(a) CFC > N2O > CO2 > CH4
(b) CFC > CO2 > N2O > CH4
(c) CFC > N2O > CH4 > CO2
(d) CFC > CH4 > N2O > CO2
Answer:
(c) CFC > N2O > CH4 > CO2

Question 6.
Photo chemical smog formed in congested metropolitan cities mainly consists of –
(a) Ozone, SO2 and hydrocarbons
(b) Ozone, PAN and NO2
(c) PAN, smoke and SO2
(d) Hydrocarbons, SO2 and CO2
Answer:
(b) Ozone, PAN and NO2

Question 7.
The pH of normal rain water is –
(a) 6.5
(b) 7.5
(c) 5.6
(d) 4.6
Answer:
(c) 5.6

Question 8.
Ozone depletion will cause –
(a) forest fires
(b) eutrophication
(c) bio magnification
(d) global warming
Answer:
(d) global warming

Question 9.
Identify the wrong statement in the following.
(a) The clean water would have a BOD value of more than 5 ppm
(b) Greenhouse effect is also called as Global warming
(c) Minute solid particles in air is known as particulate pollutants
(d) Biosphere is the protective blanket of gases surrounding the earth
Answer:
(a) The clean water would have a BOD value of more than 5 ppm

Question 10.
Living in the atmosphere of CO is dangerous because it –
(a) Combines with O2 present inside to form CO2
(b) Reduces organic matter of tissues
(c) Combines with haemoglobin and makes it incapable to absorb oxygen
(d) Dries up the blood
Answer:
(c) Combines with haemoglobin and makes it incapable to absorb oxygen

Question 11.
Release of oxides of nitrogen and hydrocarbons into the atmosphere by motor vehicles is prevented by using –
(a) grit hamber
(b) scrubbers
(c) trickling filters
(d) catalytic convertors
Answer:
(c) trickling filters

Question 12.
Biochemical oxygen Demand value less than 5 ppm indicates a water sample to be
(a) highly polluted
(b) poor in dissolved oxygen
(c) rich in dissolved oxygen
(d) low COD
Answer:
(c) rich in dissolved oxygen

Question 13.
Match the list I and list II and select the correct answer using the code given below in the list:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Question 14.
Match the list I and list II and select the correct answer using the code given below in the list
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry - 5

Question 15.
Assertion (A) : if BOD level of water in a reservoir is more than 5 ppm it is highly polluted.
Reason(R) : High biological oxygen demand means high activity of bacteria in water
(a) (i)
(b) (ii)
(c) (iii)
(d) (iv)
Answer:
(d) (iv)

Question 16.
Assertion (A) : Excessive use of chlorinated pesticide causes soil and water pollution.
Reason (R) : Such pesticides arc non-biodegradable.
(a) (i)
(b) (ii)
(c) (iii)
(d) (iv)
Answer:
(a) (i)

Question 17.
Assertion (A) : Oxygen plays a key role in the troposphere.
Reason (R) : Troposphere is not responsible for all biological activities
(a) (i)
(b) (ii)
(c) (iii)
(d) (iv)
Answer:
(d) (iv)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Short Answer Questions

Question 18.
Dissolved oxygen in water is responsible for aquatic life. What processes are responsible for the reduction in dissolved oxygen in water’?
Answer:

  • Organic matter such as leaves, grass, trash can pollute water. Microorganisms present in water can decompose these organic matter and consume dissolved oxygen in water.
  • Eutrophication is a process by which water bodies receive excess nutrients that stimulates excessive plant growth. This enhanced plant growth in water bodies is called algal bloom.
  • The growth of algae in extreme abundance covers the water surface and reduces the oxygen concentration in water. Thus, bloom-infeded water inhibits the growth of other. living organisms in the water body.
  • This process in which the nutrient rich water support a dense plant population, kills animal life by depriving it of oxygen and results in loss of biodiversity is known as eutrophication.

Question 19.
What would happen, if the greenhouse gases were totally missing in the earth’s atmosphere?
Answer:

  • The primary greenhouse gases in Earth’s atmosphere are water vapour, carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide and ozone.
  • Naturally occurring greenhouse gases allow solar radiations to reach the earth’s surface, while trapping radiations from the earth on its way back out to space.
  • There would he no life on Earth without the warmth provided by this natural greenhouse gases.
  • In the absence of greenhouse gases. the average temperature of the earth will decrease drastically. As a result. life on Earth would be impossible.

Question 20.
Define smog.
Answer:

  • Smog is a combination of smoke and fog which form droplets that remains suspended in the air.
  • Smog is a chemical mixture of gases that forms a brownish yellow haze. It mainly consists of ground level ozone, oxides of nitrogen, volatile organic compounds, SO2, acidic aerosols and some other gases.

Question 21.
Which is considered to be earth’s protective umbrella? Why?
Answer:

  • At high altitudes in the atmosphere consists of a layer of ozone (O2) which acts as an umbrella for harmful UV radiations. Ozone is considered to be earth’s protective umbrella.
  • It protects us from harmful effects of UV-radiations of the sun such as skin cancer.
  • Ozone layer prevent the UV radiations to reach the earth surface. So it acts as an umbrella for the Earth.

Question 22.
What are bio-degradable and non-biodegradable pollutants?
Answer:

  • The pollutants which can be easily decomposed by the natural biological processes are called biodegradable pollutants. For example plant wastes, animal wastes.
  • The pollutants which cannot be decomposed by the natural biological processes are called non-biodegradable pollutants. For example, metal wastes such as Hg and Pb, D.D.T. plastics, nuclear vastcs.

Question 23.
From where does ozone come in the photochemical smog?
Answer:

  • Photochcrnical smog is formed by the combination of smoke, dust and fog with air pollutants in the presence of sunlight.
  • Chemically it is oxidising in nature because of high concentration of oxidising agents such as NO2 and O2. So it is also called oxidising smog.
  • Photochemical smog is formed by following reactions:
  • N2 + O2 → 2NO
    2NO + O2 → 2NO2
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
    (O) + O2 → O3
    O3 + NO → NO2 + O2
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
  • NO and O3 arc strong oxidizing agents and they can react with unburnt hydrocarbons in polluted air to form formaldehyde, acrolcin and PAN.

Question 24.
A person was using water supplied by corporation. Due to shortage of water he started using underground water. He felt laxative effect. What could be the cause?
Answer:
Drinking water containing moderate level of sulphatcs is harmless. But excessive concentration (>500 ppm) of suiphates in drinking water causes laxative effect.

Question 25.
What is green chemistry?
Answer:

  • Green chemistry is a chemical philosophy encouraging the design of products and processes that reduces or eliminates the use and generation of hazardous substances.
  • Efforts to control environmental pollution resulted in development of science for the synthesis of chemicals favorable to environment.
  • Green chemistry means science of environmentally favorable chemical synthesis.

Question 26.
Explain how does greenhouse effect cause global warming.
Answer:

  • The earth’s atmosphere allows most of the visible light from the sun to pass through and reach the earth’s surface. As earth’s surface is heated by sunlight, it radiates a part of this energy back towards the space as longer IR wavelengths.
  • Some of the heat is trapped by CH2, CO2. CFCs and water vapour present in the atmosphere. They absorb IR radiations and block a large portion of earth’s emitted radiations.
  • The radiations thus absorbed is partly remitted to the earth’s surface. Therefore the earth’s surface gets heated up by a phenomenon called greenhouse effect.
  • Thus greenhouse effect is defined as the heating up of the earth surface due to trapping of infrared radiations reflected by earth’s surface by CO2 layer in the atmosphere. The heating up of the earth through the greenhouse effect is called global warming.

Question 27.
Mention the standards prescribed by BIS for quality of drinking water.
Answer:
Standard characteristics prescribed for deciding the quality of drinking water by BIS are as follows:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Question 28.
How does classical smog differ from photochemical smog?
Answer:
Classical smog:

  • Classical smog is caused by coal-smoke and fog.
  • It occurs in cold humid climate.
  • The chemical composition is the mixture of SO2, SO3 gases and humidity.
  • Chemically it is reducing in nature because of high concentration of SO, and so it is also called reducing smog.
  • It is primarily responsible for acid rain.
  • It also causes bronchial irritation.

Photochemical smog:

  • Photochemical smog is cause by photochemical oxidants.
  • It occurs in warm, dry and sunny climate.
  • The chemical composition is the mixture of NO2 and O3 gases.
  • Chemically it is oxidising in nature because of high concentration of oxidising agents such as NO2 and O3
  • and so it is also called oxidising smog.
  • It causes irritation to eyes, skin and lungs and increase the chances of asthma.
  • It causes corrosion of metals, stones

Question 29.
What are particulate pollutants? Explain any three.
Answer:
1. Particulate pollutants are small solid particles, and liquid droplets suspended in air.
Examples:
dust, pollen, smoke, soot and liquid aerosols.

2. Types of Particulates:
Particulates in the atmosphere may be of two types:

  • viable particulate and
  • non-viable particulate.

3.The viable particulates are small size living organisms such as bacteria, fhngi, moulds and algae which are dispersed in air.

4. The non-viable particulates are small solid particles and liquid droplets suspended in air. There are four types of non-viable particulates in the atmosphere. They are
(a) Smoke
(b) Dust
(c) Mist
(d) Fumes

5. Smoke:
Smoke particulate consists of solid particles formed by combustion of organic matter. For example, cigarette smoke, oil smoke, smokes from burning of fossil fuels, garbage and dry leaves.

6. Dust:
It is composed of fine solid particles produced during crushing and grinding of solid materials. For example, sand from sand blasting, saw dust from wood works and fly ash from power generating units.

7. Mist:
They are formed by particles of sprayed liquids and condensation of vapours in air. For example, sulphuric acid mist, herbicides and insecticides sprays can form mists.

8. Fumes:
They are obtained by condensation of vapours released during sublimation, distillation, boiling and calcination and by several other chemical reactions.
For example:
organic solvents, metals and metallic oxides.

Question 30.
Even though the use of pesticides increases the crop production, they adversely affect the living organisms. Explain the function and the adverse effects of the pesticides.
Answer:
1. Pesticides are the chemicals that are used to kill or stop the growth of unwanted organims. But these pesticides can affect the health of human beings. Pesticides are classified as
(a) insecticides,
(b) Fungicides and
(c) Herbicides.

(a) Insecticides:
Insecticides like DDT, BHC, Aidrin can stay in soil for a long period of time and are absorbed by soil. They contaminate root crops like carrot, radish.

(b) Fungicides:
Organomercury compounds dissociate in soil to produce mercury which is highly toxic.

(c) Herbicides:
They are used to control unwanted plants and are also known as weed killers. Eg, Sodium chlorate, sodium nitrate. They are toxic to mammals.

Question 31.
Ethane bums completely in air to give CO2. while in a limited supply of air gives CO. The same gases are found in automobile exhaust. Both CO and CO2 are atmospheric pollutants

  1. What is the danger associated with these gases?
  2. How do the pollutants affect the human body?

Answer:
Danger associated with CO and CO2 & health hazards to human body
(a) Carbon monoxide binds with haemoglohin and form carboxyhaemoglobin which impairs normal oxygen transport by blood and hence the oxygen carrying capacity of blood is reduced. This oxygen deficiency results in headache, tension, dizziness, loss of consciousness, blurring of eyesight and cardiac arrest.

(b) Increase in CO2 level in the atmosphere is responsible for global warming. It causes headache and nausea.

Question 32.
On the basis of chemical reactions involved, explain how do CFC’s cause depletion of ozone layer in stratosphere?
Answer:
(i) The chioro-Iluoro derivatives of methane and ethane are named Freons (CFC’s). They slowly pass from troposphere to stratosphere. They stay for a very longer period of about 50-100 years. In the presence of UV radiations, CFC’s break up into chienne free radicals.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry - 2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Cl• + O3 → { ClO }^{ \bullet } + O2
ClO• + O → { Cl }^{ \bullet } + O2

(iii) Chlorine radical is regenrated in the course of the reaction. Due to this continuous attack of Cl free radicals, thinning of ozone layer takes place which leads to the formation of ozone hole.

(iv) Li is estimated that for every reactive chlorine atom generated in the stratosphere 1,00,000 molecules of ozone are depleted.

Question 33.
How is acid rain formed? Explain its effect.
Answer:
1. Rain water has a pli of 5.6 due to the dissolution of CO., into it. Oxides of sulphur and nitrogen in the atmosphere may be absorbed by droplets of water that make up the clouds and get chemically converted into sulphuric acid and nitric acid. Due to this the pH of rain water drops below the level of 5.6. Hence it is called acid rain.

2. Acid rain is a by-product of sulphur and Nitrogen oxides in the atmosphere. Burning of fossil fuels in power stations, furnaces and petrol, diesel in motor engines produce SO2 and NO2 gases. They are converted into H2SO4 and HNO3 by the reaction with oxygen and water.

3. 2SO2 + O3 + 2H2O → 2H2SO4
4NO2 + O2+ 2H2O → 4HNO3

Harmful effects of acid rain:
1. Acid rain causes damage to buildings made us of marbles. This attack on marble is termed as stone leprosy.
CaCO3 + H2SO2 CaSO4 + H2O + CO2

2. Acid rain affects plant and animal life in aquatic ecosystem.

3. It is harmful For agriculture, as it dissolves in the earth and removes the nutrients needed for the growth of plants.

4. It corrodes water pipes resulting in the leaching of heavy metals such as iron, lead and copper into drinking water which have toxic effects.

5. it causes respiratory ailment in humans and animals.

Question 34.
Differentiate the following:

  1. BOD and COD
  2. Viable and non-viable particulate pollutants

Answer:
Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD):

  • The total amount of oxygen (in milligrams) consumed by microorganisms in decomposing the waste in one litre ut water at 20°C for a period of 5 days is called biochemical oxygen demand (BOD).
  • its value is expressed in ppm.
  • DOD is used as a measure of degree ofwater pollution.
  • BOD is only a measurement of consumed oxygen by microorganims to decompose the organic matter.
    Clean water would have BOD value less than 5 ppm.

Chemical ox gen demand (COD):

  • Chemical oxygen demand is defined as the amount of oxygen required by the organic matter in a sample of water for its oxidation by a strong oxidising agent like K7Cr2O7 in acidic medium for a period of 2 hours.
  • Its value is expressed in mg / litre.
  • COD is a measure of amount of organic compounds in a water sample.
  • COD refers to the requirement of dissolved oxygen for both the oxidation of organic and inorganic constituents.
  • Clean water would have COD value greater than 250 mg/litre.

2. Viable and non-viable particulate pollutants
Viable pollutants:

  • The viable particulates are small size living organisms such as bacteria, fungi. moulds, algae which are dispersed in air.
  • They are all organic particulates.
  • They contain living organisms.
  •  Eg. ftingi, bacteria, algae, moulds. Viable particles are the particles with at least one microorganism affecting the sterility of the product.

Non-viable pollutants:

  • The non-viable particulates are small solid particles and liquid droplets suspended in air.
  • They are all inorganic particulates.
  • They contain non-living organisms.
  • Eg. Smoke, dust, mist, fumes.
  • Non-viable particles are the particles without microorganisms but act as transporting agent for viable particles.

Question 35.
Explain how oxygen deficiency is caused by carbon monoxide in our blood? Give its effect.
Answer:

  1. Carbon monoxide binds with haemoglobin and form carboxy the haemoglobin which impairs normal oxygen transport by blood and hence the oxygen carrying capacity of blood is reduced.
  2. This oxygen deficiency results in headache, dizziness, tension, loss of consciousness, blurring of eyesight and cardiac arrest.

Question 36.
What are the various methods you suggest lo protect our environment from pollution?
Answer:
Methods to control environmental pollution:

  • Waste management Environmental pollution can be controlled by proper disposal of wastes.
  • Recycling A large amount of disposed waste materials can he reused by recycling the waste, thus it reduces the landfill. –
  • By substitution of less toxic solvents for highly toxic ones are used in industrial processes.
  • By growing more trees.
  • By using fuels with lower sulphur content.
  • By control measures in vehicle emissions which are adequate.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Additional Questions Solved

I. Choose the correct answer

Question 1.
Which one of the following is bio-degradable pollutant?
(a) DDT
(b) Plastics
(c) Mercury
(d) Wood
Answer:
(d) Wood

Question 2.
Which one of the following gases is not present in troposphere?
(a) N2O2
(b) CO2
(c) N2
(d) water vapours
Answer:
(c) N2

Question 3.
Which of the following pair of’ oxides is responsible for acid rain?
(a) SO3 + NO2
(b) CO2 + CO
(c) N2O + CH4
(d) O2 + H2
Answer:
(a) SO3 + NO2

Question 4.
Which one of the following is produced as a result of incomplete combustion of coal’?
(a) CO2
(b) CO
(c) SO2
(d) SO3
Answer:
(b) CO

Question 5.
Which of the following is not a greenhouse gas’?
(a) CO
(b) O3
(c) CH4
(d) Water vapours
Answer:
(a) CO

Question 6.
Photochemical smog occurs in warm, dry and sunny climate. One of the following is not among-st the components of photochemical smog. Identify it.
(a) NO2
(b) O3
(c) SO2
(d) Unsaturated hydrocarbons
Answer:
(c) SO2

II. Match the following
1.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

III. Fill in the blanks

Question 1.
An example for biodegradable pollutant is ………
Answer:
plant waste.

Question 2.
An example for non-biodegradable pollutant ………
Answer:
metal waste.

Question 3
……… is the lowest layer of atmosphere.
Answer:
Troposphere.

Question 4.
Ozone is present in ……… layer of the atmosphere.
Answer:
Stratosphere.

Question 5
……… is called blue planet.
Answer:
Earth.

Question 6.
About 80% of the mass of the atmosphere is present in ………
Answer:
Troposphere.

Question 7.
……… will reduce the oxygen carrying capacity of blood.
Answer:
CO

Question 8
……… gas is used in the process of photosynthesis.
Answer:
CO2

Question 9.
……… gas potentially damage plant leaves and retard photosynthesis.
Answer:
NO2

Question 10.
……… is formed by incomplete combustion of coal.
Answer:
CO2

Question 11.
……… binds with haemoglobin and reduce the oxygen carrying capacity of blood.
Answer:
CO

Question 12.
……… is carcinogenic and causes irritation in eyes and mucous membrane.
Answer:
PAH

Question 13.
The earths surface get heated up by a phenomenon called ………
Answer:
Greenhouse effect

 

Question 14.
The main constituent of layer responsible for global warming is ………
Answer:
CO2

Question 15.
Earth’s average surface temperature would be only about ………
Answer:
-18°C

Question 16.
The pH of rain water is normally ………
Answer:
5.6

Question 17.
……… pair of compounds is present in acid-rain water.
Answer:
HNO3 + H2SO4

Question 18.
……… is an example of viable particulate.
Answer:
Bacteria.

Question 19.
……… is an example of non-viable particulate matter.
Answer:
Cement dust.

Question 20.
Particulate pollutants will result in the health hazard named as ………
Answer:
pneimoconiosis.

Question 21.
Coal miners may suffer from ………
Answer:
Black lung disease.

Question 22.
Textile workers may suifer from ………
Answer:
White lung disease.

Question 23.
………….. aftect childrcns brain. interfers with maturation of RBC’s and even causes cancer.
Answer:
Lead.

Question 24.
……… can be used to reduce particulate pollutant.
Answer:
electrostatic precipitator

Question 25.
……… is the combination of smoke and fog.
Answer:
Smog.

Question 26.
Classical smog called London smog contains ………
Answer:
Coal-smoke and fog.

Question 27.
Classical smog is otherwise called ………
Answer:
reducing smog.

Question 28.
Photochemical smog is otherwise called ………
Answer:
Los angeles smog.

Question 29.
The three main components of photochemical sinog are ………
Answer:
Hydrogen sulphide. dust and PAN.

Question 30.
……… plantation can metabolise nitrogen oxide and control photochemical smog.
Answer:
Pinus tree.

Question 31.
……… acts as an umbrella for the earth and prevent harmful UV radiations.
Answer:
ozone.

Question 32.
……… pair of compounds is found to be highly responsible for depletion of ozone layer.
Answer:
Nitric oxide + CFC

Question 33.
Freons are ………
Answer:
Chiorofluoroalkanes.

Question 34.
Ozone layer is depicted by the reactive ………
Answer:
Chlorine atom.

Question 35.
Examples for water borne diseases are ………
Answer:
Dysentery and cholera.

Question 36.
The standard pH of drinking water is ………
Answer:
6.5 to 8.5

Question 37.
The essential elements for soil are ………
Answer:
N,P,K

Question 38
……… is a better alternative for carnicogentic benzene.
Answer:
Xylene.

Question 39.
The alternate solvent used instead of tetrachioroethYlefle in dry cleaning is ………
Answer:
Liquefied CO2

Question 40.
……… is used for bleaching clothes in laundry.
Answer:
H2O2

Question 41.
……… is used to bleach paper.
Answer:
H2O2

Question 42.
……… is the most safest pesticide.
Answer:
Neem based pesticide.

Question 43.
……… acid is most abundant ¡n acid rain.
Answer:
H2SO4

Question 44.
……… causes less pollution.
Answer:
CO2

Question 45.
Besides CO2 the other greenhouse gas is ………
Answer:
CH4

Question 46.
BOD is a measure of ………
Answer:
Organic pollutant in water.

Question 47.
The pollutant released in Bhopal gas tragedy was ………
Answer:
Methyl isocyanate.

Question 48.
The greatest affinity for haemoglobin in shown by ………
Answer:
CO

Question 49.
Eutrophication causes reduction in ………
Answer:
dissolved oxygen.

IV Choose the odd one out

Question 1.
(a) Plant waste
(b) DDT
(c) Plastic
(d) Nuclear waster
Answer:
(a) Plant waste. It is biodegradable pollutant whereas others are non-biodegradable pollutants.

Question 2.
(a) Plant waste
(b) Animal wastes
(c) Paper
(d) Nuclear waste
Answer:
(d) Nuclear waste. It is non-biodegradable pollutant whereas others are biodegradable wastes.

Question 3.
(a) N2O2
(b) CO2
(c) H2O (Vap)
(d) O3
Answer:
(d) O3 It is present in stratosphere whereas others are present in troposphere.

Question 4.
(a) O2+
(b) O+
(c) N2
(d) NO+
Answer:
(c) N2. ills present in mesosphere whereas others are present in thermosphere.

Question 5.
(a) N2
(b) O2
(c) O3
(d) N2O2
Answer:
(d) N2O2 It is present in troposphere whereas others are present in stratosphere.

Question 6.
(a) CH4
(b) CO
(c) CO2
(d) CFC
Answer:
(b) CO. It is a poisonous gas whereas others are responsible for green house effect.

V. Choose the correct pair

Question 1.
(a) CCF : Green house effect
(b) CO : Carcinogenic
(c) PAH : Acid rain
(d) NO : Lung injury
Answer:
(a) CCF : Green house effect

Question 2.
(a) NO2 : Green house effect
(b) CFC : asthma and lung injury
(c) PAH : carcinogenic
(d) CO2 : green house effect
Answer:
(a) NO2 : Green house effect

Question 3.
(a) Classical smog : NO2 and O2
(b) London smog : SO2, SO2 and humidity
(c) Photochemical smog : CO2 and CO
(d) Los Angel smog : NO2 and NO3
Answer:
(b) London smog : SO2 , SO2 and humidity

VI. Choose the incorrect pair

Question 1.
(a) Photochemical smog : NO2 and O2
(b) Classical smog : SO2, SO3 and humidity
(c) Smog : Smoke and fog
(d) Non viable particulate : Algae, Fungi
Answer:
(d) Non viable particulate : Algae, Fungi

Question 2.
(a) Viable particulate : bacteria, fungi
(b) Non viable particulate : smoke, dust
(c) Acid rain : HCl + HNO2
(d) Photochemical smog : NO2 + O3
Answer:
(c) Acid rain : HCl + HNO2

Question 3.
(a) Lead : Damage to kidney, liver
(b) Sulphate : Laxative effect
(c) Nitrage : Blue baby syndrome
(d) TDS : Damage to bone and teeth
Answer:
(d) TDS : Damage to bone and teeth

Question 4.
(a) Insecticides : DDT. BCHs
(b) Herbicides : Organo mercury compounds
(c) Herbicides : Sodium chlorate, sodium arsenite
(d) Industrial waste : Mercury. copper
Answer:
(b) Herbicides : Organo mercuiy compounds

VII. Assertion & Reason
Assertion (A) : Depletion of ozone layer causes skin cancer.
Reason (R) : Depletion olozone layer will allow more UV rays to reach the earth surface and cause skin cancer.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R)is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (R).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 2.
Assertion (A) : UV radiations damages the fish productivity.
Reason (R) : UV radiations affect the growth of phytoplankions as a result food chain in ocean is disturbed.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct hut (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 3.
Assertion (A) : The pH ol acid rain is less than 5.6.
Reason (R) : CO, present in the atmosphere dissolves in rain water and forms carbonic acid,
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct hut (R) is not correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct bitt (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Environmental Chemistry 2 Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is meant by environmental pollution?
Answer:
Any undesirable change in our environment that have harmful effects on plants. animals and human beings is called environmental pollution.

Question 2.
Write a note on constituents of earth’s atmosphere.
Answer:
Earth’s atmosphere is a layer of gases retained by earth’s gravity. it contains roughly 78% Nitrogen, 21% Oxygen. 0.93% Argon, 0.04% Carbon dioxide. traces of other gases and little amount of water vapour. This mixture is commonly known as air.

Question 3.
What is called troposphere? How many layers are present in it? Give their names.
Answer:

  1. The lowest layer of the atmosphere is called the troposphere and il extends from 0 10 km from the earth surface.
  2. About 80% of the mass of the atmosphere is in this layer. 3 layers are present in it.
  3. They are –
    • Hydrosphere
    • Lithosphere
    • Biosphere

Question 4.
Write about hydrosphere (or) Why Earth is called as Blue planer?
Answer:

  • Hydrosphere include all types of water sources like oceans, seas, rivers, lakes. streams, underground water, polar ice-caps, clouds etc.
  • It covers about 75% of the earth’s surface. Hence earth is called as Blue planet.

Question 5.
What is lithosphere?
Answer:
Lithosphere includes soil, rocks and mountains which are solid components of Earth.

Question 6.
What is biosphere?
Answer:
Biosphere includes the lithosphere. hydrosphere and atmosphere integrating the living organisms present in the lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere.

Question 7.
What is air pollution?
Answer:
Air pollution is defined as any undesirable change in air which adversely affects living organisms. Air pollution is limited to troposphere and stratosphere.

Question 8.
What are the types of air pollutants? Give examples.
Answer:
1. Air pollutants exists in two major forms namely:
(a) Gaseous air pollutants
(b) Particulates

2. Gaseous air pollutants:
Oxides of sulphur, oxides of nitrogen, oxides of carbon and hydrocarbons are the gaseous air pollutants.

3. Particulate pollutants:
Particulate pollutants are small solid particles and liquid droplets suspended in air.
Exarnple:
dust, pollen, smoke, soot, aerosols.

Question 9.
Define greenhouse effect.
Answer:
Greenhouse effect is defined as the heating up of the earth’s surface due to trapping of infrared radiations reflected by earth’s surface by the CO2 layer in the atmosphere.

Question 10.
What is Global warming?
Answer:
The heating up of the earth through the greenhouse effect is called Global warming.

Question 11.
When rain water is named as acid rain?
Answer:
Rain water normally has a pH of 5.6 due to dissolution of atmospheric CO2 particles into it. Oxides of sulphur and nitrogen in the atmosphere are absorbed by droplets of water that make up clouds and get chemically converted into sulphuric acid and nitric acid. As a result the pH of rainwater drops below 5.6 and hence it is called acid rain.

Question 12.
What is stone leprosy? How is it formed?
Answer:

  • The attack on the marble of buildings by acid rain is called stone leprosy.
  • Acid rain causes extensive damage to buildings made up of marble CaCO + H2SO4 CaSO4 + H2O + CO2

Question 13.
What are fumes? Give one example.
Answer:
Fumes are one of the non-viable particulate pollutants air. They are obtained by condensation of vapours released during sublimation, distillation, boiling and calcination. For example, organic solvents, metals and metallic oxides form fume particles.

Question 14.
What are the techniques to reduce particulate pollutants?
Answer:
The particulates from air can be removed by using electrostatic precipitators, gravity settling chambers, wet scrubbers or by cyclone collectors. These techniques are base on washing away or settling of the particulate matter.

Question 15.
How will you control photochemical smog?
Answer:
The formation of photochemical smog can be suppressed by preventing the release of nitrogen oxide and hydrocarbons into the atmosphere from the motor vehicles by using catalytic convertors in engines. Plantation of certain trees like Pinus, Pyrus Querus vitus and Juniparus can metabolise nitrogen oxide.

Question 16.
What is meant by water pollution’?
Answer:
Water pollution is defined as the addition of foreign substances or factors like heat which degrades the quality of water so that it becomes an health hazard or unfit for use.

Question 17.
What are the sources of water pollution? Give examples.
Answer:

  • The water pollutants originate form both natural as well as human activities. The source of water pollution are classified as point and non-point sources.
  • Easily identified source of water pollution is called a point source. For example, Municipal and industrial discharge pipes.
  • Non-point source cannot be identified easily. For example, agricultural runoffs, mining wastes, acid rain, storm water drainage and construction sediments.

Question 18.
What is BOD’?
Answer:
The total amount of oxygen (in milligrams) consumed by microorganisms in decomposing the waste in one litre of water at 20°C for a period of 5 days is cal Led biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) and its value is expressed in ppm.

Question 19.
What is COD?
Answer:
Chemical oxygen demand (COD) is defined as the amount of oxygen required by the organic matter in a sample of water for its oxidation by a strong oxidising agent like K2Cr2O7 in acidic medium for a period of 2 hours.

Question 20.
What are total dissolved solids (TDS)?
Answer:

  • Most of the salts are soluble in water. It include cations like calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, iron and anions like carbonate, bicarbonate, chloride, sulphate, phosphate and nitrate.
  • Use of drinking water having TDS (total dissolved solids) concentration higher than 500 ppm causes possibilities of irritation in stomach and intestine.

Question 21.
What are the constituents of soil?
Answer:
Soil is a thin layer of organic and inorganic material that covers the earth’s rocky surface. Soil constitutes the upper crust of the earth, which supports land, plants and animals.

Question 22.
Define – soil pollution.
Answer:
Soil pollution is defined as the build up of persistent toxic compounds, radioactive materials, chemical salts and disease causing agents in soil which have harmful effects on plant growth and animal health. Soil pollution affects the structure and fertility of soil, ground water quality and food chain in biological ecosystem.

Question 23.
Explain how industrial waste affects the soil.
Answer:

  • Industrial activities have been the biggest contributor to soil pollution especially the mining and manufacturing activities.
  • Industrial wastes include cyanides. chromates, acids, alkalis and metals like mercury, copper, zinc, cadmium and lead.
  • These industrial wastes in the soil surface lies for a long time and makes it unsuitable for use.

Question 24.
What is green chemistry?
Answer:

  • Efforts to control environment pollution have resulted in the development of chemicals favorable for environment and this branch of science is called green chemistry.
  • It is a chemical philosophy encouraging the design of products and processes that reduces or eliminates the use and generation of hazardous substances.

Question 25.
Write a note about dry cleaning of clothes.
Answer:
Solvents like tetrachioroethylene is used in dry cleaning of clothes, pollute the ground water and are carcinogenic. In place of tetrachloroethylene liquefied CO2 with suitable detergents an alternate solvent used. Liquefied CO2 is not that much harmful for the groundwater. Nowadays H2O2 is used for bleaching clothes in laundry that give better results and utilises less water.

Question 26.
Carbon monoxide gas is more dangerous than carbon dioxide gas. Why?
Answer:
Carbon monoxide gas combines with haemoglobin to form a very stable compound known as carboxy haemoglobin. When its concentration in blood reaches 3-4%, the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood is greatly reduced. This results into headache, nervousness and sometimes death of the person. On the other hand CO2 does not combine with haemoglobin and hence it is less harm ful than CO.

Question 27.
Which gases are responsible for greenhouse effect? List some of them.
Answer:
CO, is mainly responsible for greenhouse effect. Other greenhouse gases are methane, nitrous oxide, water vapours, CFCs and ozone.

Question 28.
A large number of fishes are suddenly found floating dead on a lake. There is no evidence of toxic dumping but you find an abundance of phytoplankton. Suggest a reason for the fish killing.
Answer:
Excessive phytoplankton (organic pollutants such as leaves, grass trash etc.) growth which is present in water is biodegradable. Bacteria decomposes this organic matter in water. During this process when large number of bacteria decomposes the organic matter, they consume the dissolved oxygen in water. When the level of dissolved oxygen falls below 6 ppm then the fishes cannot survive and they die.

Question 29.
How carbon monoxide acts as a poison for human beings’?
Answer:
Carbon monoxide is a poisonous gas because it combines with haemoglobin of RBC to form carboxyhaernoglobin as:
CO + Haemoglobin ⇌ Carboxyhaemoglobin
It inhibits the transport of oxygen to different pans of the body. Thus the body becomes oxygen-starved.

Question 30.
Give three examples in which the principles green chemistry has been applied.
Answer:

  • In dry-cleaning, use of liquefied CO2 in place of non-environment friendly tetrachioroethene (Cl2C = CCl2).
  • Use of H2O2 in bleaching in place of chlorine.
  • In the manufacture of chemicals like ethanal by using environment-friendly chemicals and conditions. ,

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Environmental Chemistry 3 Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write about Bhopal gas tragedy.
Answer:

  • On 3rd Decembers. 1984 at Bhopal city in India, by the early morning, an explosion at Union carbide pesticide plant released a cloud of toxic gas (Methyl isocyanate) CH3NCO into the air.
  • Since the gas is twice as heavy as air, it did not drift away but formed a blanket over the surrounding area.
  • It attacked people’s lungs and affect their breathing staying there or in the nearby areas. Thousands of peopic died and lives of many were ruined. The lungs, brain, eyes, muscles as well as gastrointestinal, neurological and immune system of those people who survived were severely affected.

Question 2.
Explain how the oxides of sulphur pollute the atmospheric air. Give its haririful eflects.
Answer:

  • Sulphur dioxide and sulphur trioxide are produced by burning sulphur containing fossil fuels and by roasting of suiphide ores.
  • SO2 is a poisonous gas for both animals and plants. SO2 causes eye irritation, coughing and respiratory diseases like asthma, bronchitis.
  • SO2 is oxidised to more harmful SO3 gas in the presence of particulate matter present in the polluted air:
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
    SO2 combines with atmospheric water vapour to form H2SO4 which comes down along with rain in the form of acid rain:
  • Acid rain causes stone leprosy. affect aquatic ecosystem, corrode water pipes and causes respiratory ailment in humans and animals.

Question 3.
How oxides of nitrogen are harmful?
Answer:
(i) Oxides of nitrogen are produced during high temperature combustion processes, by oxidation of nitrogen in air and it is formed the combustion of fuels such as coal, diesel and petrol.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
(iii) The oxides of nitrogen are converted into nitric acid which comes down in the form of acid rain. They also form reddish brown haze in heay traffic.
(iv) Nitrogen dioxide potentially damage plant leaves and retard photosynthesis.
(v) NO2 is a respiratory irritant and it can cause asthma and lung injury.

Question 4.
Explain how hydrocarbons pollute the atmospheric air.
Answer:

  • The compounds composed of carbon and Hydrogen only are called hydrocarbons. They are mainly produced naturally and also by incomplete combustion of automobile fuels.
  • They are potential cancer causing (carcinogenic) agents.
  • For example polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) are carcinogenic, they cause irritation in eyes and mucous membranes.

Question 5.
Write flotes about great London smog.
Answer:

  • The great smog of London (1952) was an instance of severe air pollution that affected the London from 5th December 9th of December, 1952 and then dispersed quickly when the whether changed.
  • It causes major disruption by reducing the visibility and even penetrating indoor areas.
  • Government medical reports estimated that 4000 people had died as a direct result of smog and 100.000 were made ill by the smog effect on their respiratory tract.

Question 6.
What are the effects of classical smog?
Answer:

  • Smog is primarily responsible for acid rain.
  • Smog results in poor visibility and it affects air and road transport.
  • It also causes bronchial irritation.

Question 7.
Explain how oxides of nitrogen are introduced directly into the stratosphere?
Answer:

  • Nitrogen oxides are introduced directly into the stratosphere by the supersonic jet aircraft engines in the form of exhaust gases.
  • These oxides arc released by combustion of fossil fuels and nitrogen fertilisers. Inert nitrous oxide in the stratosphere is photochemically converted into more reactive nitric oxide.
  • Oxides of nitrogen catalyses the decomposition of ozone and are themselves regenerated. Ozone gets depleted as follows:
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
    Thus NO is regenerated in the chain reaction.

Question 8.
How chemical wastes pollute water?
Answer:

  • A whole variety of chemicals from industries, such as metals and solvents are poisonous to fish and other aquatic life.
  • Toxic pesticides can accumulate in fish and shell fish and poison the people who eat them.
  • Detergents and oil float spoils the water bodies.
  • Acids from mine drainage and salts from various sources can also contaminate water sources.

Question 9.
Explain the presence of fluoride in water and its hazardous effects?
Answer:

  • Fluoride ion deficiency in drinking water causes tooth decay.
  • The fluoride ions make the enamel on teeth much harder by converting hydroxyapatite
    [3(Ca3(PO4)2. Ca(OFl)2]. the enamel on the surface of the teeth into much harder fluorapatite [3(Ca3(PO3)2. CaF2]
  • Fluoride ion concentration above 2 ppm causes brown mottling of teeth. Excess fluoride causes damage to bones and teeth.

Question 10.
Explain the harmful effects of

  1. lead
  2. Nitrate in drinking water.

Answer:

  1. Drinking water containing lead contamination above 50 ppm can cause damage to liver, kidneys and reproductive system.
  2. Use of drinking water having concentration of nitrates higher than 45 ppm may cause (blue baby syndrome) methemoglobinemia disease in chiidrens.

Question 11.
Explain how styrene is produced by traditional and greener routes?
Answer:
1. Traditional route:
This method involve two steps-Carcinogenic benzene reacts with ethylene to form ethyl benzene. After that ethyl benzene undergoes dehydrogenation using Fe2O3 / Al2O3 to give styrene.

2. Greener route:
To avoid carcinogenic benzene. greener routes to start with cheaper and
environment friendly xylene.

Question 12.
How acetaldehyde is commercially prepared by green chemistry?
Answer:
Acetaldehyde is commercially prepared by one step oxidation of ethene in the presence of ionic catalyst in aoiieniis medium with 9% yield.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Question 13.
What do you mean by ozone hole? What are its consequences?
Answer:
Depletion of ozone layer creates some sort of holes in the blanket of ozone which surrounds us in the atmosphere and this is known as ozone hole.

  • With the depletion of the ozone layer, UV radiations filters into the troposphere which leads to ageing of skin. cataract, sunburn, skin cancer etc.
  • By killing many of the phytoplanktons, it can damage the fish productivity.
  • Evaporation rate increases through the surface and stomata of leaves which can decrease the moisture content of the soil.

Question 14.
What is photo chemical smog? What arc its effects? How can it be controlled?
Answer:
It is a kind of smog formed in warm, dry and sunny climate. It is formed when sunlight is absorbed by SO2 oxides of nitrogen and hydrocarbons. It act as an oxidising agent.

Effects of photo chemical smog:

  • It produces irritation in eyes and also in respiratory system.
  • It can damage many materials such as metals, stones, building materials etc.
  • NO2 present in photochemical smog gives it brown colour which reduces the visibility.
  • it is harmful to fabrics, crops and ornamental plants.

Control of photochemical smog:

  • By using catalytic converters in automobilës.
  • By spraying certain compounds into the atmosphere which generate free radicals that can easily combine with the free radicals that initiates the reaction forming toxic compounds of photochernical smog.
  • Certain plants such as Pinus, Juniparus, Pyrus could be also helpful in this matter.

Question 15.
(a) Define eutrophication and pneumoconiosis.
(b) Write differences between photochemical smog and classical smog.
Answer:
(a) Eutrophication:
When the growth of algae increases in the surface of water, dissolved oxygen in water is greatly reduced. This phenomenon is known as eutrophication. Due to this growth of fishes gets inhibited.

(b) Pueumoconiosis:
It is a disease which irritates lungs. It causes scarring or fibrosis of the lungs.

Pholochemical smog:

  • It is formed as a result of photochernical decomposition of nitrogen dioxide and chemical reactions involving hydrocarbons.
  • It takes place during dry warm season in presence of sunlight.
  • It is oxidising in nature.

Classical smog:

  • It’s formed due to condensation of SO2 vapours on particles of carbon in cold climate.
  • it is generally formed during winter when there is severe cold.
  • It is reducing in nature.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Environmental Chemistry 5 Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain about the different layers of Earth’s atmosphere.
Answer:
Earth’s atmosphere can he divided into different layers with characteristic altitude and temperature.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry

Question 2.
What arc the health effects of particulate pollutants?
Answer:
1. Dust, mist, fumes etc. are air borne particles which are dangerous for human health. Particulate pollutants bigger than 5 microns are likely to settle in the nasal passage whereas particles of about 10 microns enter the lungs easily and causes scaring or fibrosis of lung lining.

They irritate the lungs and causes cancer and asthma. This disease is called pneumoconiosis. Coal miners may suffer from black lung disease. Textile workers may suffer from white lung disease.

2. Lead particulates affect children’s brain. interferes with maturation of RBC’s and even causes cancer.

3. Particulates in the atmosphere reduces the visibility by scattering and absorption of sun light. It is dangerous for aircraft and motor vehicles.

4. Particulates provide nuclei for cloud formation and increases fog and rain.

5. Particulates deposit on plant leaves and hinder the intake of CO2 from the air and affect photosynthesis.

Question 3.
What arc the effects of photochernical smog?
Answer:

  • The three main components of photochemical smog are nitrogen oxide, ozone and oxidized hydrocarbons like HCHO, CH2 = CH – CRO and PAN.
  • Photo chemical smog causes irritation to eyes. skin and lungs. It also increases the chance of asthma.
  • high concentration of ozone and NO can cause nose and throat irritation, chest pain, difficulty in breathing.
  • PAN is toxic to plants, attack younger leaves and cause bronzing and glazing of their surfaces.
  • It causes corrosion of metals, stones, building materials and painted surfaces.

Question 4.
Explain about the environmental impacts of ozone depletion.
Answer:
1. The formation and destruction of ozone is a regular natural process, which never disturbs the equilibrium level of ozone in the stratosphere. Any change in the equilibrium level of ozone in the atmosphere will adversely affect the Life in biosphere in the following ways.
2. Depletion of ozone layer will allow more UV rays to reach the earth surface and would cause skin cancer and also decreases the immunity level in human beings.
3. UV radiations atlecis plant proteins which lead to harniful mutation in plant cells.
4. UV radiations affect the growth of phytoplankton and as a result ocean food chain is disturbed and it even damages the fish productivity.

Question 5.
Explain the list of major water pollutants and their sources.
Answer:

  • Microorganisms – Domestic sewage, domestic waste water, dung heap
  • Organic wastes – Domestic sewage, animal excreta, food processing factory wastc. detergents and decayed animals and plants
  • Plant nutrients – Chemical fertilisers
  • Heavy metals – Heavy metal producing factories
  • Sediments – Soil erosion by agriculture and strip-mining
  • Pesticides – Chemicals used for killing insects, fungi and weeds
  • Radioactive substances – Mining of uranium containing minerals
  • Heat – Water used for cooling in industries

Question 6.
Describe about the causes of water pollution.
Answer:
Causes of water pollution –
1. Microbiological pollutants:
(a) Disease causing microorganisms like bacteria, viruses and protozoa are most senous water pollutants. They come from domestic sewage and animal excreta.
(b) Fish and shellfish can become contaminated from them and people who eat them will also become ill.
(c) Dysentery and cholera are water borne diseases.
(d) Human excrcta contain bacteria such as Escherichia coll and Streptococcus farcical- -is which causes gastrointestinal diseases.

2. Organic wastes:
Organic matter such as leaves, grass, trash can also pollute water. Water pollution is cause by excessive phytoplankton growth within water.

3. Chemical wastes:
A whole variety of chemicals from industries such as metals and solvents are poisonous to fish and other aquatic life. Detergents and oils float spoils the water bodies. Acids from mine drainage and salts form various sources can also contaminate water sources.

Question 7.
What are the harmful effects of chemical water pollutants’?
Answer:

  1. Cadmium and mercury can cause kidney damage.
  2. Lead poisoning can lead to severe damage of kidneys. liver and brain. It also affects the central nervous system.
  3. Polychiorinated biphenyl causes skin diseases and are carcinogenic in nature.

Question 8.
Explain about green chemistry in day-to-day life.
Answer:
1. Dry cleaning of clothes:
Solvents like tetrachloroethylene used in dry cleaning of clothes, pollute the ground water and are carcinogenic. In place of tetrachloro ethylene, liquefied CO2 with suitable detergent is an alternate solvent used. Liquefied CO2 is not harmful to the ground water. Nowadays H2O2 is used for bleaching clothes in laundry, gives better result and utilises less water.

2. Bleaching of paper:
Conventional method of bleaching was done with chlorine. Nowadays H2O2 can be used for bleaching paper in the presence of catalyst.

3. Synthesis of chemicals:
Acetaldehyde is commercially prepared by one step oxidation of ethene in the presence of ionic catalyst in aqueous medium with 90% yield.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry
4. Instead of petrol, methanol is used as a fuel in automobiles.
5. Neem based pesticides have been synthesis-ed, which are more safer than the chlorinated hydrocarbons.

We as a team believe the information prevailing regarding the Samacheer Kalvi Environmental Chemistry for 11th Chemistry Chapter 15 Environmental Chemistry has been helpful in clearing your doubts to the fullest. For any other help do leave us your suggestions and we will look into them. Stay in touch to get the latest updates on Tamilnadu State Board Environmental Chemistry for different subjects in the blink of an eye.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Enhance your subject knowledge with Tamilnadu State Board for Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes and learn all the underlying concepts easily. Make sure to Download Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Solutions Haloalkanes and Haloarenes, Notes Pdf Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Questions and Answers PDF on a day to day basis and score well in your exams. Are given after enormous research by people having high subject knowledge. You can rely on them and prepare any topic of Chemistry as per your convenience easily.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Students looking for Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Concepts can find them all in one place from our Tamilnadu State Board Haloalkanes and Haloarenes. Simply click on the links available to prepare the corresponding topics of Chemistry easily. Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter wise Questions and Answers are given to you after sample research and as per the latest edition textbooks. Clarify all your queries and solve different questions to be familiar with the kind of questions appearing in the exam. Thus, you can increase your speed and accuracy in the final exam.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Textual Evaluation Solved

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes  is ………….
(a) 2-Bromopent – 3 – ene
(b) 4-Bromopent – 2 – ene
(c) 2-Bromopent – 4 – ene
(d) 4-Bromopent – 1 – ene
Answer:
(b) 4 – Bromopent – 2 – ene

Question 2.
Of the following compounds. which has the highest boiling point’?
(a) n-Butyl chloride
(b) Isobutyl chloride
(c) t-Butyl chloride
(d) n-propyl chloride
Answer:
(a) n-Butyl chloride

Question 3.
Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their density.
(A) CCl4
(B) CHCl3
(C) CH2Cl2
(D) CH3Cl
(a) D<C<B<A
(b) C<B<A<D
(c) A<B<C<D
(d) C<A<B<D
Answer:
(a) D<C<B<A

Question 4.
With respect to the position of – Cl in the compound CH3 – CH = CH – CH2 – Cl, it is classified as ………..
(a) Vinyl
(b) Allyl
(c) Secondary
(d) Aralkyl
Answer:
(b) Allyl

Question 5.
What should be the correct IUPAC name of diethyl chioromethane?
(a) 3-Chioropentane
(b) 1-Chloropentane
(c) 1-Chloro- 1, 1, diethylmethanc
(d) 1-Chloro- 1 -ethylpropane
Answer:
(a) 3-Chioropentane

Question 6.
C-X bond is strongest in …………
(a) Chioromeihane
(b) lodomethane
(c) Bromomethane
(d) Fluoromethanc
Answer:
(d) Fluoromethane

Question 7.
In the reaction Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes  X + N2, X is …………
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 8.
Which of the following compounds will give racemic mixture on nucleophilic substitution by OH ion?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
(a) (i)
(b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (iii)
(d) (i) and (ii)
Answer:
(c) (iii)

Question 9.
The treatment of ethyl formate with excess of RMgX gives –
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
(c) R—CHO

Question 10.
Benzene reacts with Cl2 in the presence of FeCl2 and in absence of sunlight to form –
(a) Chiorobenzene
(b) Benzyl chloride
(c) Benzal chloride
(d) Benzene hexachloride
Answer:
(a) Chiorobenzene

Question 11.
The name of C2F4Cl2 is –
(a) Freon – 112
(b) Freon – 113
(c) Freon – 114
(d) Freon – 115
Answer:
(c) Freon – 114

Question 12.
Which of the following reagent is helpful to differentiate ethylene dichloride and ethylidene chloride?
(a) Zn / methanol
(b) KOH / ethanol
(c) Aqueous KOH
(d) ZnCl2 / Cone. HCl
Answer:
(e) Aqueous KOH

Question 13.
Match the compounds given in Column I with suitable items given in Column II.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes -249
Code:
(a) A→2,B→4,C→1,D→3
(b) A→3,B→2,C→4,D→1
(c) A→1,B→2,C→3,D→4
(d) A→3,B→1,C→4,D→2
Answer:
(d) A→3,B→1,C→4,D→2

Question 14.
Assertion : in monohaloarenes, electrophilic substitution occurs at oriho and para positions.
Reason : Halogen atom is a ring deactivator.
(a) If both assertion and reason arc true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
Answer:
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.

Question 15.
Consider the reaction, CH3CH2CH2Br + NaCN → CH3CH2CH2CN + NaBr This reaction will be the fastest in …………
(a) ethanol
(b) methanol
(c) DMF (N, N’ – dimethyl forrnamide)
(d) water
Answer:
(c) DMF (N, N’ – dimethyl fonuarnide)

Question 16.
Freon-12 is manufactured from tetrachioromethane by …………
(a) Wurtz reaction
(b) Swarts reaction
(c) DMF (N, N’ – dimethyl tòrmamide)
(d) water
Answer:
(c) DMF (N, N’ – dimethyl formarnide)

Question 16.
Frcon-12 is manufactured from tetrachioromethane by …………
(a) Wurtz reaction
(b) Swans reaction
(c) Haloform reaction
(d) Gattennann reaction
Answer:
(b) Swarts reaction

Question 17.
The most easily hydrolysed molecule under SN1 condition is …………
(a) allyl chloride
(b) ethyl chloride
(c) isopropyl chloride
(d) benzyl chloride
Answer:
(a) benzyl chloride

Question 18.
The carbocation formed in SN1 reaction of alkyl halide in the slow step is …………
(a) sp3 hybridised
(b) sp2 hybridised
(c) sp hybridised
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) sp2 hybridised

Question 19.
The major products obtained when chiorobenzene is nitrated with HNO3 and cone. H2SO4
(a) 1-chloro-4-nitrobenzenc
(b) 1-chloro-2-n itrobenzene
(c) 1-chloro-3-n itroberizene
(d) 1-chloro- 1 -nitrobenzene
Answer:
(a) 1 -chloro-4-nitrobenzene

Question 20.
Which one of the following is most reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 21.
Ethylidene chloride on treatment with aqueous KOH gives …………
(a) acetaldehyde
(b) ehtylene glycol
(c) formaldehyde
(d) glyoxal
Answer:
(a) acetaldehyde

Question 22.
The raw material for Rasching process is …………
(a) chiorobenzene
(b) phenol
(c) benzene
(d) anisole
Answer:
(c) benzene

Question 23.
Chloroform reacts with nitric acid to produce …………
(a) nitro-toluene
(b) nitro-glycerine
(c) chloropicrin
(d) chioropicric acid
Answer:
(c) chioropicrin

Question 24
Acetone Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes X, X is …………
(a) 2-propanol
(b) 2-methyl-2-propanol
(c) 1 -propanol
(d) acetonol
Answer:
(b) 2-methyl-2-propanol

Question 25.
Silver propionate when refluxed with Bromine in carbon tetrachioride gives …………
(a) propionic acid
(b) chioroethane
(c) bromoethane
(d) chioropropane
Answer:
(c) bromoethane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Short Answer Questions

Question 26.
Classify the following compounds in the form of alkyl. allylic, vinyl, benzylic halides:
(a) CH3-CH = CH-Cl
(b) C6H5CH2I
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
(d) CH2 = CH – Cl
Answer:
(a) CH3-CH = CH-Cl – Allylic halide
(b) C6H5CH2 – Benzylic halide
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
(d) CH2 = CHCl – Vinyl halide

Question 27.
Why chlorination of methane is not possible in dark?
Answer:

  • Chlorination of methane is a free radical substitution reaction.
  • Before chlorine reacts with methane, the Cl-Cl single bond must break to form free radicals and this can only be done in the presence of ultraviolet light.
  • In dark, chlorine free radicals formation is not possible and so chlorination of methane is not possible in dark.
  • The ultraviolet light is a source of energy and it being used to break of Cl-Cl and
    produce Cl free radical Free radical’s which can attack methane. in dark this is not possible.

Question 28.
How will you prepare n-propyl iodide from n-propyl bromide?
Answer:
Finkeistein reaction:
n-propyl bromide on heating with a concentrated solution of sodium iodide in dry acetone gives n-propyl iodide. This SN2 reaction is called Finkelstein reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 29.
Which alkyl halide from the following pair is –
1. chiral
2. undergoes faster SN2 reaction?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
1.Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Here the C*is chiral carbon atom and it is surrounded by four different groups. Br
2. Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes  i.e., 1-chiorohutane undergoes faster SN2 reaction. CH3-CH2-CH2Cl is a primary alkyl halide and so it undergoes faster SN2 reaction.

Question 30.
How does chiorobenzene react with sodium in the presence of ether? What is the name of the reaction?
Answer:
Chiorobenzene when heated with sodium in ether solution will forrn biphenyl as the product. This reaction is called fitting reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 31.
Give reasons for polarity of C-X bond in haloalkancs.
Answer:

  • Carbon halogen bond is a polar bond as halogens are more electronegative than carbon.
  • The carbon atom exhibits a partial positive change (δ+) and halogen atom acquires a partial negative change. (δ)
  • Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 32.
Why is it necessary to avoid even traces of moisture during the use of Grignard reagent?
Answer:
Grignard reagents are highly reactive substances. They react with any source of proton to form hydrocarbons. Even water is sufficiently acidic to convert it into the corresponding hydrocarbon. So it is necessary to avoid even traces of moisture with the Grignard reagent as they arc highly reactive.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 33.
What happens when acetyl chloride is treated with excess of CH3 MgI?
Answer:
When acetyl chloride is treated with excess of Grignard reagent, the product formed is tertiary butyl alcohol.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 34.
Arrange the following alkyl halideïniiicreasing order of bond enthalpy of RX: CH3Br, CH3F, CH3Cl, CH3I
Answer:
increasing order of bond enthalpy of RX is …………
CH3 I bond enthalpy 234 kJ mol-1
CH3 Br bond enthalpy 293 kJ mol-1
CH3 Cl bond enthalpy 351 kJ mol-1
CH3 F bond enthalpy 452 IcI mol-1
CH3 F > CH3 Cl> CH3Br < CH3 I

Question 35.
What happens when chloroform reacts with oxygen in the presence of sunlight?
Answer:
Chloroform undergoes oxidation in the presence of sunlight and air to form phosgene (carboxyl chloride)
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Since phosgene is very poisonous, therefore its presence makes chloroform unfit for use as anaesthetic.

Question 36.
Write down the possible isomers of C5H11Br and give their IUPAC and common names.
Answer:
C5H11Br : 8 isomers are possible.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 37.
Mention any three methods of preparation of haloalkanes from alcohols.
Answer:
Haloalkanes are prepared from alcohols by treating with –

  1. HCl
  2. PCl5
  3. SO2Cl2

Answer:
1. Reaction of alcohol with hydrogen halide:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Reaction of alcohol with phosphorous halide:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Reaction of alcohol with thionyl chloride:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 38.
Compare SN1 and SN2 reaction mechanisms.
Answer:
SN1 Mechanism:
1. It is a unimolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction of first order.
2. It takes place in two steps.
3. It leads to racemisation.
4. It mostly take place in tertiary alkyl halides.
5. The rate of the reaction depends only on the concentration one of substrate and so it is a first order reaction.
Step – I
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Step – II
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

SN2 Mechanism:
1. It is a bimolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction of second order.
2. It takes place in one step.
3. It leads to invertion of configuration.
4. It mostly take place in primary alkyl halides.
5. The rate of the reaction depends on the concentration of both the substrate as well as the nucleophile and so it is a second order reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 39.
Compare SN1 and SN2 reaction mechanisms.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 40.
Discuss the aromatic nucicophilic substitution reactions of chiorobenzene.
Answer:
Aromatic nucleophilic substitution reactions:
Dow’s process:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 41.
Account for the following –
1. t-butyl chloride reacts with aqueous KOH by SN1 mechanism while n-butyl chloride reacts with SN2 mechanism.
2. p-dichlorobenzene has higher melting point than those of o-and m-dichlorobenzene.
Answer:
1. In t-butyl chloride, there is niore steric hindrance and it involves formation of a stable tertiary carbocation. Therefore it reacts with KOH by SN1 mechanism rather than SN2 mechanism because SN1 mechanism is faourable in case of steric crowding and is directly proportional to partial positive charge on carbon atom. In n-butyl chloride, there is least steric hindrance and involves formation of less stable primary carbocation. Thus it takes place in one step and is favoured by SN2 mechanism.

2. Melting point of p – dichiorobenzene is higher than that of ortho and meta-dichiorobenzene. This is due to the fact that is has a symmetrical structure and therefore, its molecules can easily pack closely in the crystal lattice. p-dichlorobcnzene being more symmetrical fits closely in the crystal lattice and has stronger intermolecular attraction than o & m isomers. So p-isomer has high melting point than the corresponding o & m-isomers.

Question 42.
In an experiment ethyliodide in ether is allowed to stand over magnesium pieces. Magnesium dissolves and product is formed
(a) Name the product and write the equation for the reaction.
(b) Why all the reagents used in the reaction should be dry? Explain.
(c) How is acetone prepared from the product obtained in the experiment?
Answer:
(a) When ethyl iodide in ether is allowed to stand over magnesium pieces. the product formed will be Ethyl magnesium iodide.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

(b) Gngnard reagent are highly reactive compounds and react with any source of proton to give hydrocarbons. Even when water is there, it is sufficiently acidic to convert it into the corresponding hydrocarbon. So it is necessary to avoid even traces of moisture with the grignard reagent as they are highly reactive. That is why the all reagents used in the reaction should be dry.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Methyl magnesium iodide reacts with acetyl chloride to form acetone.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 43.
Write a chemical reaction useful to prepare the following:
1. Freon- 12 from carbon tetrachioride.
2. Carbon tetrachioride from carbon disulphide.
Answer:
1. Freon-12 from carbon tetrachioride:
Freon- 12 is prepared by the action of hydrogen fluoride on carbon tetrachioride in the presence of catalytic amount of antimony pentachloride. This is called “swartz reaction”.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Carbon tetrachioride from carbon disuiphide:
Carbon disuiphide reacts with chlorine gas in the presence ofanhydrous AlCl3 as catalyst to give carbon tetrachloridc.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 44.
What are Freons? Discuss their uses and environmental effects.
Answer:
Freons are the chiorofluoro derivatives of methane and ethane.
Freon is represented as Freon – cba
Where, c = number of carbon atoms, b = number of hydrogen atoms, a = total number of fluorine atoms.
CF2Cl2 = 0
c = 1 – 1 = 0
H = 0 +1 = 1
F = 2
So Freon – 12 is CF2Cl2

Uses of Freons:

  • Freons are used as refrigerants in refrigerators and air conditioners.
  • it is used as a propellant for aerosols and foams.
  • it is used as propellant for foams to spray out deodorants, shaving creams and insecticides.

Environmental effects of Freons:

1. Freon gas is a very powerful greenhouse gas which means that it traps the heat normally radiated from the earth out into the space. This causes the earth’s temperature to increase, resulting in rising sea levels, droughts. stronger storms, flash floods and a host of other very unpleasant effect.

2. As freon moves throughout the air, its chemical ingredients causes depletion of ozone layer. Depletion of ozone increases the amount of ultraviolet radiations that reaches the earths surface, resulting in serious risk to human health. High levels of ozone, in turn, causes resoiratory problems and can also kill olants.

Question 45.
Predict the products when bromoethane is treated with the fòllowing:
1. KNO2
2. AgNO2
Answer:
1. When bromoethane is treated with KNO2 the product formed is Ethyl nitrite.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
2. When bromoethane is treated with AgNO2 nitroethane will be formed as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 46.
Explain the mechanism of SN1 reaction by highlighting the stereochemistry behind it.
Answer:
1. SN1 stands for unimolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction of first order reaction.
2. The rate of the following SN1 reaction depends upon the concentration of alkyl halide
(RX) and it is independent of the concentration of the nucicophile (OH ) used.
3. R-Cl + OH R – OH + Cl
4. This SN1 reaction follows first order kinetics and it occurs in two steps:
5. SN1 reaction mechanism takes place in tertiary butyl bromide with aqueous KOH a follows:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
6. the 2 steps of the reaction are:
Step 1:
Formation of carbocation:
The polar C-Br bond breaks first forming a carbocation and bromide ion. This step is slow and hence it is the rate determining step.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
The carbocation has two equivalent lobes of the vaccant 2p orbital, So it can react equally fast form either face.

Step 2:
The nucleophile immediately reacts with the carbocation. This step is fast and hence does not affect the rate of the reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
The nucleophile OH can attack carbocation from both the sides.

Question 47.
Write short notes on the the following:
1. Raschig process
2. Dows Process
3. Darzens process
Answer:
1. Raschig process:
Chiorobenzene is commercially prepared by passing a mixture of benzene vapour in air and HUt over heated cupric chloride.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Dow’s process:
Chiorobenzene is boiled with Sodium hydroxide to get Phenol. This reaction is called Dow’s process.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Darzens process:
Ethanol reacts with SOCl, in the presence of pyridine to form chloroethane. This reaction is called Darzens process.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 48.
Starting from CH3MgI. How will you prepare the following’?

  1. Acetic acid
  2. Acetone
  3. Ethyl acetate
  4. Isopropyl alcohol
  5. Methyl cyanide

Answer:
1. Acetic acid from grignard reagent:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Acetone from Gngnard reagent:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Ethyl acetate from Grignard reagent:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

4. Isopropyl alcohol from Grignard reagent:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

5. Methyl cyanide form Grignard reagent:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 49.
Complete the following reactions:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 50.
Explain the preparation of the following compounds:

  1. DDT
  2. Chloroform
  3. Biphenyl
  4. Chioropicrin
  5. Freon-12

Answer:
1. DUT
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Chloroform:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Biphenyl:
Fittig reaction:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

4. Chioropicrin.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

5. Freon – 12.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 51.
An organic compound (A) with molecular formula C2H5Cl reacts with KOH gives compounds (B) and with alcoholic KOH gives compound (C). Identify (A), (B) and (C)
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
1. An organic compound (A) of molecular formula C2H5Cl is identified as Chioroethane with molecular formula CH2-CH2Cl from the formula.

2. Chioroethane reacts with aqueous KOH to give ethanol, i.e., Aqueous C2H5OH as (B) by substitution reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. ChIooethane reacts with alcoholic KOH to give ethene C2H4 as (C) by elimination reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes -250
Question 52.
Simplest alkene (A) reacts with HCl to form compound (B).Compound (B) reacts with ammonia to form compound (C) of molecular formula C2H2N. Compound (C) undergoes carbylarnine test. Identify (A), (B), and (C).
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
1. The simplest alkene (A) is CH2 = CH2, ethene.

2. Ethene reacts with HCl to give Chioroethane CH2-CH2Cl as (B) by addition reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Chioroethane reacts with ammonia to give Ethylamine CH3-CH2 NH2 as (C). It is a primary amine and Carbylamine test is the characteristic test for 1° amine.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 53.
A hydrocarbon C3H6 (A) reacts with HBr to form compound (B). Compound (B) reacts with aqueous potassium hydroxide to give (C) of molecular formula C3H8O. What are (A) (B) and (C). Explain the reactions.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
1. The hydrocarbon with molecular formula C3H6 (A) is identified as propene,
CH3-CH = CH2

2. Propene reacts with HBr to form brornopropane CH3—CH2—CH2Br as (B).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. 1 -bromopropanc react with aqueous potassium hydroxide to give 1 -propanol
CH3 – CH2 CH2OH as (C).

4. 2-bromo propane reacts with aqueous KOH to give 2-propanol as (C)
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 54.
Two isomers (A) and (B) have the same molecular formula C2H4Cl2. Compound (A) reacts with aqueous KOK, gives compound (C) of molecular formula C2H4O. Compound (B) reacts with aqueous KOH, gives compound (D) of molecular formula C2H6O2. Identif’ (A), (B), (C) and (D).
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
1. The compounds (A) and (B) with the molecular formula C2H4Cl2 are Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes and Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes respectively with IUPAC names: 1, 1-dichloroethane (A) and 1.

2. 1, 1-dichloroethane reacts with aqueous KOH tp give CH3CHO Acetaldehyde as (C).

3. 1 ,2-dichloroethane reacts with aqueous KOH to give ethylene glycol Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes  as (D).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

[Evaluate Yourself ]

Question 1.
Write the IUPAC name of the following:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 2.
Write the structure of the following compounds:

  1. 1-Bromo-4-cthylcyclo hexane
  2. 1 4-Dichlorobut-2-ene
  3. 2 Chloro-3-methyl pentane

Answer:
1. 1-Bromo-4 ethylcyclo hexane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. 1. 4-Dichioro but-2-ene
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. 2-Çhloro-3-methyl pentane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 3.
Write all possible chain isomers with molecular formula C5H11Cl
Answer:
C5H11Cl:
8 isomers arc possible. These are –
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 4.
neo-pentyl bromide undergoes nucleophilic substitution reactions very slowly. Justify.
Answer:
1.Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes   neo-pentyl bromide undergoes nucleophilic substitution reactions very slowly due to steric hindrance of many alkyl groups. When bromide is attached to neo-pentyl carbon atom, the heterolytic cleavage of C-Br takes place very slowly and substitution is also a very slow reaction.

2. Due to bulky neo-pentyl group, it becomes difficult for a nucleophile to attack from the back side of carbon having C-Br bond.

3. Splitting of C-Br gives a primary carbocation which is very less stable. So neo-pentyl bromide undergoes nucleophilic substitution reactions very slowly.

Question 5.
Why Grignard reagent should be prepared in anhydrous condition’?
Answer:
Grignard reagent are highly reactive species and react with any source of proton to give hydrocarbons. Even when water is there, it is sufficiently acidic to convert it into the corresponding hydrocarbon. So it is necessary to avoid even traces of moisture while preparing grignard reagent as they are highly reactive and that is why gngnard reagent should be prepared in anhydrous conditions.

Question 6.
Haloalkanes undergo nucleophilic substitution reaction whereas haloarenes undergo electrophilic substitution reaction. Comment.
Answer:
Haloalkanes undergo nucleophilic substitution reactions due to high clectronegativity of the halogen atom. The C-X bond in haloalkanes is slightly polar, thereby the C atom acquires a slight positive charge in C-X bond. [lence C atom is a good target for attack for nucleophiles. Therefore C-X atom of haloalkanes is replaced by a nucleophile easily.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

On the other hand in haloarenes, the halogen atom releases electron to the benzene nucleus relatively electron rich with respect to the halogen atom. As a result the electrophilic attack occurs at ortho and para positions. Hence haloarenes undergo electrophilic substitution reactions.

Question 7.
Chloroform is kept with a little ethyl alcohol in a dark coloured bottle. Why?
Answer:
1. Chlorofòrm is slowly oxidised by air in the presence of light to an extremely poisonous gas, carboxyl chloride (phosgene). it is therefore stored in closed dark coloured bottles completely filled so that air is kept out.

2. With the use of 1% ethanol we can stabilise chloroform, because ethanol can convert the poisonous COCl2 gas into non poisonous diethyl carbonate.
COCl2 + 2C2H5OH CO(OC2H5)2 + 2HCl

Question 8.
What is the IUPAC name of the insecticide DDT? Why is their use banned in most of the countries?
Answer:
1. The IUPAC name of the insecticide DDT isp, p-dichloro-diphenyl trichioroethane.
2. Even DDT is an effective insecticide. Now-adays it is banned because of its long term toxic effects.
3. DDT is very persistent in the environment and it has a high affinity for fatty tissues. As a result, DDT gets accumulated in animal tissue fat, in particular that of birds of prey with subsequent thinning of their eggs shells and impacting their rate of reproduction. That is why DDT is banned in most of the countries.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Additional Questions Solved

I. Choose The Correct Answer.

Question 1.
Which of the following is an example for polyhalo compounds?
(a) Vnyl iodide
(b) Chiorobenzene
(c) Allyl chloride
(d) Chloroform
Answer:
(d) Chloroform

Question 2.
Which of the following is a secondary haloalkane?
(a) Bromoethane
(b) 2-Chioropropane
(c) 2-Jodo-2-methylpropane
(d) 1-Chloropropane
Answer:
(b) 2-Chioropropane

Question 3.
How many isomers are possible for the formula C4H9Cl?
(a) 3
(b) 2
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(c) 4

Question 4.
How many isomers are possible for the formula C5H11Br?
(a) 11
(b) 8
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(b) 8

Question 5.
Which of the following is called Lucas reagent?
(a) Conc. H2SO4 + Anhydrous CuSO4
(b) Conc.HCl + Anhydrous ZnCl2
(c) Dil.HCl + AlCl3
(d) Conc.HCl + ConcHNO2
Answer:
(b) Conc.HCl + Anhydrous ZnCl2

Question 6.
Which of the following mechanism is followed in the halogenation of alkanes in the presence of U-V light?
(a) Nucleophilic substitution
(b) Electrophilic addition
(c) Free radical substitution
(d) Elimination reaction
Answer:
(c) Free radical substitution

Question 7.
The reactivity of alcohols with haloacid is –
(a) 3° > 2° > 1°
(b) 1° > 2° > 3°
(c) 2° > 3° > 1°
(d) 3° > l° > 2°
Answer:
(a) 3° > 2°> 1°

Question 8.
Which of the following reagent is not used to convert alcohol to haloalkane?
(a) H-X
(b) PX5
(c) CCl4
(d) SOCl2
Answer:
(c) CCl4

Question 9.
What is the name of the reaction in which bromoethane is converted to iodoethane by reacting with NaI in acetone?
(a) Hunsdicker reaction
(b) Dow’s process
(c) Finkelstein reaction
(d) Swarts reaction
Answer:
(c) Finkeistein reaction

Question 10.
Identify the correct order of boiling point of haloalkanes?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 11.
Which of the following pair functional groups represents ambident nucleophiles?
(a)-SH-&-OH
(b)-CN-&-NO2
(c)-Br-&-Cl
(d)-O-&-CHO
Answer:
(b)-CN & NO2

Question 12.
Which one following mechanism will be followed when Tartiary butyl chloride is treated with alcoholic KOH?
(a) SN1 mechanism
(b) E1 mechanism
(c) SN2 mechanism
(d) E2 mechanism
Answer:
(b) E1 mechanism

Question 13.
Which one of the following is used for producing pesticìdes?
(a) CHI3
(b) CHCl3
(c) CCl3 NO2
(d) CCl4
Answer:
(b) CHCl3

Question 14.
Which one of the following react with gringnard reagent followed by hydrolysis will yield primary alcohol?
(a) CH3 CHO
(b) HCHO
(c) CH3 COCH3
(d) CO2
Answer:
(b) HCHO

Question 15.
Which one of the following reacts with CH3MgI followed by hydrolysis and gives isopropyl alcohol?
(a) CH3 COCH3
(b) CH3 CHO
(c) HCHO
(d) CNCl
Answer:
(b) CH3 CHO

Question 16.
Which one of the following reacts with CH3 Mg I followed by hydrolysis to yield tert. butyl alchol ?
(a) CH3CHO
(b) HCHO
(c) CH3COOC2H5
(d) CH3COCH3
Answer:
(d) CH3COCH3

Question 17.
Which one of the following reacts with CH3 Mg I followed by acid hydrolysis to yield acetic acid ?
(a) CNCl
(b) CH3COOC2H5
(c) HCOOC2H5
(d) CO2
Answer:
(d) CO2

Question 18.
Which one of the following reagent react with methyl magnesium iodide followed by acid hydrolysis to give ethyl acetate?
(a) Chiorodimethyl ether
(b) Ethyl chloroformate
(c) Ethyl formate
(d) Acetaldehyde
Answer:
(b) Ethyl chioroformate

Question 19.
Which one of the following is used as fibre-swelling agent in textile processing?
(a) Chiorohenzene
(b) Chloroform
(c) Chlorai
(d) Chloroethane
Answer:
(a) Chiorobenzene

Question 20.
Which one of the fillowing is a gemdihalide?
(a) CH3CHCl2
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
(c) CH3-CH2Cl
(d) C6H4Cl2
Answer:
(a) CH3CHCl2

Question 21.
Which of the following reagent is used to distinguish gem-dihalides and vicinal dihalides?
(a) Alcoholic KOH
(b) Aqueous KOH
(c) FeCl3 / Cl2
(d) Ethanol
Answer:
(b) Aqueous KOH

Question 22.
Which one of the following is used in the conversion of ethyliden dichioride to Acetylene?
(a) Zn + Methanol
(b) KOH + Ethanol
(c) Aqueous NaOH
(d) Alcoholic KOH
Answer:
(b) KOH + Ethanol

Question 23.
Which one of the following is used as a metal cleaning solvent?
(a) Isopropylidene chloride
(b) Methylene chloride
(c) Chloroform
(d) lodoform
Answer:
(b) Methylene chloride

Question 24.
Which one of the following is used as an insecticide and as a soil sterilising agent?
(a) Chloroform
(b) Chlorai
(c) Chioropicrin
(d) Tetrachioromethane
Answer;
(c) Chloropicrin

Question 25.
Which one of the following is used to test primary amincs?
(a) Schiff’s test
(b) Carbylarnine test
(c) Dye test
(d) Silver mirror test
Answer:
(b) Carbyianiine test

Question 26.
Which one of the following is used as propellant for aerosols and foams?
(a) Freons
(b) Methylidene chloride
(c) Chlorai
(d) Chloroform
Answer:
(a) Freons

Question 27.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
the product X is –

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 28.
Which one of the following will undergo SN1 reaction faster?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 29.
Which one of the following compounds does not undergo nucleophilic substitution reactions at all?
(a) Ethyl bromide
(b) Vinyl chloride
(c) Benzyl chloride
(d) isopropyl chloride
Answer:
(b) Vinyl chloride

II. Match the following.

Question 1.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 2.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 3.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 4.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 5.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes “17” />

Question 6.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

III. Fill in the blanks.

Question 1.
is used in the treatment of typhoid ……….
Answer:
chloramphenicol

Question 2.
………. is used in the treatment of malaria
Answer:
Chioroquine

Question 3.
………. is used as an anesthetic ……….
Answer:
Halothane

Question 4.
………. is used for cleaning electronic equipments ……….
Answer:
Trichioroethylene

Question 5.
The IUPAC name of CH2=CH-CH2Cl is ……….
Answer:
3-Chioro-prop- 1-ene

Question 6.
The structure of Vinyl iodide is ……….
Answer:
CH2=CHI

Question 7.
2-iodo-2-methylpropane belongs to type ……….
Answer:
3°haloalkanes

Question 8.
The structure of 2-Iodo-2-methylpropanc is ………
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 9.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
the IUPAC name of this compound is ……..
Answer:
1-Bromo-2, 2-dimethyipropane

Question 10.
The IUPAC name of CH2=CHCl is ………
Answer:
Chioroethene

Question 11.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes is ………
Answer:
2-Bromo-3-chloro-2, 4-dimethylpentane.

Question 12.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes is ………
Answer:
3-Chloro-2-methyl-prop- 1 -ene

Question 13.
The reactivity of haloacids (HCl , HBr, HI) with alcohol is in the order ………
Answer:
HI > HBr > HCl

Question 14.
The decreasing order of bond length among alkyl halides (CH2I , CH2 Br , CH3F , CH3Cl ) is in the order ………
Answer:
CH3F < CH3Cl < CH3Br < CH3I

Question 15.
The bond strength of C-X for the C-Cl , C-Br, C-I , C-F decreases in the order is ………
Answer:
C-F < C-Cl<C-Br < C-I

Question 16.
The catalyst used in Darzen halogenation of alcohol is ………
Answer:
Pyridine

Question 17.
In Finkeistein reaction, the mechanism followed is
Answer:
SN2

Question 18.
Silver salt of fatty acid is converted to bromo alkanc by ………
Answer:
Hunsdicker reaction

Question 19.
In Swarts reaction, chioroalkane is converted to ………
Answer:
Fluoroalkane.

Question 20.
The conversion of bromoalkane to fluroalkane by heating with AgF is called ………
Answer:
Swartz reaction

Question 21.
The decreasing order of boiling point of haloalkanes CH3 Br , CH3Cl , CH3F CH3I is ………
Answer:
CH3I > CH3Br > CH3CI > CH3F

Question 22.
The correct increasing order of boiling point of haloalkanes CH3Cl , CHCl3 , CH2Cl2 , CCl4 is ………
Answer:
CCl4 > CHCl3 > CH2Cl2 > CH3Cl

Question 23.
Haloalkanes reacts with aqueous solution of KOH to form ………
Answer:
Alcohol

Question 24.
Haloalkane reacts with alcoholic solution of KOH to form ………
Answer:
Alkene

Question 25.
Ethyl bromide reacts with alcoholic AgCN to form ………
Answer:
CH3CH2NC

Question 26.
Ethyl bromide reacts with alcoholic KNO2 to form ………
Answer:
Ethyl nitrite

Question 27.
The reaction in which sodium alkoxide react with haloalkane to form ether in called ………
Answer:
Williamson’s synthesis

Question 28.
Primary alkyl halide react with aqueous NaOH follows ………
Answer:
SN2

Question 29.
Tertiary butyl bromide reacts with aqueous KOH follows ………
Answer:
SN2 mechanism

Question 30.
Ethyl bromide reacts with alcoholic KOH following mechanism. ………
Answer:
E1

Question 31.
The product formed when tertiary butyl chloride is treated with alcoholic KOH is ………
Answer:
Iso-butylene

Question 32.
When 2-bromobutane react with alcoholic KOH, the products formed are ………
Answer;
1-butene & 2-butene

Question 33.
The product formed when iodoethane is treated with HI in the presence of red phosphorous is ………
Answer:
CH3-CH3

Question 34.
……… is used as an antiseptic
Answer:
Iodoform

Question 35.
……… is used for extinguishing the fire caused by oil or petrol under the commercial name pyrene
Answer:
Tetrachioromethane

Question 36.
……… Ethyl formate reacts with methyl magnesium iodide followed by acid hydrolysis to yield
Answer:
Acetaldehyde

Question 37.
……… Ethyl-methyl ether ethene is obtained by the action of methyl magnesium iodide with
Answer:
Chioro-aimethyl-ether

Question 38.
The hybridised state of carbon in haloarenes is ………
Answer:
sp2

Question 39.
The catalyst used in the preparation of chiorobenzene from benzene is ………
Answer:
FeCl3

Question 40.
In the Gattermann reaction of preparation of chiorobenzene from benzene, the catalyst used is ………
Answer:
Cu / HCl

Question 41.
The conversion of benzene diazoniurn chloride to chiorobenzene in the presence of Cu2Cl2 + HCl is named as ………
Answer:
Sandmeyer reaction

Question 42.
Fluorobenzene is prepared from benzene diazonium chloride by ………
Answer:
BaIz-Scheimann reaction

Question 43.
Conversion of benzene to chiorobenzene in the presence of CuCl2 / HCl is named as ………..
Answer:
Gattermann reaction

Question 44.
The conversion of chiorobenzene to phenol by the action of NaOH is called ………..
Answer:
Dow’s process

Question 45.
In Wurtz fittig reaction, chiorohenzene is converted to by reacting it with ethyl chloride.
Answer:
Ethylbenzene

Question 46.
The product obtained in fittig reaction of chiorobenzene is ………..
Answer:
Biphenyl

Question 47.
The reagent used in the conversion of Chiorobenzene to Benzene is ………..
Answer:
Ni-Al/NaOH

Question 48.
The catalyst used in the preparation of Phenyl magnesium chloride from chiorobenzene is ………..
Answer:
THF

Question 49.
Iso-propylidene chloride is an example of ………..
Answer:
vicinal dihalide

Question 50.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes is ………..
Answer:
1, 2-dibromo-2-methylpropane

Question 51.
The reagent used in the conversion of ethylene dichioride is ………..
Answer:
Zn + CH3OH

Question 52.
Chloroform is converted to methylene-chioride by the action of ………..
Answer:
Zn + HCl and H2 / Ni

Question 53.
The reagents used in the preparation of chloroform are ………..
Answer:
Ethanol + Bleaching powder

Question 54.
The formula of Chioropicrin is ………..
Answer:
CCl3NO2

Question 55.
The product formed when methylamine react with chloroform and alkali is ………..
Answer:
CH3NC

Question 56.
The product formed when CCI4 reacts with hot water vapours is
Answer:
COCl2

Question 57.
The formula of Freon -11 is ………..
Answer:
CFCl3

Question 58.
The formula of Freon – 12 is ………..
Answer:
CF2Cl2

Question 59.
The catalyst used in the preparation of CCl2F2 from CCl4 and HF is ………..
Answer:
SbCl5

Question 60.
The reagents used to prepare DDT are ………..
Answer:
Chlorai and Chiorobenzene

Question 61.
……….. is used to kill various insects like housefly and mosquitoes.
Answer:
(c) DDT

Question 62.
The name of CFCl3 is
Answer:
Freon-11

Question 63.
The treatment of acetone with excess of RMgX gives:
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 64.
The most easily hydrolysed molecule under SN2 reaction is………..
Answer:
Ten. butyl chloride

Question 65.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes. The product ‘X’ is ………..
Answer:
Ethanol

Question 66.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes The product X is ………..
Answer:
CH4

Question 67.
On heatrng CHCl3 with aqueous NaOH solution, the product formed is
Answer:
HCOONa

Question 68.
Depletion of ozone layer is caused by
Answer:
Freons

Question 69.
Chloropicrin is used as
Answer:
soil sterilizing agent

Question 70.
lodoform can be used as
Answer:
Antiseptic.

Question 71.
in oil fire extinguisher, the compound used pyrene is chemically
Answer:
CCl4

Question 72.
Reaction of ethyl chloride with sodium metal leads to the formation of
Answer:
n-Butane

Question 73.
When chloroform is treated with primary amine and KOH, we get ………..
Answer:
Offensive odours

IV. Choose the odd one out.

Question 1.
(a) CH3Br
(b) CH3-CH2Br
(c) (CH3)3C-Br
(d) CH3-CH2-CH2Br
Answer:
(c) (CH3)3C-Br. It is a haloalkane whereas others are 1° haloalkanes.

Question 2.
(a) Finkeistein reaction
(b) Wurtz reaction
(c) Swarts reaction
(d) Friedel crafts alkylation
Answer:
(d) Friedel crafts alkylation. It is used to prepare aromatic hydrocarbon whereas others are used to prepare alkanes.

Question 3.
(a) PCl5
(b) SOCl2
(c) HCl
(d) HF
Answer:
(cl) HF It is not used to prepare directly fluoro alkane whereas others are used to prepare directly chioro alkanes.

Question 4.
(a) Aerosol spray propellant
(b) Metal cleaning agent
(c) Anaesthetic agent
(d) Solvent in paint remover
Answer:
(c) Anaesthetic agent. It is not the use of methylene chloride whereas others are uses of methylene chloride.

V. Choose the correct pair.

Question 1.
(a) Chiorobenzene + chloral : DDT
(b) Chloroform + HNO3 : Phosgene
(c) Chloroform + Zn / HCl : Methyl isocyanide
(d) Methane + 4Cl2 : Carbon tetra chloride
Answer:
(c) Chlorobenzene + chloral : DDT

Question 2.
(a) Chloroform : Analgesic
(b) Freon : Propellant
(c) Chioropicrin : Antiseptic
(d) DDT : Soil sterilizing agent
Answer:
(b) Freon : Propellant

Question 3.
(a) Freon : Refrigerant
(b) DDT : Antiseptic
(c) Methylene : Soil sterilizing agent
(d) Iodotorni : Anaesthetic
Answer:
(a) Freon : Refrigerant

Question 4.
(a) HCOH + CH3MgI : Secondary alcohol
(b) CH3CHO + CH3MgI : Tertiary alcohol
(c) CH3COCH3 + CH3MgI : Primary alcohol
(d) CO2 + CH3MgI : Acetic acid
Answer:
(d) CO2 + CH3MgI : Acetic acid

Question 5.
(a) (C3H)3C-Cl + alcoholic KOH : SN1 reaction
(b) (CH3)3C-Cl + alcoholic KOH : E1 reaction
(c) (CH3)3C-Cl + aqueous KOH : SN2 reaction
(cl) CH3-Cl + aqueous KOH : SN1 reaction
Answer:
(b) (CH3)3C-Cl + alcoholic KOH : E1 reaction

VI. Choose the incorrect pair.

Question 1.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 2.
(a) CH3I > CH3Br > CH3Cl > CH3F : decreasing order of boiling point
(b) CCl4 > CHCl3> CH2Cl2 > CH3Cl : increasing order of boiling point
(c) CH3-CH2-CH2Cl <CH3 CH2 Cl <CH3Cl : increasing order of boiling point
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
(c) CH3-CH2-CH2Cl <CH3 CH2Cl <CH3Cl : increasing order of boiling point

Question 3.
(a) (CH3)3 C-Br + aqueous KOH : SN1 reaction
(b) (CH3)3 C-Br + alcoholic KOH: E1 reaction
(c) CH3Br – aqueous KOH : E2 reaction
(d) CH3Br + aqueous KOH : SN2 reaction
Answer:
(c) CH3Br + aqueous KOH : E2 reaction

Question 4.
(a) 1-chioro propane + Alcoholic KOH : Propene
(b) Tert.butyl bromide + Alcoholic KOH : Isobutylenc
(c) CH3-CH2I + HI + Red p : Ethanc
(d) CH3CHO + CH3 Mg I : Ten. Butyl alcohol
Answer:
(d) CH3CHO + CH3 Mg I : Ten. Butyl alcohol

Question 5.
(a) HCHO + CH3MgI : Primary alcohol
(b) CH3CHO + CH3MgI : Secondary alcohol
(c) CH3COCH3 + CH3MgI : Aromatic alcohol
(d)CO2 + CH3MgI : Acetic acid
Answer:
(c) CH3COCH3 + CH3MgI : Aromatic alcohol

VII. Assertion & Reason.

Question 1.
Assertion (A): The C-I in CH3X is weak.
Reason (R): Larger the size, greater is the bond length and weaker is the bond formed.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(a) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 2.
Assertion (A): Haloalkanes have higher boiling point and melting point than the parent alkanes having the same number of carbon.
Reason (R): The intermolecular forces of attraction and dipole-dipole interactions are
stronger in haloalkanes.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 3.
Assertion (A) : Among isomenc halides, the boiling point decreases with increase in branching in alkyl group.
Reason (R) : With the increase in branching, the molecule attains spherical shape with less
surface area and less forces of interaction.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 4.
Assertion (A): The melting point of para halóbenzene is higher than that of ortho and meta isomers.
Reason (R): The higher melting point of p-isomer is due to its symmetry which leads to more close packing of its molecules in the crystal and subsequently p-isomer have strong intermolecular attractive forces.
(a) both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of(A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of(A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of(A).

Question 5.
Assertion (A) : Haloarenes are insoluble in water.
Reason (R) : Haloarenes are able to form hydrogen bonds with water.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(e) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct
Answer:
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.

Question 6.
Assertion (A) : Haloarenes do not undergo nucleophilic substitution reactions readily.
Reason (R) : The C-X bond in aryl halides is short and stronger and also the aromatic ring is a center of high electron density.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(h) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 7.
Assertion (A): Chloroform vapours can be used as an anaesthetic.
Reason (R): Chloroform vapours depresses the central nervous system and cause unconsciousness.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 8.
Assertion (A): Nowadays chloroform is not used as an anaesthetic.
Reason (R): Chloroform undergoes oxidation in the presence of light and air to form highly poisonous phosgene.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(cl) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 9.
Assertion (A): DDT is banned now-a-days.
Reason (R): DDT has a long term toxic effect.
(a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
(b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) Assertion is true but reason is false.
(d) Assertion is false but reason is true.
Answer:
(a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.

VIII. Choose the correct statement.

Question 1.
(a) Halo alkanes have higher boiling point than the parent alkane with same number of carbons because of strong inter molecular forces of attraction.
(b) The boiling point of halo alkanes decreases with the increase of halogen atoms.
(c) The boiling point of mono halo alkanes decreases with the increase in the number of carbon atoms.
(d) Halo alkanes are soluble in water.
Answer:
(a) Halo alkanes have higher boiling point than the parent alkane with same number of carbons because of strong inter molecular forces of attraction.

Question 2.
(a) Halo alkanes are soluble in water.
(b) The boiling point of halo alkanes increase with the increase in the number of halogen atoms.
(c) The melting point of mono halo alkane decrease with the increase in the number of carbon atoms.
(d) The density of alkyl halides are lesser than those of hydrocarbons of comparable molecular weight.
Answer:
(b) The boiling point of halo alkanes increase with the increase in the number of halogen atoms.

Question 3.
(a) Williamson’s synthesis of ether is an example of nucleophilic substitution reaction.
(b) Reaction of methyl bromide with aqueous potassium hydroxide is an example ofelimination reaction.
(c) Reaction of Tertiary butyl bromide with alcoholic KOH is an example of SN2 reaction.
(d) Reaction of Tertiary butyl bromide with alcoholic KOH is an example of E, reaction.
Answer:
(a) Williamson’s synthesis of ether is an example of nucleophilic substitution reaction.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Haloalkanes and Haloarenes 2 Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write the IUPAC names of –

  1. CH2=CHCI
  2. CH2=CH-CH2Br.

Answer:

  1. CH2=CHCl : Chloroethene
  2. CH2=CH-CH2Br : 3-Bromo-prop- 1-ene

Question 2.
Write the structural formula of the following compounds:

  1. 2-Chloro-2-Methylpropane
  2. 1 -Bromo-2, 2-Dimethylpropane

Answer:
1. 2-Chloro-2-Methylpropane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. 1 -Brorno-2, 2-dimethyipropane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 3.
How many isomers are possible for the formula C3H7F? Give their structures and names.
Answer:
C3H7F – 2 isomers are possible.
1. CH3-CH2-CH2F – 1- fiuoropropene
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 4.
Write the isomeric structures and names for the formula C2H4Cl2.
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Ethylene dichioride (or) 1, 2-dichioroethane.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Ethylidene chloride (or) 2-dichioroethane.

Question 5.
Draw the structures of –

  1. 1-brorno-2, 3-dichiorobutane
  2. 2-bromo-3-chloro-2, 4-dimethyl pentane

Answer:
1. 1 -bromo-2, 3-dichiorobutane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. 2-bromo-3-chloro-2, 4-dimethy 1 pentane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 6.
What happens when HI reacts with ten. butyl alcohol?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 7.
Explain the action of
(i) PCl5
(ii) PCl3 with ethanol.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 8.
How does HBr react with propene?
Answer:
Propene react with HBr and follows Markovnikov’s rule.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 9.
How methane reacts with Cl2 in the presence of light?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 10.
Explain-Finkelstein reaction.
Answer:
Chioro (or) bromoalkane on heating with sodium iodide in dry acetone gives jodo alkane. This reaction is called Finkeistein reaction.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 11.
Explain Swans reaction.
Answer:
Chioro (or) bromoalkanes on heating with AgF give fluoroalkanes. This reaction is called Swans reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 12.
What happens when silver propionate reacts with Br, in CCl4?
Answer:
Silver salt of fatty acids (CH3CH2COOAg), e.g., silver propionate treated with Br2 / CCl4 gives bromoalkane. This reaction is called Hunsdicker reaction.

Question 13.
Haloalkanes have higher boiling point and melting point than the parent alkane. Justify this statement.
Answer:
Haloalkanes have higher boiling point than the parent alkane having the same number of carbon atoms because the intermolecular forces of attraction and dipole-dipole interactions are comparatively stronger in haloalkanes.

Question 14.
CCl4 > CHCl3 > CH2Cl2 > CH3Cl is the decreasing order of boiling point in haloalkanes. Give reason.
Answer:
The boiling point of chioro, bromo and iodoalkanes increases with increase in the number of halogen atoms. So the correct decreasing order of boiling point of haloalkanes is:
CCl4> CHCl3 > CH2Cl2> CH3Cl.

Question 15.
Arrange the following in increasing order of boiling point. Give reason.
(CH3CH2CH2Cl, CH3CH2Cl, CH3Cl)
Answer:
The correct order of boiling point of haloalkanes is:
CH3CH2CH2Cl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl.
The boiling point of monoalkanes increase with the increase in the number of carbon atoms.

Question 16.
Why haloalkanes arc insoluble in water but soluble in organic solvents?
Answer:
Haloalkanes are polar covalent compounds, soluble in organic solvents, but insoluble in water because they are unable to form hydrogen bond with water molecules.

Question 17.
What happens when bromoethane is treated with moist silver oxide?
Answer:
When bromoethane is treated with moist silver oxide, ethanol will be formed as product:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 18.
Complete the following reactions:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 19.
Explain the action of sodium hydrogen suiphide with bromoethane?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 20.
Explain Williamson’s synthesis.
Answer:
Williamson’s synthesis:
Haloalkanes when boiled with sodium alkoxide gives the corresponding ether.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes -251
Question 21.
Explain the action of alcoholic potash with bromoethane.
Answer:
Elimination reaction takes place when alcoholic potash reacts with bromoethane:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 22.
State-Saytzeff’s rule.
Answer:
Some haloalkanes when treated with alcoholic KOH yield a mixture of olefins with different amounts. It is explained by Saytzeff’s rule which states that in a dehydrohalogenation reaction, the preferreed product is that alkene which has more number ofalkyl group attached to the doubly bonded carbon atom.

Question 23.
How will you convert 1-chioropropanc to propene?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 24.
What is Grignard reagent? How is it prepared from ethyl bromide?
Answer:
When a solution of haloalkane in either is treated with magnesium, we will get alkyl magnesium halide known as Grignard reagent, ethyl magnesium bromide is prepared from ethyl bromide as:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 25.
How will you prepare ethyl lithium’?
Answer:
When bromoethane is treated with an active metal like lithium in the presence of dry ether, then ethyl lithium will be formed.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 26.
What is tetraethyl Lead? How is it prepared?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 27.
Convert bromoethane to ethane.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 28.
How is iodoethane converted to ethane?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 29.
Starting from CH3MgI, how will you prepare acetaldehyde?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 30.
How will you get acetone from methyl manesium iodide?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 31.
Explain the action of Ethyl chioroformate with Methyl magnesium iodide.
Answer:
Ethyl chioroformate reacts with Grignard reagent to form esters as follows:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 32.
Write the IUPAC names of:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes 1 – bromo-4-fluoro-2-iodobenzene
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes 1 – bromo-2-fluoro-4-iodobenzene

Question 33.
How is benzene directly converted to chiorobenzene?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 34.
Explain Sandmeyer’s reaction.
Answer:
Sandmeyer’s reaction:
The reaction in which benzene-diazonium chloride is converted to chiorobenzene on heating it with Cu2Cl2/HCl is known as sand Meyer’s reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 35.
Explain Gattcrrnann reaction.
Answer:
Gattermann reaction:
The reaction in which benzene diazonium chloride react with copper in the presence of HCl, chlorobenzene is formed, called Gatterrnann reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 36.
How will you prepare iodobenzene?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 37.
Explain-Balz-Schiernann reaction.
Answer:
Fluorobenzene is prepared by treating benzene diazonium chloride with fluoro boric acid. This reaction produces diazonium fluoroborate which on heating produce fluorobenzene. this reaction is called Balz-Schiernann reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 38.
p-dichlorobenzcnc has higher melting point than ortho and meta dichloro benzene. Why?
Answer:
The melting point of p-dichloro benzene is higher than the melting point of the corresponding ortho and mcta isomers. The higher melting which leads to more close packing of its molcules in the crystal lattice and consequently strong intermolecular attractive forces which requires more energy for melting.
p-dichlorobenzene > o-dichlorobenzene > m-dichlorobenzene

Question 39.
Explain Wurtz-fìtting reaction.
Answer:
Wurtz-fitting reaction:
Chlorobenzene and chioroethane are heated with sodium in ether solution to form ethylbenzene. This reaction is called Wurtz-fìtting reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 40.
How will you get benzene from chlorobenzene?
Answer:
Chiorobenzene is reduced with Ni-Al Alloy in the presence of NaOH to give benzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 41.
Explain about the preparation of phenyl magnesium chloride.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 42.
How will you prepare ethylidcne dichioride from acetylene?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 43.
What is gern-dihalide? Give one example and explain its preparation.
Answer:
1. If two halogen atoms are attached to one carbon atom of alkyl halide, it is named as gem dihalide. e.g., CH3-CHCl2 (ethylidene dichloride.)

2. Preparationof CH3-CHCl2:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 44.
Explain the action of zinc and HCl on chloroform.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 45.
How does nickel react with chloroform?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 46.
Convert methane to methylene chloride.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 47.
Explain Carbylamine reaction. (or) Give the characteristic test for primary amine.
Answer:
Chlorofonn reacts with aliphatic or aromatic primary amines and alcoholic caustic potash to give foul smelling alkyl isocyanide (carbylamine).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 48.
How will you prepare carbon tetrachioride?
Answer:
The reaction of methane with excess of chlorine in the presence of sunlight give carbon tetrachioride as major product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 49.
How will you convert carbon tetrachioride to chloroform?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 50.
What are freons? How are they named? Give two examples.
Answer:
(i) The chioro-fluoro derivatives of methane and ethane are called freons.
(ii) Freon is represented as freon-cba
c = number of C atoms –
b = number of H atoms + 1
a = total number ofF atoms
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes -252
Question 51.
What are ambident nucleophiles’? Explain with an example.
Answer:
Nucleophiles which can attack through two different sites are called ambident nucicophiles. For example, cyanide group is a resonance hybrid of two contributing structures and therefore it can act as a nucleophile in two different ways:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
It can attack through carbon to form cyanides and through nitrogen to form isocyanides or carbylamines.

Question 52.
Which compound in each of the following pairs will react faster in SN2 reaction with OH ion?
1. CH3Br or CH3I
2. (CH3)3CCl or CH3Cl
Answer:
1. Since I ion a better leaving group than Br ion, therefore CH3I will react faster than CH3Br in SN2 reaction with OH ion.
2. On steric grounds 1° alkyl halides are more reactive than tert alkyl halide in SN2 reactions. Therefore, CH3Cl will react at a faster rate than (CH3)3CCl in a SN2 reaction with OH ion.

Question 53.
The treatment ofalkyl chlorides with aqueous KOH solution leads to the formation of alcohols but in the presence of alcoholic KOH solution, alkenes are the major product. Explain.
Answer:
In aqueous solution, KOH is almost completely ioniscd to give OH ions which being a strong nucleophile brings about a substitution reaction of alkyl halides to form alcohols. In aqueous solution, OH ions are highly hydrated. This solvation reduces the basic character of OH ions which therefore, abstract fails to abstract a hydrogen atom from the n-carbon of the alkyl chloride to form an alkene. In contrast, an alcoholic solution of KOH contains alkoxide (RO) ions which being a much stronger base than OH ions preferentially eliminates a molecule of HCl from an alkyl chloride to form alkenes.

Question 54.
Give one example of each of the following reactions:
1. Wurtz Reaction
2. Wurtz – Fittig reaction
Answer:
1. Wurtz Reaction:
It involves conversion of alkyl halides into alkane.
Example:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Wurtz-Fittig reaction:
It involves the reaction of an aryl halide and alkyl halide to form the corresponding hydrocarbon.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 55.
How will you distinguish between the following pair of compounds:
1. Chloroform and carbon tetrachioride,
2. Benzyl alcohol and chiorobenzene.
Answer:
1. On heating chloroform and carbon tetrachloride with aniline with ethanoic acid and potassium hydroxide separately, chloroform forms a pungent smelling isocyanide compound but carbon tetrachloride does not form this compound.

2. On adding sodium hydroxide and silver nitrate to both the compounds, benzyl chloride forms a white precipitate but chiorobenzene does not form any white precipitate.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Haloalkanes and Haloarenes 3 Marks Questions And Answers

Question 1.
Give one example with structure and name for each of the following compounds.
(a) Primary haloalkane
(b) Secondary haloalkane
(c) Tertiary haloalkane
Answer:
(a) Primary haloalkane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

(b) Secondary haloalkane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

(c) Tertiary haloalkane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 2.
Write the possible isomers for the formula C4H9Cl with structures and names.
Answer:
C4H9Cl (4 isomers):
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 3.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes -253
Answer:
For a compound with molecular formula C4H9Cl – 3 isomers (1°, 2°, 3°) arc possible. Among the isomeric alkyl halides, the boiling point decreases with the increase in branching in the alkyl chain. This is because with increase in branching, the molecule attains spherical shape with less surface area. As a result, the intermolecular forces become weak, resulting in lower boiling point. Therefore the boiling point decreases in the order:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Hence, (CH3)3 C-Cl has the lowest boiling point.

Question 4.
Explain ammonolysis of haloalkanes. (or) How excess of haloalkanc react with alcoholic ammonia?
Answer:
With excess of haloalkanes, ammonia react to give primary, secondary, tertiary amines along with quarternary ammonium salt:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 5.
Explain how bromoethane reacts with –
1. alcoholic KCN
2. alcoholic AgCN
Answer:
1. Bromoethanc reacts with alcoholic KCN to form ethyl cyanide.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Bromoethane reacts with alcoholic AgCN to form alkyl isocyanide.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 6.
Explain the hydrolysis of 2-bromobutane with aqueous KOB.
Answer:

  • 2-bromobutane is optically active and it undergoes SN1 reaction with aqueous KOH.
  • The product obtained will be an optically inactive racemic mixture.
  • As nucleophilic reagent OH ion can attack the carbocation from both sides to form equal proportions of dextro and levo rotatory optically active isomers, it results in the formation of optically inactive racemic mixture.

Question 7.
Explain the action of alcoholic KOH with 2-bromobutanc.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
According to Saytzcff’s rule, when 2-bromobutanc reacts with alcoholic KOK, yields a mixture of olefins in different amounts.

(ii) In a dehydrohalogenation reaction, the preferred product is that alkene which has more number of alkyl groups attached to the doubly bonded carbon alkene.

Question 8.
Mention the uses of chloroform.
Answer:

  • Chloroform is used as a solvent in pharmaceutical industry.
  • It is used for producing pesticides and drugs.
  • It is used as an anaesthetic.

Question 9.
What are the uses of carbon tetrachioride?
Answer:

  • Carbon tetrachioride in used as a dry cleaning agent.
  • It is used as a solvent for oils, fats and waxes.
  • As the vapours of CCl4 is non-combustible, it is used under the name pyrene for extinguishing the fire caused by oil (or) petrol.

Question 10.
What are ogranometallic compounds? Give one example. Explain the nature of carbon-metal bond.
Answer:

  • Organometallic compounds are organic compounds in which there ¡s a direct carbon-metal bond.
  • Example :  CH3MgI. methyl magnesium iodide.
  • The carbon-magnesium bond in Grignard reagent is covalent but highly polar. The carbon atom is more electronegative than magnesium. Hence, the carbon atom has partial negative charge and magnesium atom has a partial positive charge.
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 11.
How would you prepare acetic acid from methyl magnesium iodide?
Answer:
Solid carbon dioxide reacts with grignard reagent to form addition product which on hydrolysis yields acetic acid.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 12.
Explain the nature of C-X bond in haloarenes and its resonance structure.
Answer:

  1. In haloarenes, the carbon atom is sp2 hybridised. The sp2 hybridised orbitais arc shorter and holds the electron pair bond more.
  2. Halogen atom contains p-orbital with lone pair of electrons which interacts with π – orbitaIs of berizene ring to form extended conjugated system of π – orbitals.
  3. The delocalisation of these electrons give double bond character to C-X bond. The resonance structure of halobenzene are given as:
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 13.
Compare the bond length C-X in haloarenes and C-X in haloalkanes.
Answer:
1. Due to this double bond character of C-X bond in haloarenes, the C-X bond length is shorter length and stronger than in haloalkanes.
2. Example:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 14.
What are the uses of chlorobenzene?
Answer:

  • Chiorobenzene is used in the manufacture of pesticides like DDT.
  • It is used as high boiling solvent in organic synthesis.
  • It is used as a fibre – swelling agent in textile processing.

Question 15.
What are polyhalogen compounds? Give its types with example.
Answer:

  1. Carbon compounds containing more than one halogen atom are called polyhalogen compounds.
  2. They are classified as
    • gem dihalides
    • Vicinal dihalides.

(a) Gem dihalide:
In this compound, two halogen atoms are attached to one carbon atom.
e.g, CH3CHCl2 – ethylidene chloride.

(b) Vicinal dihalide:
In this compound, two halogen atoms are attached to two adjacent carbon atoms.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarene 1,2-dichloroethane

Question 16.
Give two examples for –
1.  gem dihalide
2. vicinal dihalide.
Answer:
1. Gem dihalides:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
2. Vicinal dihalides:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 17.
Explain two methods of preparation of ethylene diehioride.
Answer:
1. Addition of Cl2 to Ethylene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
2. Action of PCl5 on Ethylene glycol:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 18.
How would you distinguish gern-dihalides and iinal dihalides?
Answer:
(i) Gem-dihalides on hydrolysis with aqueous KOH gives an aldehyde or a ketone whereas vicinal dihalides on hydrolysis with aqueous KOH give glycols.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
The above reaction can be used to distinguish between gem-dihalides and vicinal dihalides.

Question 19.
Explain the action of metallic zinc with –
(i) Ethylidene dichioride
(ii) Ethylene dichloridc.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 20.
What happens when alcoholic KOH is treated with
(i) Ethylidene dichioride
(ii) Ethylene dich I onde?
Answer:
(i) Gem-dihalides and vicinal dihalides both on treatment with alcoholic KOH give alkynes.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 21.
What are the uses of methylene chloride?
Answer:
Methylene chloride is used as:

  • Aerosol spray propellant.
  • Solvent in paint remover.
  • Process solvent in the manufacture of drugs.
  • A metal cleaning agent.

Question 22.
Explain the laboratory preparation of chloroform.
Answer:
Haloform reaction:
Chloroform is prepared in the laboratory by the reaction between ethyl alcohol with bleaching powder followed by the distillation of the final product chloroform. Bleaching powder acts as a source of chlorine and calcium hydroxide. The reaction take place in 3 steps.
Step 1:
Oxidation-
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Step 2:
Chlorination-
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Step 3:
Hydrolysis-
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 23.
What is chloropicrin? How is it obtained? Mention its uses.
Answer:
1. Chioropicrin is CCl3NO2.

2. Chloroform reacts with nitric acid to form chioropicrin (trichioro-nitromethane):
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Chioropicrin is used as an insecticide and soil sterilising agent.

Question 24.
What are the uses of freons?
Answer:

  • Freons are used as refrigerants in refrigerators and air conditioners.
  • It is used as a propellant for foams and aerosols.
  • It is used as a propellant for foams to spray out deodorants, shaving creams and insecticides.

Question 25.
What is DDT? How is it prepared’?
Answer:
(i) DDT is p, p’-dichloro-diphenyi-trichloroethane
(ii) DDT can be prepared by heating a mixture of chloro benzene with chlorai in the presence of conc. H2SO4
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 26.
Mention the uses of DDT.
Answer:

  • DDT is used lo control certain insects which carries diseases like malaria and yellow fever.
  • It is used in farms to control some agricultural pests.
  • It is used in building construction as pest control agent.
  • It is used to kill certain kind of insects like housefly and mosquitoes due to its high and specific toxicity.

Question 27.
Write the equations for the preparation of I-iodobutane from:
(i) 1 -butanol
(ii) 1 -chiorobutane
(iii) but- 1-ene
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 28.
Explain why:

  1. the dipole moment of chiorobenzene is lower than that of cyclohexyl chloride?
  2. alkyl halides though polar, are immiscible with water?
  3. Gringard reagents should be prepared under anhydrous conditions?

Answer:

  1. Chlorobenzene is stabilised by resonance and there is negative charge on ‘Cl’ in 3 out of 5 resonating structures, therefore it has a lower dipole moment than cyclohexyl chloride in which there is no such negative charge.
  2. Alkyl halides cannot form H-bond with water and cannot break H-bonds between water molecules, therefore they are insoluble in water.
  3. Grignard reagents react with H2O to form alkanes, therefore they are prepared under anhydrous conditions.

Question 29.
Explain as to why haloarenes arc much less reactive than haloalkanes towards nucleophilic substitution reactions?
Answer:
Haloarenes are much less reactive than haloalkanes towards nucleophilic substitution reactions due to the following reasons:

1. Resonance effect:
In haloarenes the electron pair on the halogen atom is in conjugation with the π – electrons of the ring and the following resonating structures are possible. C-Cl bond acquires a partial double bond character due to resonance. As a result, the bond cleavage in haloarenes is difficult than in case of haloalkanes and therefore they are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. The C-Cl bond length in haloalkanes is 177 pm while in haloarenes it is 169 pm. Since it is difficult to break shorter bond than a longer bond. Therefore, haloarenes are less reactive than haloalkanes towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.

Question 30.
Do the following conversions:
(i) Methyl bromide to acetone
(ii) Benzyl alcohol to 2-phenylacetic acid
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarene

Question 31.
Give reasons for the following:

  1. Ethyl iodide undergoes SN2 reactions faster than ethyl bromide.
  2. (±) 2-Butanol is optically inactive.
  3. C-X bond length in halobenzene is smaller than C-X bond length in CH3-X.

Answer:

  1. Because in ethyl iodide, iodide being the best leaving group among all the halide ions. Rate of SN2 reaction ability of leaving group.
  2. (±) 2-hutanol is a racemic mixture which is optically inactive due to the external compensation.
  3. Due to resonance in halobenzene, it has a smaller bond length value as compared to CH3-X.

Question 32.
Write the structure of diphenyl. How is it prepared from chlorobcnzene?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Haloalkanes and Haloarenes 5 Marks Question And Answers

Question 1.
Explain the classification of organic compounds with example.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarene

Question 2.
Explain SN2 mechanism with suitable examples.
Answer:

  • SN2 reaction means bimolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction of second order.
  • The rate of SN2 reaction depends upon the concentration of both alkyl halides and the nucleophile.
  • This reaction involves the formation of a transition state in which both the reactant molecules are partially bonded to each other. The attack of nucleophile occurs from the back side.
  • The carbon at which substitution occurs has inverted configuration during the course of reaction just as an umbrella has the tendency to invert in a wind-storm. This inversion of configuration is called walden inversion.
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarene

Question 3.
SN2 reaction of an optically active haloalkane is accompanied by inversion of configuration at the asymmetric centre. Prove it.
Answer:
1. SN2 reaction of an optically active haloalkane (e.g., 2-bromo-octane) is accompanied by inversion of configuration at the asymmetric center.

2. When 2-bromooctane is heated with sodium hydroxide, 2-octanol is formed with inversion of configuration. (-) 2-bromo-octane on heating with sodium hydroxide gives (+) 2-octanol is formed in which -OH group occupies a position opposite to what bromine had occupied in the optically active haloalkane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarene

Question 4.
Explain E2 reaction mechanism with a suitable example.
Answer:

  • E2 reaction stands bimolecular elimination reaction of second order. The rate of E2 reaction depends on the concentration of alkyl halide and the base.
  • Primary alkyl halide undergoes this reaction in the presence of alcoholic KOH.
  • It is a one step process in which the abstraction of the proton from the 3 carbon atom and expulsion of halide from the x carbon atom occur simultaneously.
  • The mechanism that follows is shown below:
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarene

Question 5.
Describe E1 reaction mechanism with a suitable example.
Answer:
1. E1 stands for unimolecular elimination reaction of first order.
2. Tertiary alkyl halides undergoes elimination reaction in the presence of alcoholic KOH.
3. It takes place in two steps.
4.  Step 1.
Heterolytic fission to yield a carbocation:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

5. Step 2.
Elimination of a proton from the fl-carbon to produce an alkene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 6.
Starting from methyl magnesium iodide how would you prepare –

  1. Ethanol
  2. 2-propanol
  3. Tert-butyl alcohol.

Answer:
1. Ethanol:
Formaldehyde reacts with CH3MgI to give an addition product which on hydrolysis yields ethanol.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. 2-Propanol :
Acetaldehyde react with CH3MgI to give an addition product which on hydrolysis yields 2-propanol.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 7.
Starting from methyl magnesium iodide, how would you prepare –

  1. Ethyl methyl ether
  2. methyl cyanide
  3. methane.

Answer:
1. Ethyl methyl ether:
Lower halogenated ether reacts with grignard reagent to form higher ether.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Methyl cyanide:
Grignard reagent reacts 4rith cyanogen chloride to form alkyl cyanide.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3.  Methane:
Grignard reagent reacts with waler to give methane as product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 8.
Describe electrophilic substitution reaction of chiorohenzene with equations.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 9.
An organic compound Ⓐ of molecular formula C3H6 react with HBr in the presence of peroxide to give C3H7Br as Ⓑ Ⓑ on reaction with aqueous KOH gives © with molecular formula C3H8O. Identify Ⓐ Ⓑ and ©
Answer:
1. An organic compound Ⓐ of molecular formula C3H6 is CH3-CH=CH2, Propene

2. Propene Ⓐ reacts ith HRr in the presence of peroxide to give 1-bromopropane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. 1-Bromopropane on reaction with aqueous KOH undergoes hydrolysis to give  Propan- 1-ol. CH3-CH2-CH2OH as ©
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 10.
An organic compound Ⓐ of molecular formula C2H6O reacts with thionyl chloride in the presence of pyridine gives Ⓑ C2H5Cl. Ⓑ on reaction with alcoholic KOH gives Ⓒ, C2H4. Ⓒ on treatmeni with Cl2 gives C2H4Cl2 as Ⓓ. Identify Ⓐ Ⓑ Ⓒ Ⓓ and explain the reaction.
Answer:
1. An organic compound Ⓐ of molecular formula C2H6O is Ethanol CH3-CH2OH.

2. Ethanol reacts with thionyl chloride in the presence of pyridine to give CH3-CH2Cl Ⓑ as product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Ethyl chloride on treatment with alcoholic KOH, undergoes dehydrohalogenation to give C2H4, ethylene Ⓒ as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

4. Ethylene on reaction with Cl2 yield ethylene dichioride as Ⓓ as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 11.
The simplest aromatic hydrocarbon C6H6 reacts Ⓑ on treatment with sodium hydroxide will (C6H5OH), Phenol, Ⓒ as the product. Also Cl2 to give Ⓐ which on reaction with sodium hydroxide gives Ⓑ.Ⓑ of molecular formula C6H6O. Ⓑ on treatment with ammonia will give C6H7N as D. Identify Ⓐ, Ⓑ,Ⓒ, and explain the reactions involved.
Answer:
1. The aromatic hydrocarbon Ⓑ is Benzene, C6H6.

2. Benzene reacts with Cl, to give chiorobenzene (C6H5Cl), as Ⓑ as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Chiorobenzene Ⓑ reacts with sodium hydroxide to give (C6H5OH) phenol, Ⓒ as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

4. Chiorobenzene reacts with ammonia to give Aniline, C6H5NH2 Ⓓ as the product.Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Question 12.
An organic compound Ⓐ of molecular formula C2H2 reacts with HCl to give C2H4Cl2 as Ⓑ. Ⓑ on reaction with aqueous KOH will give C2H4O as Ⓒ Identify Ⓐ, Ⓑ,Ⓒ and explain the reactions involved.
Answer:
1. An organic compound Ⓐ of molecular formula C2H2 is CH ≡ CH (Acetylene)

2. Acetylene Ⓐ reacts with HCl to give ethylene dichioride Ⓑ as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Ethylidene dichioride on reaction with aqueous KOH will give acetaldehyde, © as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Question 13.
Two isomers of formula C4H9Br are Ⓐ and B. Ⓐ on reaction with alcoholic KOH gives of molecular formula C8H8 by E1 reaction. Ⓑ on reaction with alcoholic KOH gives Ⓓ and Ⓔ as products by Saytzefì’s rule. Idcnti’ A, B, C, D, E.
Answer:
1. C4H9Br: Two isomers may be there: Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes Tert butyl bromide and Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

2. Ⓐ on reaction with alcoholic KOH gives iso butylene © as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. 2-bromobutane Ⓑ on reaction with alcoholic KOH follows Saytzeff s rule to give a mixture of olefins in different amounts.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 14.
A simple aromatic hydrocarbon Ⓐ reacts with Cl2 to give Ⓑ of molecular formula C6H5Cl. Ⓑ on reaction with ethyl chloride along with sodium metal gives © of formula C8H10. © alone reacts with Na metal in the presence of ether to give Ⓓ C12H10. Identify Ⓐ Ⓑ Ⓒ & Ⓓ
Answer:
1. The simple aromatic hydrocarbon is C6H6. Benzene (A)

2. Benzene reacts with Cl2 to give chiorobenzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Chiorobenzene reacts with ethyl chloride to form ethyl benzene, © as the product
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

4. Chiorobenzene on reaction Na metal gives Biphenyl compound © as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

Question 15.
An organic compound Ⓐ of molecular formula CH2O reacts with methyl magnesium iodide followed by acid hydrolysis to give Ⓑ of moLecular formula C2H6O. Ⓑ on reaction with PCl5 gives Ⓑ. © on reaction with alcoholic KOK gives Ⓓ an alkene as the product. Identif’ Ⓐ Ⓑ Ⓒ Ⓓ and explain the reactions involved.
Answer:
1. Ⓐ of molecular formula CH2O is identified as HCHO, formaldehyde.

2. Formaldehyde reacts with CH3MgI followed by hydrolysis to give ethanol, CH3-CH2OH B as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

3. Ethanol Ⓑ reacts with PCl5 to give C2H5Cl, Ethyl chloride © as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

4. CH3-CH2Cl © on reaction with alcoholic KOH undergoes dehydrohalogenation to give ethylene CH2=CH3 Ⓓ as the product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solution Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes

We as a team believe the information prevailing regarding the Samacheer Kalvi Haloalkanes and Haloarenes for 11th Chemistry Chapter 14 Haloalkanes and Haloarenes has been helpful in clearing your doubts to the fullest. For any other help do leave us your suggestions and we will look into them. Stay in touch to get the latest updates on Tamilnadu State Board Haloalkanes and Haloarenes for different subjects in the blink of an eye.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Enhance your subject knowledge with Tamilnadu State Board for Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons and learn all the underlying concepts easily. Make sure to Download Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Solutions Hydrocarbons, Notes Pdf Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Questions and Answers PDF on a day to day basis and score well in your exams. Are given after enormous research by people having high subject knowledge. You can rely on them and prepare any topic of Chemistry as per your convenience easily.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Students looking for Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Concepts can find them all in one place from our Tamilnadu State Board Hydrocarbons. Simply click on the links available to prepare the corresponding topics of Chemistry easily. Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Chapter wise Questions and Answers are given to you after sample research and as per the latest edition textbooks. Clarify all your queries and solve different questions to be familiar with the kind of questions appearing in the exam. Thus, you can increase your speed and accuracy in the final exam.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons Textual Evaluation Solved

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons Multiple Choice Questions.

Question 1.
The correct statement regarding the comparison of staggered and eclipsed conformations of ethane is ……….. [NEET]
(a) the eclipsed conformation of ethane is more stable than staggered conformation even though the eclipsed conformation has torsional strain.
(b) the staggered conformation of ethane is more stable than eclipsed conformation, because staggered conformation has no torsional strain.
(c) the staggered conformation of ethane is less stable than eclipsed conformation, because staggered conformation has torsional strain.
(d) the staggered conformation of ethane is less stable than eclipsed conformation, because staggered conformation has no torsional strain.
Answer:
(b) the staggered conformation of ethane is more stable than eclipsed conformation, because staggered conformation has no torsional strain.

Question 2.
The above reaction is an example of which of the following?
(a) Reirner Tiemann reaction
(b) Wurtz reaction
(c) Aldol condensation
(d) Hoffmann reaction
Answer:
(b) Wurtz reaction

Question 3.
An alkyl bromide (A) reacts with sodium in ether to form 4, 5-diethyloctane, the compound (A) is ……….
(a) CH3(CH2)3Br
(b) CH3(CH2)5Br
(c) CH3(CH2)3CH(Br)CH3
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons


Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons - 256

Question 4.
The C-H bond and C-C bond in ethane are formed by which of the following types of overlap ………..
(a) sp3 – s and sp3 – sp3
(b) sp2 – s and sp3 – sp3
(c) sp – sp and sp – sp
(d) p – s and p – p
Answer:
(a) sp3 – s and sp3 – sp3

Question 5.
In the following reaction Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
the major product obtained is ………
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 6.
Which of the following is optically active?
(a) 2 – Methylpentane
(b) Citric acid
(c) Glycerol
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) 2 – Methylpentane

Question 7.
The compounds formed at anode in the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of potassium acetate are ……….
(a) CH4 and H2
(b) CH4 and CO2
(c) C2 H6 and CO2
(d) C2 H6 and Cl2
Answer:
(c) C2 H6 and CO2

Question 8.
The general formula for cycloalkanes is …………
(a) CnHn
(b) CnH2n
(c) CnH2n-2
(d) CnH2n+2
Answer:
(b) CnH2n

Question 9.
The compound that will react most readily with gaseous bromine has the formula ………….[NEET]
(a) C3H6
(b) C2H2
(c) C4H10
(d) C2H4
Answer:
(a) C3H6

Question 10.
Which of the following compounds shall not produce propene by reaction with HBr followed by elimination (or) only direct elimination reaction? [NEET]
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
(b) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – OH
(c) H2C – C = O
(d) CH3 – CH2 – CH2Br
Answer:
(c) H2C = C = O

Question 11.
Which among the following alkenes on reductive ozonolysis produces only propanone?
(a) 2 – Methylpropene
(b) 2 – Methylbut – 2 – ene
(c) 2, 3 – Dimethylbut – 1 – ene
(d) 2, 3 – Dimethylbut – 2 – ene
Answer:
(d) 2, 3 – Dimethylbut – 2 – ene

Question 12.
The major product formed when 2 bromo – 2 – methylbutane is refluxed with ethanolic KOH is ……..
(a) 2 – methylbut – 2 – ene
(b) 2 – methylbutan – 1 – ol
(c) 2 – methyl but – 1 – ene
(d) 2 – methylbutan -2- ol
Answer:
(a) 2 – methylbut – 2 – ene

Question 13.
Major product of the below mentioned reaction is ……….
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
(a) 2 – chloro – 1 – iodo – 2 – methylpropane
(b) 1 – chloro – 2 – iodo – 2 – methylpropane
(c) 1 ,2 – dichioro – 2 – methylpropane
(d) 1, 2 diiodo 2 – methylpropane
Answer:
(a) 2 – chioro – 1 – lodo – 2 – methylpropane

Question 14.
The IUPAC name of the following compound is ………
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
(a) trans – 2 – chloro-3 iodo – 2 – pentane
(b) cis – 3 – iodo – 4 – chloro – 3 – pentane
(c) trans – 3 – iodo – 4 – chloro – 3 – pentene
(d) cis – 2 chloro – 3 – lodo -2 – pdntene
Answer:
(a) trans -2 – chloro -3 – iodo – 2 – pentane

Question 15.
cis – 2 – butene and trans – 2 – butene are ……….
(a) conformational isomers
(b) structural isomers
(c) configurational isomers
(d) optical isomers
Answer:
(c) configurational isomers

Question 16.
Identify the compound (A) in the following reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 17.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons where a is ………
(a) Zn
(b) Conc. H2SO4
(c) Alc. KOH
(d) Dil. H2SO4
Answer:
(c) Alc. KOH

Question 18.
Consider the nitration of benzene using mixed conc. FeSO4 and HNO3, if a large quantity of KHSO4 is added to the mixture, the rate of nitration will be ………
(a) unchanged
(b) doubled
(c) faster
(d) slower
Answer:
(d) slower

Question 19.
In which of the following molecules, all atoms are co-planar?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (b)

Question 20.
Propyne on passing through red hot iron tube gives ………
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 21.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 22.
Which one of the following is non-aromatic?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 23.
Which of the following compounds will not undergo Friedal – crafts reaction easily? [NEET]
(a) Nitrobenzene
(b) Toluene
(c) Cumene
(d) Xyiene
Answer:
(a) Nitrobenzene

Question 24.
Some meta-directing substituents in aromatic substitution are given. Which one is most deactivating?
(a) – COOH
(b) – NO2
(c) – C N
(d) – SO3H
Answer:
(b) – NO2

Question 25.
Which of the following can be used as the halide component for friedal – crafts reaction?
(a) Chiorobenzene
(b) Bromobenzene
(c) Chloroethene
(d) Isopropyl chloride
Answer:
(d) Isopropyl chloride

Question 26.
An alkane is obtained by decarboxylation of sodium propionate. Same alkane can be prepared by ……..
(a) Catalytic hydrogenation of propene
(b) action of sodium metal on iodomethane
(c) reduction of 1 – chloropropane
(d) reduction of bromomethane
Answer:
(b) action of sodium metal on iodomethane

Question 27.
Which of the following is aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon?
(a) C8H18
(b) C9H18
(c) C8H14
(d) All of these
Answer:
(a) C8H18

Question 28.
Identify the compound ‘Z’ in the following reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
(a) Formaldehyde
(b) Acetaldehyde
(c) Formic acid
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) Formaldehyde

Question 29.
Peroxide effect (Kharasch effect) can be studied in case of ………
(a) Oct – 4 – ene
(b) Hex – 3 – ene
(c) Pent – 1 – ene
(d) But – 2 – ene
Answer:
(a) Pent – 1 – ene

Question 30.
2 – butyne on chlorination gives ………
(a) 1 – chlorobutane
(b) 1, 2 – dichlorobutane
(c) 1, 1, 2, 2 – tetrachlorobutane
(d) 2, 2, 3, 3 – tetrachlorobutane
Answer:
(d) 2, 2, 3, 3 tetra chiorobutane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons Short Answer Questions

Question 31.
Give IUPAC names for the fllowing compounds …………
(i) CH3 CH = CH – CH= CH – C ≡C – CH3
(ii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(iii) (CH3)3 C-C≡C-CH (CH3)2
(iv) Ethyl – isopropyl – acetytene
(v) CH≡C – C = C – C≡CH
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 32.
Identify the compound A. B, C and D in the following series of reactions.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 33.
Write a short note on ortho – para directors aromat&c e1ropiJic substitution reactions.
Answer:
The group which increases the eleiron deity at oìo and para positions of the ring are known as ortho-para directors.
Example:
-OH, -NH2 -NHR -CH3, -OCH3 etc.
Let us consider the directive influences of phenolic( -OH) group. Phenol is the resonace hybrid of following structure.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
In these resonance structures the negative charge residue is present on ortho and para posrtions of the ring structure. Therefore the electron density at ortho and para positions increases as compared to the metci position, thus phenolic group activities the benzene ring for electrophilic attack at ortho and para positions and hetice – OH group is an ortho-para direction or and an activator.

Question 34.
How is propyne prepared from an alkyene dihalide?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 35.
An alkyl halide with molecular formula C6H13Br on dehydrohalogenation gave two isomeric alkenes X and Y with molecular formula C6H12. On reductive ozonolysis, X and Y gave four compounds CH3COCH3. CH3CHO, CH3CH2CHO and (CH3)2 CHCHO. Find the alkyl halide.
Answer:
1. C6H13Br is 3 – Bromo – 4 methylpentanc.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
2. 3 – Bromo -4 methylpentane on dehydrogenation give two isomers X and Y as follows:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
There fore C6H13 Br is 3 – Bromo – 4 – methy ipentane.

Question 36.
Describe the mechanism of Nitration of benzene.
Answer:
Step-1 :
Generation of \(\overset { \oplus }{ { NO }_{ 2 } } \) electrophile.
HNO3 + H2SO4 → \(\overset { \oplus }{ { NO }_{ 2 } } \) + H\(\overset { \oplus }{ { SO }_{ 4 } } \) + H2O

Step-2:
Attack of the electrophile on benzene ring to form arenium ion.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step-3:
Rearomatisation of arenium ion.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Overall Reaction:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 37.
How does Huckel rule help to decide the aromatic character of a compound?
Answer:
A compound is said to be aromatic, if it obeys the following rules:

  • The molecule must be cyclic.
  • The molecule must be co-planar.
  • Complete delocalisation of it-electrons in the ring.
  • Presence of (4n + 2) π electrons in the ring where n is an integer (n = 0,1,2 …)

This is known as Huckel’s rule.
Example:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
1. It is cyclic one.
2. It is a co-planar molecule.
3. It has six delocalised ir electrons.
4. 4n + 2 = 6
4n = 6 – 2
4n = 4
n = 1
It obey Huckel’s rule, with n = 1, hence benzene is aromatic in nature.

Question 38.
Suggest the route for the preparation of the following from benzene.
1. 3 – chioro – nitrobenzene
2. 4- chlorotoluene
3. Bromobenzene
4. in – dinitrobenzene
Answer:
1. Preparation of 3 – chloronitro – benzene from benzene:
Benzene undergoes nitration and followed by chlorination and it leads to the formation of 3- chloronitrobenzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

2. Preparation 4-chiorotoluene from benzene:
Benzene undergoes Fnedel crafi’s alkylation followed by chlorination and it leads to the formation of 4-chiorotoluene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

3. Prepar2tion of Bromobenzene from benzene:
Bezene undergo bromination to give bromobenzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

4. Preparation of m-dinitrobenzene from benzene:
Benzene undergo twice the time nitration to give m-dinitrobenzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 39.
Suggest a simple chemical test to distinguish propane and propene.
Answer:
Chemical test to distinguish between propane and propene:
1. Bromine water test:
Propene contains double bond, therefore when we pour the bromine water to propene sample, it decolounses the bromine water whereas propane which is a saturated hydrocarbon does not decolourise the bromine water.

2. Baeyer’s test:
When propene reacts with Bayer’s reagent it gives 1,2 dihydroxypropene. Propane does not react with Baeyer’s reagent.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 40.
What happens when isobutylene is treated with acidified potassium permanganate?
Answer:
Isobutylene is treated with acidified KMnO4 to give acetone.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 41.
how will you convert ethyl chloride in to –
1. ethane
2. n – butane
Answer:
1. Conversion of ethyl chloride into ethane:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

2. Conversion of ethyl chloride into n-butane:
Wurtz reaction:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 42.
Describe the conformers of n-butane.
Answer:
n-butane may be considered as a derivative of ethane as one hydrogen on each carbon atom is replaced by a methyl group.

Edipsed conformation:
In this conformation, the distance between the two methyl groups is minimum so there is maximum repulsion between them and it is the least stable conformer.

Anti or staggered form:
In this conformation, the distance between the two methyl groups is maximum and so there is minimum repulsion between them. It is the most stable conformer. The following potentially energy diagram shows the relative stability of various conformers of n-butane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 43.
Write the chemical equations for combustion of propane.
Answer:
Chemical equations for combustion of propane:
The general combustion reaction for any alkane is:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 44.
Explain Markovnikoffs rule with suitable example.
Answer:
Markovnikoff’s rule: When an unsymmetrical alkene reacts with hydrogen halide, the hydrogen adds to the carbon atom that has more number of hydrogen and halogen adds to the carbon atom having fewer hydrogen atoms.
Example:
Addition of HBr to Propene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 45.
What happens when ethylene is passed through cold dilute alkaline potassium permanganate.
Answer:
Ethylene reacts with cold dilute alkaline KMnO4 solution to give ethylene glycol:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 46.
Write the structures of following alkanes.
1. 2, 3 – Dimethyl – 6 – (2 – methylpropyl) decane
2. 5 – (2 – Ethylbutyl) – 3, 3 – dimethyldecane
3. 5 (1,2 – Dimethyipropyl) – 2 – methylnonane
Answer:
1. 2, 3 – Dimethyl – 6 – (2 – rnethylpropyl) decane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
2. 5 – (2 – Ethylbutyl) – 3, 3- dimethyldecane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
3. 5 – (1,2 – Dimethylpropyl) – 2- methylnonane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 47.
How will you prepare propane from a sodium salt of fatty acid?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Sodium salt of butyric acid on heating with sodalime gives propane.

Question 48.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons - 257
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 49.
How will you distinguish 1 – butyne and 2 – butyne?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 50.
How will you distinguish 1 – butyene and 2 – butyne?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

In 1-butyne, terminal carbon atom contains atom one acidic hydrogen, therefore it will react with silver nitrate in the presence of ammonium hydroxide to give silver butynide. Whereas 2-butyne does not undergo such type of the reaction, because of the absence of acidic hydrogen.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons Evaluate Your self

Question 1.
Write the structural formula and carbon skeleton formula for all possible chain isomers of C6H14 (Hexane).
Answer:
C6H14 has five possible isomeric structures:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 2.
Give the IUPAC name for the following alkane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 3.
Draw the structural formula for 4,5 -diethyl -3,4,5-trimethyloiane
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 4.
Water destroys Grignard reagents. Why?
Answer:
CH3MgX + HOH → CH4 – Mg(OH)X.
Water would protonate the grignard reagent and destroy the gngnard reagent, because the grignard carbon atom is highly nucleophilic. This would form a hydrocarbon. Therefore to make a grignard solution, only ether is the best solvent and water or alcohol are not used for that purpose.

Question 5.
Is it possible to prepare methane by Kolbe’s electrolytic method.
Answer:
Kolbe’s electrolytic method is suitable for the preparation of symmetrical alkanes, that is alkanes containing even number of carbon atoms. Methane has only one carbon, hence it cannot be prepared by Kolbe’s electrolytic method.

Question 6.
Write down the combustion reaction of propane whose AH° = -2220 kJ
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 7.
Why ethane is produced in chlorination of methane?
Answer:
Chlorination of methane involves free radical mechanism. During the propagation step methyl free radical is produced, which is involved in the termination step, the two methyl free radical then combines to form ethane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 8.
How toluene can be prepared by this method?
(i) From n-heptane,
(ii) From 2-methyihexane
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(ii)Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 9.
Write the IUPAC names for the following alkenes.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 10.
Draw the structures for the following alkenes.

  1. 6 – Bromo – 2,3 – dimethyl 2 – hexene
  2. 5 – Bromo – 4 – chloro 1 – heptene
  3. 2,5 – Dimethyl 4 – octene
  4. 4 – Methyl – 2 pentene

Answer:
1. 6 – Bromo – 2,3 – dirnethyl – 2 – hexene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

2. 5 Bromo -4 – Chloro – 1 – heptene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

3. 2.5 – dimethyl – 4 – Octene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

4. 4 – methyl 2 pentene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 11.
Draw the structure and write down the IUPAC name for the isomerism exhibited by the molecular formulae:
1. C5H10 – Pentene (3 isomers)
2. C6H12 – Hexene (5 isomers)
Answer:
1. C5H10 – Pentene (3 isomers)
(a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH = CH2 → 1- penlene (or) pent- 1-ene
(b) CH3 – CH2 – CH = CH – CH3 → 2- pentene (or) pent-2-ene
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

2. C6H12 – Hexene (5 isomers)
(a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH = CH2 → Hex-I-ene
(b) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH = CH – CH3 → Hex – 2 – ene
(c) CH3 – CH2 – CH = CH – CH2 – CH3 → Hex – 3 – ene
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
These two compounds exhibits constitutional isomerism.

Question 12.
Determine whether each of the following alkenes can exist as cis-trans isomers?
(a) 1 – Chloropropene
(b) 2 – Chloropropene
Answer:
(a) 1 – Chloropropene:
CH3 – CH = CHCl
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Therefore – 1 – Chloropropene has cis-trans isomers.

(b) 2 – Chloropropene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

In 2-Chloropropene, it deviates from the rule, that is “At least one same group is present on the two doubly bonded carbon atom”. Therefore-2-chloropropenc cannot exist as cis – trans isomers.

Question 13.
Draw cis-trans isomers for the following compounds
(a) 2- chloro-2-butene
(b) CH3 – CH= CH – CH2 – CH3
Answer:
(a) 2-Chloro-2-butene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(b) CH3 – CH = CH – CH – CH3
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 14.
How propene is prepared form 1, 2-dichloropropane?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 15.
How ozone reacts with 2-methyl propene?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 16.
An organic compound (A) on ozonolysis gives only acetaldehyde. (A) reacts with Br2 /CCl4 to give compound (B). Identify the compounds (A) and (B). Write the IUPAC name of (A) and (B). Give the geometrical isomers of (A).
Answer:
2-Rutene undergo ozonolysis to give acetaldehyde only.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Geometrical isomers of 2 – Butene (A):
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 17.
An organic compund (A) C2H4 decolourises bromine water. (A) on reaction with chlorine gives (Br). A reacts with HBr to give (C). Identify (A),(B),(C). Explain the reactions.
Answer:
(i) C2H4 (A), decolourises the bromine water. Therefore it contains double bond. Hence (A) is ethylene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 18.
Prepare propyne from its corresponding alkene.
Answer:
Preparation of propyne from propene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 19.
Write the products A & B for the following reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 20.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 21.
Calculate the number of rings present in C18H12.
Answer:
Double bond equivalent formula = ( C – \(\frac {1}{2}\) + \(\frac {1}{2}\))
Where C = no. of carbon atoms. H = no. of hydrogen and halogen atoms and N = no. of nitrogen atoms.
So. in C18H12 Double bond equkalent = 18 – \(\frac {12}{2}\) + 0 + 1 = 18 – 6 + 1 = 13
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
One ring is equal to one double bond equivalent.
∴ here four rings are there, four double bond equivalent arc used. So remaining, 13 – 4 = 9.
nine double bonds are present in the ring. Hence, C18H12 contain four aromatic rings.

Question 22.
write all possible isomers for an aromatic benzenoid compound having the molecular formula C8H10.
Answer:
Possible isomers for C8H10:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 23.
Write all possible isomers Iòr a monosubstituted aromatic benzenoid compound having the molecular formula C9H12
Answer:
Possible isomers for C9H12:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 24.
how benzene can be prepared by Grignard Reagent?
Answer:
Phenyl magnesium bromde reagent reacts with water molecule to give benzene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 25.
Why benzene undergoes electrophilic substitution reaction whereas alkenes undergoes addition reaction?
Answer:

  • Benzene possess an unhybridised p-orbital containing one electron. The lateral overlap of theirp-orbitals produces 3 it bond.
  • The six electron of the p-orbitais cover all the six carbon atoms and arc said to be delocalised.
  • Due to delocalisation, strong it-bond is formed which makes the molecule stable. Therefore benzene undergoes electrophilic substitution reaction, whereas alkenes undergoes addition reaction.

Question 26.
Convert Ethyne to Benzene and name the process.
Answer:
Conversion of Ethyne into Benzene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

This process is one of the cyclic polymerisation process.

Question 27.
Toluene undergoes nitration easily than benzene.Why?
Answer:
1. Toluene has a methyl group on the benzene ring which is electron releasing group and hence activate the benzene ring by pushing the electrons on the benzene ring.
2. CH3 group is ortho – para director and ring activator. Therefore in toluene, ortho and para positions are the most reactive towards an electrophile, thus promoting electrophilic substitution reaction.
3. The methyl group hence makes it around 25 times more reactive than benzene. Therefore it undergoes nitration easily than benzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons Additional Questions Solved

Choose the correct statement.

Question 1.
Statement-I : Methane. ethane, propène and butane are alkane group compounds.
Statement-II : They are obeying C2H2n+2 + formula and each member differs from it proceeding member by a CH2 group.
(a) Statement-I and II are correct and Statement-II is correct explanation of statement-I.
(b) Statement-I and II are correct but statement-II is not correct explanation of statement-I
(e) Statëment-I is correct but statement-II is wrong.
(d) Statement-I is wrong but statement-II is correct.
Answer:
(a) Statement-I and II are correct and Statement-II is correct explanation of statement-I.

Question 2.
Statement – I : n – butane and iso – butane are isomers.
Statement – II : Because they are having same molecular formula but differs only in the structural formula.
(a) Statement -I and II are correct and statement – II is correct explanation of statement – I
(h) Statement – I and II are correct but statement – II is not correct explanation of statement -I
(c) Statement – I is correct but statement – II s wrong.
(d) Statement – I is wrong but statement – II is correct.
Answer:
(a) Statement -I and II are correct and statement – II is correct explanation of statement-I

Question 3.
Which one of the following shows three possible isomeric structures’?
(a) C4H10
(b) C5H12
(c) C6H12
(d) C3H4
Answer:
(b) C5H12

Question 4.
Find out the branched hydrocarbon from the following compounds.
(a) 1 – propane
(b) n – propane
(c) iso – butane
(d) n – butane –
Answer:
(c) iso – butane

Question 5.
Which of the following compound cannot be prepared by Kolbe’s electrolytic method’?
(a) CH3-CH3
(b) CH4
(c) CH2 = CH2
(d) CH = CH
Answer:
(b) CH4

Question 6.
Statement – I : Boiling point of methane is lower than that of butane.
Statement – II : The boiling point of continuous chain alkanes increases with increase in length of carbon chain.
(a) Statement – I and II are correct and statement – II is correct explanation of statement – I
(b) Statement – I and II are correct but statement – II is not correct explanation of statement -I
(c) Statement – I is correct but statement – II is wrong.
(d) Statement – I is wrong but statement – I is correct.
Answer:
(a) Statement – I and II are correct and statement – II is correct explanation of statement -I.

Question 7.
Statement – I : Alkenes shows both structural and geometrical isomerism.
Statement – II : Because of the presence of double bond.
(a) Statement – I and II are correct and statement-II is correct explanation of statement – I.
(b) Statement – I and II are correct but statement-II is not correct explanation of statement – I
(c) Statement – I is correct but statement – II is wrong.
(d) Statement – II is wrong but statement – II is correct.
Answer:
(a) Statement – I and II are correct and statement – II is correct explanation of statement – I.

Question 8.
Consider the following statements.
(i) The process of reduction using sodium in liquid ammonia is called as Birch reduction.
(ii) Birch reduction is stereospecific in reaction.
(iii) Aleynes can be reduced to cis – alkenes using Birch reduction. Which of the above statement is/are correct’?
(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (iii) only
(d) (ii) only
Answer:
(a) (i) and (ii)

Question 9.
Statement – I : Alkenes are more reactive than alkanes.
Statement – II : Because of the presence of a double bond.
(a) Statement – I and II are correct and statement – II is correct explanation of statement – I
(b) Statement – I and Il are correct but statement – II is not correct explanation of statement -I
(c) Statement – I is correct but statement – II is wrong.
(d) Statement – I is wrong but statement – II is correct.
Answer:
(a) Statement – I and II are correct and statement – II is correct explanation of statement – I

Question 10.
Peroxide effect is not observed in ………..
(a) HCl
(b) HI
(c) HBr
(d) Both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) Both (a) and (b)

Question 11.
Which one of the following has garlie odour?
(a) Ethane
(b) Ethene
(c) Ethyne
(d) Ethanol
Answer:
(c) Ethyne

Question 12.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Identify the X.
(a) Propane
(b) Acetone
(c) Acetaldehyde
(d) Formaldehyde
Answer:
(b) Acetone

Question 13.
Which one of the following is not a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon?
(a) Benzene
(b) Phenol
(c) Toluene
(d) Naphthalene
Answer:
(d) Naphthalene

Question 14.
Which one of the following is a polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon?
(a) Anthracene
(b) Phenol
(c) Benzene
(d) Toluene
Answer:
(a) Anthracene

Question 15.
Which one of the following is an aromatic compounds?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 16.
Molecular formula of benzene is ………….
(a) C6H6
(b) C6H5
(c) C7H8
(d) CH4
Answer:
(a) C6H6

Question 17.
Statements-I : Unlike alkenes and alkynes benzene undergoes substitution reactions rather than addition reaction under normal conditions.
Statements-II : Because of the delocalisation of electrons a strong t bond is formed which makes the molecule stable.
(a) Statement-I and II are correct and statement-II is correct explanation of statement-I.
(b) Statement-I and II are correct but statement-II is not correct explanation of statement-I
(c) Statement-I ¡s correct but statement-II is wrong.
(d) Statement-I is wrong but statement-II is correct.
Answer:
(a) Statement-I and II are correct and statement-II ls correct explanation of statemen-I.

Question 18.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons A → B + H2O. Identify A and B.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 19.
Benzene undergoes Birch reduction to form .
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 20.
Which one of the following is not an ortho-para director?
(a) – NO2
(b) – CH3
(c) – OH
(d) – C2H5
Answer:
(a) – NO2

Question 21.
Which one of the following is not a meta director’?
(a) – NH2
(b) – NO2
(c) – COOR
(d) – SO3H
Answer:
(a) – NH2

Question 22.
Which one of the following benzene ring deactivator?
(a) – CHO
(b) – OH
(c) – CH3
(d) – OCH3
Answer:
(a) – CHO

Question 23.
Fine the odd one out:
(a) Benzene
(b) Ethane
(c) Ethene
(d) Propyne
Answer:
(a) Benzene

Question 24.
Which among these is not associated with atiphatic compounds?
(a) They contain (4n+2) π electrons
(b) They contain straight chain compounds.
(c) They contain branched chain compounds.
(d) They have appropriate number of H-atoms and functional groups.
Answer:
(a) They contain (4n+2) π electron.

Question 25.
Which of the following compounds will exhibit cis-trans isomerism
(a) 2 – Butene
(b) 2 – Butyne
(c) 1 – Butene
(d) 2 – Butanol
Answer:
(a) 2 – Butene

Question 26.
Which conformation of ethane has the lowest potential energy?
(a) Eclipsed
(b) Staggered
(c) Skew
(d) All will have equal potential energy.
Answer:
(b) Staggered

Question 27.
Which of the following is less reactive than benzene towards electrophilic substitution reactions?
(a) Nitrobenzene
(b) Aniline
(c) Bromobenzene
(d) Chlorobenzene
Answer:
(a) Nitrobenzene

II. Match the following
Question 1.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 2.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 3.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 4.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 5.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 6.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 7.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 8.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

III. Fill in the blanks.

Question 1.
Liquefied petroleum gas consist of a mixture of ………..
Answer:
Propane + butane

Question 2.
Mangoes contain ………….
Answer:
Cyclo hexane

Question 3.
Methane gas is also called as ………….
Answer:
Marsh gas

Question 4.
The IUPAC name of the following compound is:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
3-Ethyl, 2-methylpentane

Question 5.
Sodalime is the mixture of ……………
Answer;
NaOH + CaO

Question 6.
Wurtz reaction used in the preparation of …………
Answer:
higher alkanes

Question 7.
The major reagent present in Corey-House reaction is ………..
Answer:
Lithium dimethyl cuparate

Question 8.
General formula for grignard reagents is ………..
Answer:
R – MgX

Question 9.
The rotation of C – C single bond leads to different isomenc structure called as …………
Answer:
conformers

Question 10.
The least stable conformer of ethane is form ……….
Answer:
eclipsed

Question 11.
The potential energy difference between the staggered and eclipsed conformation of ethane is …………
Answer:
12.5 kJ /mol

Question 12.
The most stable conformer of butane is ………..
Answer:
Staggered

Question 13.
Paraffin is the older name for the group family of compounds.
Answer:
alkane

Question 14.
Paraffin means ……….
Answer:
Little activity

Question 15.
Preparation of methyl chloride is followed by mechanism.
Answer:
Free radical

Question 16.
n – hexane passed over chromic oxide supported on alumina at 873 K will give ……….
Answer:
Bcnzene

Question 17.
The number of possible isomers of C6H12 is …………..
Answer:
5

Question 18.
When ethanol is heated at 440 K with excess of concentrated H2SO4, it will give …………
Answer:
Ethene

Question 19.
Alkynes undergoes reduction using Lindlar’s catalyst to give ………….
Answer:
cix – alkenes

Question 20.
Alkynes undergoes reduction using sodium in liquid ammonia to give …………
Answer:
trans – alkenes

Question 21.
Aqueous solution of potassium succinate is electrolysed to give ………….
Answer:
Ethane

Question 22.
The order of reactivity of different hydrogen halides (HCl, HI , HBr) is ………..
Answer:
HI >HBr >HCl

Question 23.
Addition of hydrohalides to alkene is an example for …………
Answer:
Electrophilic additton

Question 24.
Ethane reacts with HBr to form …………
Answer:
Bromo ethane

Question 25.
Homolytic fission of benzoyl peroxide will give ………..
Answer:
C6H5

Question 26.
Propene reacts with HBr in the presence of peroxide to form …………
Answer:
1 – Bromopropane

Question 27.
Baeyer’s reagent is …………
Answer:
alkaline KMNO4

Question 28.
Ozonolysis of ethene produces ………….
Answer:
HCHO

Question 29.
Electrolysis of potassium maleate yields ………
Answer:
Ethyne

Question 30.
Ozonolysis of acetylene gives ………….
Answer:
HCOOH

Question 31.
Three molecules of acetylene undergoes polymerisation to give …………
Answer:
benzene

Question 32.
Benzene reacts with bromine in the presence of AlCl3 to form bromobenzene and it is an example of reaction
Answer:
Electrophilic substitution

Question 33.
The six carbon atoms of benzene are hybridised.
Answer:
sp2

Question 34.
Bond angle in benzene is …………
Answer:
120º

Question 35.
Benzene contains a bonds and it bonds …………
Answer:
12,3

Question 36.
Wurtz-fittig reaction helps to prepare compounds …………
Answer:
aromatic

Question 37.
When phenol reacts with Zn-dust under dry distillation conditions it gives ………..
Answer:
Benzene

Question 38.
Benzene is insoluble in …………
Answer:
water

Question 39.
Benzene reacts with hydrogen in the presence of Pt to yield ……….
Answer:
Cyclohexane

Question 40.
Benzene reacts with Cl2 in the presence of sunlight to give ………..
Answer:
BHC (Ben.zene hexachioride)

Question 41.
The step in which Cl-Cl bond homolysis occurs is called ……….
Answer:
Initiation step

Question 42.
Dienes are the name given to compounds with ……….
Answer:
Exactly two double bonds

Question 43.
The hybridisation state of a carbocation is …………
Answer:
sp2

Question 44.
The peroxide effect in anti-markovnikoff addition involves a ………. mechanism.
Answer:
free radical.

IV Choose the odd one out
Question 1.
(a) Ethane
(b) Benzene
(c) Ethene
(d) Ethyne
Answer:
(b) Benzene. it is an aromatic hydrocarbon whereas others are aliphatic hydrocarbons.

Question 2.
(a) Zn + HCl
(b) Zn + CH3COOH
(c) LiAlH4
(d) Acidified K2Cr2O7
Answer:
Acidified K2Cr2O7. It is an oxidising agent whereas other three reagents are reducing

Question 3.
(a) Soft drink bottle
(b) Jars
(c) Vegetable oil bottle
(d) Straws
Answer:
(d) Straws. It is made up of polypropylene whereas others are made of PET (Polyethylene terephthalate).

Question 4.
(a) Straws
(b) Foam cups
(c) Diapers
(d) Toys
Answer:
(b) Foam cups. It is made up of polystyrene whereas others are made up of polypropylene.

Question 5.
(a) Orlon
(b) Neoprene rubber
(c) PVC
(d) PET
Answer:
(d) PET. It is prepared by the polymerisation of glycol and terephthalic acid, whereas others are prepared from acetylene.

Choose the correct pair.

Question 1.
(a) Propene + O3 : HCHO + CH3 CH0
(b) Ethene + O3 : CH3 CHO + H2O2
(c) But-2-ene + O3 : HCHO + H2 O2
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
(a) Propene + O3 : HCHO + CH3CHO

Question 2.
(a) PET : shampoo bottles
(b) PS : disposable utensils
(c) PP : grocery bags
(d) HDPE : plastic pipes
Answer:
(b) PS : disposable utensils

Question 3.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 4.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

VI. Choose the incorrect pair.

Question 1.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 2.
(a) CH2 = CH2 + O3 : 2HCOH
(b) CH3 – CH = CH2 + O3 : CH3CHO + HCHO
(c) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3 + O3 : 2CH3COCH3
(d) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3 + O3 : 2CH3CHO
Answer:
(c) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3 + O3 : 2CH3COCH3

Question 3.
(a) PET : Jars
(b) HDPE : Juice containers
(c) PS : Disposable utensils
(d) PVC : Grocery bags
Answer:
(d) PVC : Grocery bags

VII. Assertion & Reason.
Question 1.
Assertion (A) : Methane is called marsh gas.
Reason (R) : Decomposition of plant and animal matter in am oxygen deficient environment like swamps, mashes and bogs produce methane gas.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 2.
Assertion (A) : Water destroys grignard reagent and so it is not used as solvent for RMgX.
Reason (R) : Water decomposes grignard reagent (RMgX) to give alkane.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 3.
Assertion (A) : The boiling point of straight chain isomers have higher boiling point as compared to branched chain isomers.
Reason (R) : The boiling point decreases with increase in branching as the molecule becomes compact and the area of contact decreases.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A)is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Question 4.
Assertion (A) : The eclipsed conformation ofethane is less stable than staggered conformation of ethane.
Reason (R) : In eclipsed conformation, the distance between the two methyl group is minimum and so there is maximum repulsion between them and it is the least stable conformer.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A)and (R) are correct hut (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
(d) (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons 2 Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What are unsaturated hydrocarbons?
Answer:
hydrocarbons having localised carbon – carbon multiple bonds are called unsaturated hydrocarbons.
Example :
alkenes and alkynes.

Question 2.
What is marsh gas?
Answer:
Answer:

  • Methane is the major component of the atmosphere of jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune but only minor component of earth atmosphere.
  • Decomposition of plant and animal matter in an oxygen deficient environment like swamps, marshes bogs and the sediments of lakes produces methane gas. It is otherwise known as marsh gas.

Question 3.
Write a note on methane clathrates.
Answer:

  • Frozen mixture of water and methane gas is chemically known as methane clathrate.
  • The methane molecule which is produced by biological process under the deep -ocean (at 4°C and 50 atm) does not simply reach the surface instead each molecule is trapped inside the clusters of 6 to 18 water molecules forming methane clathratcs.

Question 4.
What is isomerism? Mention the types of isomerism?
Answer:
The phenomenon in which the same molecular formula may exhibit different structural arrangement is called isomerism.
There are two types of isomerism. namely.

  • Structural isomerism
  • Stereoisomerism

Question 5.
Draw and name the possible structural formula for C4H10
Answer:
C4H10 has two possible structural formula, they are,
(i) CH3-CH2-CH2-CH3 n-Butane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 6.
Give the IUPAC name of the following compounds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 7.
What is Sabatier- Sendersens reaction?
Answer:
The process of addition of H2 to unsaturated compounds (alkenes or alkynes) in known as hydrogenation. The above process can be catalysed by nickel at 298 K. This reaction is known as Sabalier-Sendersens reaction.
For example:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 8.
What are decarboxylation reactions? Given an example.
Answer:
When a mixture of sodium salt of carboxylic acid and sodalime is heated an alkane is formed. During this process CO2 molecule is eliminated process and this process is known as decarboxylation reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 9.
Write a note on Kolbe’s electrolytic method?
Answer:
When potassium or sodium salt of carboxylic acid is electrolysed, a higher alkane is formed.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 10.
How will you prepare propane from Chloropropane?
Answer:
Nascent hydrogen reacts with chloropropane to give propane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 11.
What is Wurtz reaction?
Answer:
When a solution of haloalkanc in dry ether is treated with sodium metal, higher alkanes are produced. This reaction is known as Wurtz reaction. For example:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 12.
Write shnrt flotes on Corey-House reaction?
Answer:
An alkyl halide and lithium dialkyl cupratc are reacted to give higher alkanes. This reaction is known as Corey-House reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 13.
How will you prepare methane from grignard reagent’?
Answer:
Methyl magnesium chloride reacts with water to give methane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 14.
What are conformers?
Answer:
The rotation about C-C single bond axis yielding several arrangements of a hydrocarbon called conformers.

Question 15.
Draw the conformations of ethane using Newman projection formula method?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 16.
What are combustion reactions?
Answer:
A combustion reaction is a chemical reaction between a substance and oxygen with evolution of heat and light. In the presence of sufficient oxygen alkanes undergoes combustion when ignited and produces carbon dioxide and water.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 17.
What is arornatisation?
Answer:
Alkanes with six to ten carbon atoms are converted into homologous of benzene at higher temperature and in the presence of a catalyst. This process is known as aromatisation. For example, n-Hexane passed over Cr2O3 supported on alumina at 873 K gives benzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 18.
Write notes on isomerisation.
Answer:
1. Isomerisation is a chemical process by which a compound is transformed into any of its isomeric form.
2. Normal alkanes can be converted into branched alkanes in the presence ofAlCl3 and HCl at 298 K.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
3.  This process is of great industrial importance, the quantity of gasoline is improved by isomerising its components.

Question 19.
Mention the uses of alkanes.
Answer:

  • Alkanes are extensively used as fuels.
  • Methane present in natural gas is used in home heating.
  • A mixture of propane and butane is known as LPG gas which is used for domestic cooking purpose.
  • Gasoline is a complex mixture of many hydrocarbons used as a fuel for internal combustion engines.

Question 20.
Draw and name the structural formula for C4H8’?
Answer:
(i) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3 -w 1 – Butene
(ii) CH2 = CH – CH2 – CH2 – 2 Butene
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 21.
cis-isomers are less stable than rans-isomers?
Answer:
Consider:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Among cis and trans isomers, cis isomer is less stable than trans isomer. In the cis isomer, similar groups arc very near to each other. vander Waal’s repulsion and steric hindrance make the molecule much more unstable. But in trans isomer, similar groups are diagonally opposite to each other and there is no such steric hindrance. Due to more steric interaction cis isomers is less stable than Irons isomer.

Question 22.
How will you prepare ethene from ethanol?
Answrer:
When ethanol is heated at 430 K – 440 K with excess cone. H2SO4. a molecule of water from alcohol is removed and ethene or ethylene is formed.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 23.
How will you convert 1-brornopropane into popene?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
1-bromopropane reacts with alcoholic KOH and eliminate hydrogen bromide resulting in the formation of propene.

Question 24.
How will you prepare ethene by Kolbe’s electrolytic method?
Answer:
When an aqueous solution of potassium succinate is electrolysed between two platinum electrodes, ethene is produced at the anode.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 25.
Write any two test for alkenes.
Answer:

  • Rapid decolourisation of bromine in CCl4 without evolution of hydrogen bromide.
  • Decolourisation of cold dilute aqueous solution of KMnO4

Question 26.
State Markovnikoff’s rule.
Answer:
When an unsymmetrical alkene reacts with hydrogen halide, the hydrogen atom adds to the carbon atom that has more number of hydrogen atoms and halogen add to the carbon atom having fewer hydrogen atoms.

Question 27.
What is peroxide effect?
Answer:
The addition of HBr to an alkene in the presence of organic peroxide gives the antì-Markovnikofl’s product. This effect is called as peroxide effect.

Question 28.
Identify the products A and B from the following reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 29.
What happens when propcne reacts with concentrated H,S04?
Answer:
Propene reacts rjth cone. H2S04 to form 2 – propyl hydrogen sulphate in accordance with Markovnikoffs rule Further hydrolysis yields 2-propanol.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 30.
Complete the following reaction and identify A, B and C.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 31.
Mention the uses of alkenes.
Answer:

  • Alkenes are used as starting material in the synthesis of alcohols, plastics, detergents and fuels.
  • Ethenc is the most important organic fcedstock in the polymer industry. Examples are, PVC, Sarans and Polythene. These polymers are used in the manufacture of floor tiles, shoe-soles, synthetic fibres, raincoats, pipes etc.

Question 32.
What are gem dihalides? How will you prepare propyne from gem dihalides?
Answer:
Compounds containing two halogen atoms on the same carbon atom are called gem dihalides. On heating 1,1 -dichloropropane with alcoholic KOH, it will give propyne.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 33.
How will you prepare acetylene from potassium maleate?
Answer:
Electrolysis of potassium maleate yields acetylene. This is one of Kolbe’s electrolytic reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 34.
How will you prepare acetylene from calcium carbide?
Answer:
Acetylene can be manufactured in large scale by action of calcium carbide with water.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 35.
How will you convert ethyne into ethanol?
Answer:
Ethyne undergo hydration on warming with mercuric sulphate and dil H2SO4 at 333 K to form ethanol (Acetaldehyde).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 36.
Mention the uses of Acetylene.
Answer:

  • Acetylene is used in oxy acetylene torch used for welding and cutting metals.
  • It is used for manufacture of PVC, polyvinyl acetate, Polyvinyl ether, orlon and neoprene rubbers.

Question 37.
What are all the conditions for aromaticity?
Answer:
Huckel proposed that aromaticity is a function of electronic structure of an organic compound.
A compound may be aromatic, if it obey the following rules:

  • The molecule must have a cyclic structure.
  • The molecule must be co-planar.
  • Complete delocalisation of it electrons in the ring.
  • Presence of (4n + 2) it electrons in the ring where n is an integer (n = 0,1,2….), this is known as Huckel’s rule.

Question 38.
Classify the following compounds by using aromaticity concepts:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

  • It is co-planar molecule.
  •  It has six delocalised ir electrons.
  •  4n + 26
    4n = 6 – 2
    4,n = 4
    n = 1, obeys Huckel’s rule with n = 1

(b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Cyclo-octatetraene.

1. Molecule is non-planar.
Hence it is a non-aromatic compound.

(c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Cyclopropyl cation.

  • It has a co-planar structure.
  • It has two delocalised it electrons.
    4n + 2 = 2
    4n = 0
    n = 0

Hence is an aromatic compound.

Question 39.
Write notes on Resonance of benzene?
Answer:
1. The phenomenon in which two or more structures can be written for a substance which has identical position of atoms is called resonance.
2. The actual structure of the molecule is said to be a resonance hybrid of the various possible alternative structures.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
3.  In benzene, Kekule’s structures I and II represented the resonance structures, and structure III is the resonance hybrid of structures I and II.
4. The structures I and II exist only in theory. The actual structure of benzene is the hybrid of two hypothetical resonance structures.

Question 40.
How will you convert phenol into benzene?
Answer:
When phenol vapours are passed over zinc dust then it is reduced to benzene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 41.
What is Wurtz-fitting reaction?
Answer:
When a solution of bromobenzene and iodomethane in dry ether is treated with metallic sodium, toluene is formed.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 42.
What are activating and deactivating groups?
Answer:

  • When mono substituted benzene undergoes an electrophilic substitution reaction, the rate of the reaction and the site of attack of the incoming electrophile depends on the functional group already attached to it.
  •  Some groups increases the reactivity of benzene ring and are known as activating groups.
  • Some groups decreases the reactivity of benzene ring and are known as de-activating groups.
  • Example:
    Activating groups: – NH2 – OH. – CH3 etc.
    Deactivating groups: – NO3. CN, – CHO etc,

Question 43.
Why does benzcnc undergo clectrophilic substitution reactions easily and nucleophilic substitution with difficulty?
Answer:
Due to the presence of an electron cloud containing 6π – electrons above and below the plane of the ring, benzene is a rich source of electrons, Consequently, it attracts the electrophilic reagents towards it and repels the nucleophilic reagents. As a result, benzene undergoes electrophilic substitution reactions easily and nucleophilic substitution with difficulty.

Question 44.
Out of benzene, m – dinitrobenzene and toluene which will undergo nitration most easily and why?
Answer:
CH3 group is an electron-donating group, while -NO2 group is electron withdrawing group. Therefore, maximum electron density will be there in toluene, followed by benzene and it is least in pn-dinitrobenzene. Therefore, the ease of nitration decreases in the order:
Toluene > benzene > m – dinitrobenzene.

Question 45.
Why are alkanes called paraffins?
Answer:
Paraffins means little affinity. Alkanes due to strong C-C and C-H bonds are relatively chemically inert. They are thus called as paraflins.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons 3 Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain the classification of hydrocarbons.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 2.
How to write the possible isomers of C5H12?
Answer:
1. To begin draw the carbon backbone of the straight chain isomer.
C-C-C-C-C

2. To determine the carbon backbone structure of the other isomers, arrange the carbon atoms in the other way:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

3. Fill in ail the hydrogen atoms so that each carbon forms four bonds,
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 3.
Explain how to draw the structural formula for 3-ethyl, 2, 3-dimethylpentane.
Answer:
3-ethyl, 2, 3-dimethylpentane.
Step 1:
The parent hydrocarbon is pentane. Draw the chain of five carbon atoms and number
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 2:
Complete the carbon skeleton by attaching the alkyl group as they are specified in the name. An ethyl group is attached to carbon atom 3 and two methyl groups are attached to carbon atoms 2 and 3.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 3:
Add hydrogen atoms to the carbon skeleton so that each carbon atoms have four bonds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 4.
In alkane compounds with same number of carbon atoms, straight chain isomers have higher boiling point as compared to branched chain isomers-justify statement.
Answer:

  • The boiling point of continuous chain alkanes increases with increase in the length of carbon chain roughly about 30°C for every added carbon atom to the chain.
  • Alkanes are non-polar compounds and having weak Vander Wal’s force which depends upon molecular surface area and hence increases with increase in molecular size.
  • The boiling point decreases with increase in branching on the molecule i.e. as it becomes compact and the area of the contract decreases. Hence in alkanes with same number of carbon atoms, straight chain isomers have higher boiling point as compared to branched chain isomers.

Question 5.
Why oil spills in aqueous environment spread so quickly?
Answer:

  • Water molecules are polar and akanes are non-polar. The insolubility of alkanes in water makes them a good water repellent for metals which protects the metal surface from corrosion.
  • Because of their lower density than water they tòrm two layers and occupies the top layer. The density difference between alkanes and water explains why oil spills in aqueous environment spread so quickly.

Question 6.
Explain pyrolysis method.
Answer:
1. Pyrolysis is defined as the thermal decomposition of an organic compound into smaller fragments in the absence of air through the application of heat. Pyrolysis of alkanes is also named as cracking.

2. In the absence of air, whai alkane are vapours passed through red-hot metal it breaks into simpler hydrocarbons.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

3. The product depends upon the nature of alkane, temperature, pressure and presence or absence of the catalyst.

Question 7.
Write notes on Geometrical isomerism or cis-trans isomerism.
Answer:
1. It is a type of stereoisomerism and it is also called cis-trans isomerism. Such type of isomerism results due to the restricted rotation of doubly bounded carbon atoms.

2. If the similar groups lie on the same side then the geometrical isomers are called as cis-is omers.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

3. If the similar groups lie on the opposite side then the geometrical isomers are called as trans-isomers.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 8.
Explain how 2-butyne reacts with (a) Lindlar’s catalyst and (b) Sodium in liquid ammonia?
Answer:
(a) 2-butyne reacts with Lindlar’s catalyst:
2-butyne can be reduced to cis-2 butene using CaCO3 supported in Pd -metal partially deactivated with sulphur.
This reaction is stereo specific giving only the cis-2-butene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(b) 2-butyne reacts with sodium in liquid ammonia:
2-butyne can also be reduced to trans-2-butene using sodium in liquid ammonia. This reaction is stereospecific giving only the trans-2-butene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 9.
What are vicinal dihalides? How will you prepane alkene from vicinal dihaldes?
Answer:
1. The compounds in which two halogen atoms are attached to adjacent carbon-atoms are called as vicinal dihalides.

2. When vicinal dihalides are warmed with granulated zinc in methanol they lose a molecule
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 10.
Why alkenes are more reactive than alkanes?
Answer:
1. Alkenes are more reactive than alkanes due to the presence of a double bond.

2. The a-bond is strong but the it-bond is weak. The typical reactions of alkenes involve the addition of an electrophile across the double bond proceeding through ionic mechanism. However addition reactions proceed through free-radical mechanism also. Ozonolysis and nolvmerisation are some of the characteristic reaction of alkenes.

Question 11.
Explain the mechanism of addition of HBr to propenc.
Answer:
Step 1:
Formation of electrophile:
In HBr, br is more electronegative than H. When bonded electron move towards Br, polarity is deve[oped and it creates electrophile H+ which attacks to the double bond to form a carbocation.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 2 :
Secondary carbocation is more stable than primary carhocation and it predominates over the primary carbocation.

Step 3 :
The Br-1 ion attack the 2°- carbocation to form 2-Bromo propane as the major product.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 12.
Explain the mechanism of addition of FlBr to 3-methyl-1-butene.
Answer:
Consider the addition of HBr to 3-methyl-1-butene. Here the expected product according to Markovnikoff’s rule is 2-bromo-3-methylbutane but the actual major product is 2-bromo- 2-methylbutane. This is because, the secondary carbocation formed during the reaction is rearranged to give the more stable tertiary carbocation. Attack of Br-1 on this tertiary carbocation gives the major product 2-bromo-2-methylbutane
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 13.
Why peroxide effect is not observed in HCl and HI?
Answer:
The H-Cl bond is stronger (430.5 k.J mol-1) than H-Hr bond (363.7 kJ mol-1), thus H-Cl is not cleaved by the free radical. The H-I bond is further weaker (296.8 kJ mol-3) than H-Cl bond. Thus H-I bond breaks easily hut iodine free radicals combine to form iodine molecules instead of adding to the double bond and hence peroxide effect is not observed in case of HCl and HI.

Question 14.
Explain the ozonolysis of (a) Ethene and (b) propene
Answer:
Ozonolysis is a method ofoxidative cleavage of alkenes using ozone and it form two carbonyl compounds. Alkenes react with ozone to form ozonide and it is cleaved by Zn/H2O to form smaller molecules.
This reaction is often used to identify the structure of unknown alkene by detecting the position of double or triple bond.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 15.
What is polymerisation? Explain with suitable example.
Answer:
A polymer is a large molecule formed by the combination of large number of small molecules (monomers). This process is known as polymerisation. A few examples are:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 16.
Complete the following reactions:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 17.
Explain the ozonolysis of (a) Acetylene (b) Propyne
Answer:
Ozone adds to carbon-carbon triple bond of alkynes to form ozonides. The ozonides are hydrolysed by water to form carbonyl compounds. The hydrogen peroxide formed in the reaction may oxidise the carbonyl compound to carboxylic acid.
(a) Acetylene:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(b) propyne:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 18.
Explain the polyrnerisation of acetylene molecules.
Answer:
Acetylene undergoes two types of polymerisation reactions, they are:

  1. Linear polymerisation
  2. Cyclic polymerisation

1. Linear polymerisation:
Acetylene forms linear polymer, when passed into a solution of cuprous chloride and ammonium chloride.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

2. Cyclic polymerisation:
Acetylene undergoes cyclic polymerisation on passing through red hot iron tube. Three molecules of acetylene polymerises to form benzene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 19.
Discuss the Kekule’s structure of benzene.
Answer:
Kekule suggested that benzene consists of a cyclic planar structure of six carbon with alternate single and double bonds.
There were two objections:
1. Bnzene forms only one ortho disubstituted products whereas the Kekule’s structure predicts two ortho disubstituted products as shown:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

2. Kekule’s structure failed to explain why benzene with three double bonds did not give addition reaction like alkenes. To overcome this objection, Kekule suggested that henzene was a resonance hybrid of two forms(1 and 2) which are in rapid equilibrium.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 20.
Why benzene undergoes substitution reaction rather than addition reactions under normal conditions?
Answer:
1. Each carbon atom in henzene possess an unhybridised p-orbital containing one electron. The lateral overlap of their p-orbitais produces 3π- bond, six electrons of the p-orbitais over all the six carbon atoms and are said lo be delocalised.

2. Due to delocalisation, strong it-bond is formed which makes the molecule stable. Hence unlike alkenes and alkynes, benzene undergoes substitution reactions rather than addition reactions under normal conditions.

Question 21.
Explain the industrial preparation of benzene from coal tar.
Answer:
Coal tar is a viscous liquid obtained by the pyrolysis of coal. During fractional distillation, coal tar is heated and distills away its volatile compounds, namely, benzene, toluene, xylene in the temperature range of 350 K to 443 K. These vapours are collected at the upper part of the fractionating column.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 22.
Explain the suiphonation of benzene.
Answer:
Benzcne reacts with fuming sulphuric acid and give benzene suiphonic acid. Although SO3 molecule it does not have positive charge, yet it is a strong electrophile. This is because the octet of electrons around the sulphur atom is not reacted. This reached is reversible nd desulphonation occus readily in aqueous medium.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 23.
What is BHC? How will you prepare BHC? Mention its uses.
Answer:
1. BHC is I3enzene hexachioride.
2. Benzene reacts with three molecule of Cl2in the presence of sunlight or UV light to yield BHC.
This is also called as gammaxane or Lindane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
3. BHC is a powerful insecticide.

Question 24.
In aryl halides, halogen group is a oriho -para director and a deactivator towards electrophilic substitution reactions, why?
Answer:
1.  In aryl halides, the strong -I effect of the halogens decreases the electron density of benzene ring, thereby deactivating it for electrophilic attack.
2. The presence of lone pair on halogens is involved in resonance with π-electrons of the benzene ring and it increases the electron density at ortho and para position. Hence the halogen group is an ortho-para director and a deactivator.

Question 25.
Explain the carcinogenity and toxicity of aromatic hydrocarbons.
Answer:
Benzene and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) are ubiquitous environmental pollutants generated during incomplete combustion of coal, oil, petrol and wood. Some (PAH) originate from open burning, natural seepage of petroleum and coal deposits and volcanic activities. They are toxic, mutagenic and carcinogenic. It has hematological, immunological and neutrological effect on humans They are radioactive and prolonged exposure leads to genetic damage. Some of the examples of PAH arc “L” shaped polynuclear hydrocarbons, which are much more toxic and carcinogenic.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
It is found in cigarette smoke, in tobacco and and charcoal boiled food.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
It is found in gasoline exhaust and barbecued food.

Question 26.
Arrange benzene, n-hexane and ethyne in decreasing order of acidic behavior. Also give reason for this behavior?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Since s-electrons arc closer to the nucleus, therefore as the s-character of the orbital making the C-H bond increases the electrons of C-H bond lies closer and closer to the carbon atom. In other words, the partial +ve charge on the H-atom and hence the acidic character increases as the s-character of the orbital increases. Thus, the acidic character decreases in the order
Ethyne > Benzene > Hexane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Hydrocarbons 5 Mark Questions

Question 1.
Explain the conformational analysis of ethane.
Answer:
The two tetrahedral methyl groups can rotate about the carbon-carbon bond axis yielding several arrangements called conformers. The extreme conformations are staggered and eclipsed conformations. There can be number of other arrangements between staggered and eclipsed forms and their arrangements are known as skew forms.

Eclipsed conformation:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

In this conformation, the hydrogen of one carbon atom is directly behind those of the other. The repulsion between the atoms is maximum and it is the least stable conformer.

Staggered conformation:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
In this conformation, the hydrogen’s of both the carbon atoms are tir apart from each other. The repulsion between the atoms is minimum and it is the most stable conformer.

Skew formation:
The infinite numbers of possible intermediate conformations between the two extreme conformations are referred as skew conformations. The stabilities of various conformations of ethane are
Staggered > Skew> Eclipsed
The potential energy difference between the staggered and eclipsed conformation of ethanc is around 12.5 kJ mol-1HBr The various conformations can be represented by Newman projection formula.

Newman Projection formula for Ethane:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 2.
Explain the structure of benzene.
Answer:
1. Molecular formula:
Elemental analysis and molecular weight determination have proved that the molecular formula of benzene is C6H6. This indicates that benzene is a highly unsaturated compound.

2. Straight chain structure is not possible:
Benzene could be constructed as a straight chain but it not feasible since it does not show the properties of alkenes or alkynes. For example, it does not decolorise the bromine water in CCl4.

3. Evidence of cyclic structure:
(1) In the presence of Nickel, benzene reacts with hydrogen to give cyclohexane, a six membered ring. This proves that benzene is a hexagonal
molecule with three double bonds.

(2) Benzene reacts with bromine in the presence of iron to give substituted C6H5Br. No isomers of C6H5Br was identified. On further reaction with bromine three isomeric disubstituted products C6H4Br2 are formed. On this basis Kekule proposed that benzene consists of ring of carbon atoms with alternate single and double bonds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

4. Resonance description of benzene:
The phenomenon in which two or more structures can be written for a substance which has identical position ofatomsis called resonance. The actual structure of the molecule is said to be a resonance hybrid of various possible alternative structures. In benzene. Kekule’s structure (I) and (II) represented the resonance structures and structure (III) is the resonance hybrid of structure I and II.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

5. Spectroscopic measurements:
X-ray and electron dîflìaction studies indicated that all carbon-carbon bonds are of equal length which is in between that of a single bond (1 .45Å ) and that of a double bond (1.34Å ).

6. Molecular orbital structure :
(1). Benzene is a flat hexagonal molecule with all carbons and hydrogen lying in the same plane with a bond angle of 120º. Each carbon atom has sp2 hybrid orbitais of carbon, overlap with each other and with s-orbitals of six hydrogen atoms forming six sigma (σ) C-H bonds and six sigma (σ) C – C bonds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(2). All the σ-bonds in benzene lies in one plane with bond angle of 120º. Each C-atom in benzene possess an unhybridised p-orbital containing one electron. The lateral overlap of their p-orbitais produces 3π-bond, the six electrons of the p-orbitais cover all the six C-atoms and are said to be delocalised. Due to this delocalisation, strong π-bond is formed which makes the molecule stable.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

7. Representation of benzene:
Hence, there are three ways is which benzene can be represented.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 3.
Explain the mechanism of the reaction between methane and chlorine.
Answer:
Methane reacts with chlorine in the presence of light which proceeds through the free radical chain mechanism. This mechanism is characterised by three steps: initiation, propagation and termination.

1. Chain initiation:
The chain is initiated by UV light, leading to homolytic fission of chlorine molecules into free radicals (chlorine atoms).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Here we choose Cl-Cl bond for fission because C- C and C-H bonds are stronger than Cl-Cl bond.

2. Chain propagation:
It proceeds as follows –
(a) Chlorine free radiais attack the methane molecule and breaks the C-H bond resulting in the generation of methyl free radicals.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(b) The methyl free radicals thus obtained attacks the second molecule of chlorine to give chloromethane (CH3Cl) and a chlorine free radical as follows –
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

(c) This chlorine free radical then cycles back to step (a) and both steps (a) and (b) are repeated many times and thus a chain of reaction is set up.

3. Chain termination:
Aller sometime, the reaction stops due to the consumption of reactant and the chain is terminated by the combination of free radicals.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 4.
Write the mechanism for following reaction.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
The reaction proceeds through freee radical mechanism:

Step 1.
The weak O-O single bond linkage of peroxide undergoes homolytic cleavage to generate free radical.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 2.
The radicals abstracts a hydrogen atom from HBr thus generating bromine free radical.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 3.
The Bromine free radical adds lo the double bond in the way so as to form the more stable alkyl free radical,
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 4.
Addition of HBr to secondary free radical.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 5.
Explain the acidic nature of alkynes.
Answer:
An alkyiic shows acidic nature only if it contains terminal hydrogen atom. This can be explained by considering the Sp hybrid orbitais of carbon atom in alkynes. The percentage of s-character of sp hybrid orbital (50%) is more than sp2 hybrid orbital ofalkenes (33%) and sp3 hybrid orbital of alkanes (25%). Because of this, carbon atom becomes more electronegative, thus facilitating donation of H ions to bases. So hydrogen attached to triply bonded carbon atoms is acidic in nature.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 6.
Write the mechanism of chlorination of benzene.
Answer:
Step 1:
Generation of Cl electrophile.
AlCl + Cl – Cl + AlClΘ

Step 2:
Attack of the electrophile on the benzene ring to form arenium ion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 3:
Rearomatisation of arenium ion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 7.
Describe the mechanism of suiphonation of benzene.
Answer:
Step 1:
Generation of SO3 electrophile:
2H2SO4 → H3O + SO3 + HSO4Θ

Step 2:
Attack of the electrophile on benzene ring to form arenium ion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 3:
Rearomatisation of Areniurn ion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 8.
Describe the mechanism of Freidel craft’s alkylation.
Answer:
Step 1:
Generation of CH3 electrophile:
AlCl3 + CH3Cl → CH3 + AlClΘ

Step 2 :
Attack of the electrophile on benzene ring to form areniurn ion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 3:
Rearornatisation of arenium ion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 9.
Write the mechanism of Freidel craft’s acylation.
Answer:
Step 1:
Generation of CH3CO electrophile:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 2 :
Attack of the electrophile on benzene ring to form arenium ion.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Step 3 :
Rearomatisation of arenium ion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 10.
An organic compound (A) of a molecular formula C6H6 which is a simple aromatic hydrocarbon. A undergoes hydrogenation to give a cyclic compound (B). A reacts with chlorine in the presence of UV-light to give C which is used as insecticide. Identify A, B and C. Explain the reactions with equation.
Answer:
1. Simple aromatic hydrocarbon, C2H6 is benzene.
2. Benzene (A) reacts with H2 in the presence of Pt to give cyclohexane (B).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
3. Benzene (A) reacts with Cl2 in presence of UV-light to give benzene hexachioride (C).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 11.
What are ortho-para directors? Explain why -OH group is an ortho-para director and activator.
Answer;
The group which increases the electron density at ortho and para positions are called as ortho-para directors,
Example:
-OH. -NH2 -NHR. -OCH3, -CH3, -C2H5 etc.

Let us consider the directive influence of phenolic group. Phenol is the resonance hybrid of the following structures:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
In these resonance structures, the negative charge residue in the present at orilio and para positions of the ring structure. h is quite evident that the lone pair of electrons on the atom which is attached lo the ring is involved in resonance and it makes the ring more electron rich than benzene.

The electron density at oriho and para position increases as compared to the meta position. Therefore phenolic group activates the benzene ring for electrophilic attack at oriho and para positions. Hence 01-1 group is an orilio para director and activator.

Question 12.
An organic compound (A) of a molecular formula C6H6 is a simple aromatic hydrocarbon. A reacts with O2 in the presence of VO5 at 773 K to give B. A is further treated with sodium and liquid ammonia to give C which is a dienc compound. Identify A, B, and C and explain the reactions.
Answer:
1. A is benzene (C6H6), a simple aromatic hydrocarbon

2. Benzene (A) reacts with O2 is the presence of V2O5 at 773K to give maleic anhydride (B).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
3. Benzene (A) is treated with sodium and liquid ammonia to give 1.4 – cyclohexadiene (C)
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 13.
What are inea drectors’? Explain with suitable example.
Answer:
The group which increases the electron density at mcta position are called as rneta directors.
For example:
-NO2. -CN, -CHO, -COOH. -SO3H etc.
Let us consider the directive influence of aldehydic (-CHO) group. Benzaldehyde is a resonence hybrid of the following structures.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
In these resonance structures, the positive charge residue is present on the ring structure. It is quite evident that resonance deLocalises the positive charge on the atoms of the ring, making the ring less electron rich than henzene. Here overall electron density of benzene ring decreases due to -I effect of’ -CHO group, thereby deactivating the henzene for electrophilic atlack. However resonating structures shows that electron density is more at meto position as compared to ortho and para positions. Flence -CHO group is a ineta -director and a deactivator.

Question 14.
An organic compound (A) of molecular formula C2H4 which is a simple alkene reacts with Baeyer’s reagent to give B of molecular formula C2H6O2 A again reacts with ozone followed by hydrolysis in the presence of zinc to form C of molecular formula CH2O. Identify A, B and C. Explain with reactions.
Answer:
(i). A is CH2 = CH2 (Ethylene)

(ii). A (ethylene) reacts with Baeyer’s reagent (cold alkaline KMnO4) to give ethylene glycol (ethane 1 ,2 diol).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 15.
An organic compound 1,1-dichioropropane reacts with aicholic KOH to give A of molecular formula C3H4. A reacts with mercuric sulphate and dil. H2SO4 at 333 K to give B. A on passing through red hot iron tube at 873 K will give C which is a cyclic compound. Identify A, B and C. Explain the reactions.
Answer:
1. 1,1-dichioropropane reacts with aicholic KOI-I to give propyne (A).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

2. Propyne (A) reacts with mercuric sulphate and dil. H2SO4 at 333 K to give acetone (B).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

3. Propyne (A) on passing through red hot iron tube at 873 K will give mesitylene (C).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

We as a team believe the information prevailing regarding the Samacheer Kalvi Hydrocarbons for 11th Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons has been helpful in clearing your doubts to the fullest. For any other help do leave us your suggestions and we will look into them. Stay in touch to get the latest updates on Tamilnadu State Board Hydrocarbons for different subjects in the blink of an eye.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Trends in Economic Zoology Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Textbook Evaluation Solved
Choose The Correct Answer
Question 1.
Which one of the following is not related to vermiculture?
(i) Maintains soil fertility
(ii) Breakdown of inorganic matter
(iii) Gives porosity, aeration and moisture holding capacity
(iv) Degradation of non biodegradable solid waste
(a) (i) and (ii) is correct
(b) (iii) and (iv) is correct
(c) (ii) and (iv) is not correct
(d) (i) and (iii) is not correct
Answer:
(c) (ii) and (iv) is not correct

Question 2.
Which one of the following is not an endemic species of earthworm?
(a) Perionyx
(b) Lampito
(c) Eudrillus
(d) Octochaetona
Answer:
(c) Eudrillus

Question 3.
Match the following
(1) Bombyx mori – a) Champa – (1) Muga
(2) Antheraea assamensis – b) Mulberry – (II) Eri
(3) Antheraea mylitta – c) Arjun – (III)Tassar
(4) Attacus ricini – d) Castor – (IV) Mulberry Select the correct one.
(a) 1 – b – IV
(b) 2 – a – I
(c) 3 – c – III
(d) 4 – d – II
Answer:
(c) 3 – c – III

Question 4.
Silk is obtained from
(a) Laccifer lacca
(b) Nosema bombycis
(c) Attacus ricini
(d) Attacus mylitta
Answer:
(c) Attacus ricini

Question 5.
Assertion: Nuptial flight is a unique flight taken by the queen bee followed by several drones.
Reason: The queen bee produces a chemical substance called pheromone. The drones in that area are attracted to the pheromone and then mating takes place.
(a) Assertion and reason is correct but not related
(b) Assertion and reason is incorrect but related
(c) Assertion and reason is correct but related
(d) Assertion and reason is incorrect but not related
Answer:
(c) Assertion and reason is correct but related

Question 6.
Rearing of honey bee is called …………………..
(a) Sericulture
(b) Lac culture
(c) Vermiculture
(d) Apiculture
Answer:
(d) Apiculture

Question 7.
Which of the statement regarding Lac insect is TRUE?
(a) A microscopic, resinous crawling scale insect
(b) Inserts its proboscis into plant tissue suck juices and grows
(c) Secretes lac from the hind end of body
(d) The male lac insect is responsible for large scale production of lac
Answer:
(c) Secretes lac from the hind end of body

Question 8.
Aquaponics is a technique which is ……………….
(a) A combination of aquaculture and fish culture
(b) A combination of aquaculture and hydroponics
(c) A combination of vermiculture and hydroponics
(d) A combination of aquaculture and prawn culture
Answer:
(b) A combination of aquaculture and hydroponics

Question 9.
Prawn belongs to the class …………………
(a) Crustacea
(b) Annelida
(c) Coelenterata
(d) Echinodermata
Answer:
(a) Crustacea

Question 10.
Pearl oyster belongs to the Class …………………
(a) Gastropoda
(b) Cephalopoda
(c) Scaphapoda
(d) Pelecypoda
Answer:
(d) Pelecypoda

Question 11.
Inland fisheries are ………………..
(a) Deep sea fishing
(b) Capturing fishes from sea coast
(c) Raising and capturing fishes in fresh water
(d) Oil extraction from fish
Answer:
(c) Raising and capturing fishes in fresh water

Question 12.
Induced breeding technique is used in …………………
(a) Marine fishery
(b) Capture fishery
(c) Culture fishery
(d) Inland fishery
Answer:
(b) Capture fishery

Question 13.
Isinglass is used in …………………..
(a) Preparation
(b) Clearing of wines
(c) Distillation of wines
(d) Preservation of wines
Answer:
(b) Clearing of wines

Question 14.
Animal husbandry is the science of rearing, feeding and caring, breeding and disease control of animals. It ensures supply of proper nutrition to our growing population through activities like increased production and improvement of animal products like milk, eggs, meat, honey, etc.
(a) Poultry production depends upon the photoperiod. Discuss.
(b) Polyculture of fishes is of great importance.
Answer:

(a) Light is an important aspect in the poultry production. Light stimulates the secretion of FSH and LH. The wavelength between 400 and 700 nm is required. The decrease in the photoperiod will affect the egg production.

(b) A few selected fishes belonging to different species are stocked together in proper proportion in a pond. This mixed forming is termed as composite fish farming or polyculture. It is of great importance because

  1. All available riches are fully utilized
  2. Compatible species do not harm each other
  3. There is no competition among different species

 

Question 15.
Assertion: The best quality of pearl is known as lingha pearl and obtained from marine oysters.
Reason: Nacre is secreted continuously by the epithelial layer of the mantle and deposited around the foreign particle.
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is false
(b) Assertion and Reason are false
(c) Assertion is false But Reason is true
(d) Assertion and Reason are true
Answer:
(c) Assertion is false But Reason is true

Question 16.
Choose the correctly matched pair.
(a) Egg layers – Brahma
(b) Broiler types – Leghorn
(c) Dual purpose – White Plymouth rock
(d) Ornamental breeds – Silkie
Answer:
(d) Ornamental breeds – Silkie

Question 17.
Write the advantages of vermicomposting?
Answer:

  1. Vermicomposting provides excellent organic manure for sustainable agro-practices.
  2. Marketing of vermicompost can provide a supplementary income.
  3. Vermicompost is rich in essential plant nutrients.
  4. It improves soil structure, texture, aeration, and water holding capacity and prevents soil erosion.
  5. It is rich in nutrients and an eco-friendly amendment to soil for farming and terrace gardening,
  6. It enhances seed germination and ensures good plant growth.

Question 18.
Name the three castes in a honey bee colony?
Answer:
The Queen, Drones and Workers.

Question 19.
Name the following?

  1. The largest bee in the colony:
  2. The kind of flight which the new virgin queen takes along with the drones out of the hive:

Answer:

  1. The queen.
  2. Nuptial flight.

 

Question 20.
What are the main duties of a worker bee?
Answer:
Each worker has to perform different types of work in her life time. During the first half of her life, she becomes a nurse bee attending to indoor duties such as secretion of royal jelly, prepares bee- bread to feed the larvae, feeds the queen, takes care of the queen and drones, secretes bees wax, builds combs, cleans and fans the bee hive. Then she becomes a soldier and guards the bee hive. In the second half her life lasting for three weeks, she searches and gathers the pollen, nectar,, propolis and water.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology img 1

Question 21.
What happens to the drones after mating flight?
Answer:
They die after copulation.

Question 22.
Give the economic importance of Silkworm?
Answer:

  1. Rearing of silkworm on a commercial scale is called sericulture.
  2. It is an agro-based industry comprising of
    1. – Cultivation of food plants for the silkworms.
    2. – Rearing of silkworms.
    3. – Reeling and spinning of silk.
  3. Silk fibres are utilized in preparing silk clothes.
  4. Silk is used in industries and for military purposes.
  5. Silk is used in the manufacture of fishing fibres, parachutes, cartridge bags, insulation coils for telephone, wireless receivers, tyres of racing cars, filter fibres, in medical dressings and as suture materials.

Question 23.
What are the Nutritive values of fishes?
Answer:
Economic importance of fish:-
Fishes form a rich source of protein food and provide a good staple food to tide over the nutritional needs of man. Fish species such as sardines, mackerel, tuna, herrings have high amino acids concentration particularly histidine which is responsible for the meaty flavor of the flesh. It is rich in fat such as omega 3 fatty acids. Minerals such as calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, potassium, iron, manganese, iodine and copper.

Some of the fish by-products are: Fish oil is the most important fish by-product. It is derived from fish liver and from the fish body.

Fish liver oil is derived from the liver which is rich in vitamin A and D, whereas fish body oil has high content of iodine, not suitable for human consumption, but is used in the manufacture of laundry soaps, paints and cosmetics. Fish meal is prepared from fish waste after extracting oil from the fish.

The dried wastes are used to prepare food for pig, poultry and cattle. The wastes obtained during the preparation of fish meal are widely used as manure.

Isinglass is a high-grade collagen produced from dried air bladder or swim bladder of certain fishes viz. catfish and carps. The processed bladder which is dissolved in hot water forms a gelatin having adhesive property. It is primarily used for clarification of wine, beer and vinegar.

Question 24.
Give the economic importance of prawn fishery?
Answer:
The flesh of prawn is palatable and rich in glycogen, protein with low fat content.

Question 25.
Give the economic importance of lac insect?
Answer:
Economic importance of Lac:-

  1. Lac is largely used as a sealing wax and adhesive for optical instruments. It is used in electric industry, as it is a good insulator.
  2. It is used in preparations of shoe and leather polishes and as a protective coating of wood.
  3. It is used in laminating paper board, photographs, engraved materials and plastic moulded articles.
  4. Used as a filling material for gold ornaments.

Question 26.
List any three common uses of shellac?
Answer:

  1. Shellac with denatured alcohol is used to remove dust on the walls.
  2. Coating of metals with shellac prevents rusting.
  3. Shellac coating on citrus fruits increases their shelf life.

Question 27.
Name any two trees on which lac insect grows?
Answer:
Acacia catechu, Acacia nilotica.

Question 28.
What is seed lac?
Answer:
Lac cut from the host plant is called ‘stick lac’. The lac present on the twig is scraped and collected. After grinding, the unnecessary materials like dusts and fine particles are removed. The resultant lac is called ‘seed lac’.

Question 29.
Define cross breeding?
Answer:
Breeding between a superior male of one breed with a superior female of another breed is known as cross breeding.

Question 30.
What are the advantages of artificial insemination?
Answer:
Advantages of artificial insemination:

  1. It increases the rate of conception
  2. It avoids genital diseases
  3. Semen can be collected from injured bulls which have desirable traits
  4. Superior animals located apart can be bred successfully

Question 31.
Discuss the various techniques adopted in cattle breeding?
Answer:
There are two methods of animal breeding, namely inbreeding and outbreeding.
1. Inbreeding:
Breeding between animals of the same breed for 4-6 generations is called inbreeding.

2. Outbreeding:
The breeding between unrelated animals is called outbreeding. It is done in three ways;

  • Out crossing: It is the breeding between unrelated animals of the same breed but having no common ancestry. The offspring of such a cross is called outcross.
  • Cross breeding: Breeding between a superior male of one breed with a superior female of another breed. The cross bred progeny has superior traits (hybrid vigour or heterosis).
  • Interspecific hybridization: In this method of breeding mating is between male and female of two different species.

 

Question 32.
Mention the advantages of MOET?
Answer:
Multiple Ovulation Embryo Transfer Technology (MOET) is a method of propagation of animals with desirable traits. This technology is used to produce high milk yielding females and high quality meat yielding bulls in a short time.

Question 33.
Write the peculiar characters of duck?
Answer:
Peculiarity of ducks:
The ducks body is fully covered with oily feathers. They have a layer of fat under their skin which prevents it from getting wet. They lay eggs at night or in the morning. The ducks feed on rice bran, kitchen wastes, waste fish and snails.

In – Questions Solved

Question 1.
My vennicompost manufacturing unit is plagued by a number of red ants. Are there any bio-friendly measures to tackle the menace as I do not want to use any chemicals?
Answer:
There are few bio-friendly measures to tackle the menace. For eg. Sprinkling of cinnamon powder or cloves can repel ants.

Question 2.
India has the distinction of producing all the four types of silk i.e.
(a) Mulberry silk (9-1.7%)
(b) Tasar silk (1.4%)
(c) Eri silk (6.4%) and
(d) Muga silk (0.5%) which are produced by different species of silkworms. Name the species that produces large amount and least amount of silk in India?
Answer:
Bombyx mori produces large amount of silk in India and Antheraea assamensis produces least amount of silk in India.

Question 3.
(a) Growing fish or other aquatic animals and plants together in an integrated system. The fish wastes provides nutrients for the plants and the plants filter the water. Additionally bacteria break down by-products such as ammonia?
(b) Growing plants in a nutrient solution instead of soil. Fish kept in the water provide the required nutrients. Write the appropriate scientific terms for above (a) and (b) and differentiate between them?
Answer:
(a) Aquaponics
(b) Hydroponics

Aquaponics

Hydroponics

1. It is a technique of combination of growing fish (aquaculture) and growing plants in non-soil media and nutrient-laden water (hydroponics) 1. It is the method of growing plants in non-soil media and nutrient-laden water.
2. It prevents toxic water run off. 2. It provides fresh nutrients to the plants.
3. It also maintains ecosystem balance by recycling the waste and excretory products by the fish. 3. It provides scope for alternate method of plant cultivation.

 

Question 4.
Why are fish so efficient at converting feed to flesh?
Answer:
Fish is more efficient in converting a greater proportion of feed they receive into flesh because as fish live in water they expend less energy to maintain internal body temperature and also by excreting a more simple form of urine (ammonia).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Trends in Economic Zoology Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
During the process of vermiculture which of the following does not happen?
(a) Decomposition of organic food waste
(b) Supplying nutrients to the soil
(c) Use of earthworms in the process
(d) Synthesis of organic substances
Answer:
(d) Synthesis of organic substances

Question 2.
The breakdown of organic matter by the activity of the earthworms and its elimination from its body is called …………….
(a) Vermitech
(b) Vermicast
(c) Vermicompost
(d) Vermiculture
Answer:
(b) Vermicast

Question 3.
The technology of composting and bioremediation of soils and other activities by application of earthworm is called? …………………
(a) Vermitech
(b) Vermicast
(c) Vermicompost
(d) Vermiculture
Answer:
(a) Vermitech

Question 4.
Which is not related to humus formers?
(a) They are darker in colour
(b) They feed on organic matter
(c) They make the soil porous
(d) They are surface dwellers
Answer:
(c) They make the soil porous

Question 5.
Which of the following is the exotic species used for vermicomposting?
(a) Eudrilus eugeniae
(b) Lampito mauritii
(c) Periyonyx excavatus
(d) Octochaetona serrata
Answer:
(a) Eudrilus eugeniae

Question 6.
Antheraea mylitta feeds on ……………
(a) Mulberry
(b) Arjun
(c) Castor
(d) Champa
Answer:
(b) Arjun

Question 7.
Attacus ricini produces ……………. silk?
(a) Muga
(b) Tassar
(c) Mulberry
(d) Eri
Answer:
(d) Eri

Question 8.
The process of killing the cocoons is called ……………..
(a) Reeling
(b) Stifling
(c) Rearing
(d) Culturing
Answer:
(b) Stifling

Question 9.
Febrine is a dangerous disease to silkworms caused by ………………
(a) Streptococceus
(b) Nosema bombycis
(c) BmNPV
(d) Beauveria bassiana
Answer:
(b) Nosema bombycis

Question 10.
Muscardine is a- disease of silkworms caused by a …………………..
(a) Bacterium
(b) Virus
(c) Protozoan
(d) Fungus
Answer:
(d) Fungus

Question 11.
Among the honey bees, workers are ………………..
(a) Fertile females
(b) Fertile males
(c) Sterile females
(d) Sterile males
Answer:
(c) Sterile females

Question 12.
Honey is used as ………………..
(1) An antiseptic
(2) A laxative
(3) A sedative
(4) A substitute for sugar
(a) 1, 2, 3 only
(b) 2, 3, 4 only
(c) 2,4 only
(d) 1, 2, 3, & 4
Answer:
(d) 1, 2, 3, & 4

Question 13.
Lac is secreted by lac insect for ………………
(a) Growth
(b) Development
(c) Protection
(d) Moulting
Answer:
(c) Protection

Question 14.
Growing plants in non-soil media and nutrient-laden water is called ……………….
(a) Aquaponics
(b) Hydroponics
(c) Aquaculture
(d) Apiculture
Answer:
(b) Hydroponics

Question 15.
Raft based method of aquaponic gardening is known as ………………..
(a) Deep water culture
(b) Aqua vertica
(c) Media based method
(d) Nutrient film technique
Answer:
(a) Deep water culture

Question 16.
Culturing of animals in the water having salinity range 0.5-30 ppt are called as ………………
(a) Freshwater aquaculture
(b) Marine water aquaculture
(c) Brackish water aquaculture
(d) Metahaline culture
Answer:
(c) Brackish water aquaculture

Question 17.
Culturing of animals in the water salinity ranges from 30-35% is called ……………
(a) Brackish water aquaculture
(b) Mariculture
(c) Metahalive culture
(d) Fresh water aquaculture
Answer:
(b) Mariculture

Question 18.
Labeo and catla belong to ………………. fishes?
(a) Indigenous fresh water
(b) Salt water
(c) Exotic
(d) Brackish water
Answer:
(a) Indigenous fresh water

Question 19.
In composite fish farming …………………. are stocked together in proper proportion in a pond?
(a) Different species of fishes
(b) Fishes of the same species
(c) All animals
(d) All plants and animals
Answer:
(a) Different species of fishes

Question 20.
Fish liver oil is rich in vitamins ……………
(a) A & B
(b) A & C
(c) A & D
(d) A & E
Answer:
(c) A & D

Question 21.
The best quality of pearl is obtained from …………… oysters?
(a) Land
(b) Brackish water
(c) Fresh water
(d) Marine
Answer:
(d) Marine

Question 22.
Breeding between animals of the same breed for 4-6 generation is called ……………
(a) Outbreeding
(b) Inbreeding
(c) Cross breeding
(d) Outcrossing
Answer:
(A) Inbreeding

Question 23.
The breeding between unrelated animals is called ……………
(a) Inbreeding
(b) Cross breeding
(c) Outbreeding
(d) Outcrossing
Answer:
(c) Outbreeding

Question 24.
Breeding between a superior male of one breed with a superior female of another breed is called ……………
(a) Inbreeding
(b) Outbreeding
(c) Outcrossing
(d) Cross breeding
Answer:
(d) Cross breeding

Question 25.
Jersy is a breed?
(a) Milch
(b) Drought purpose
(c) Dual purpose
(d) Common
Answer:
(a) Milch

Question 26.
Leghorns are preferred in commercial farms because ……………
(a) They give good quality flesh
(b) They mature late
(c) They mature early and begin to lay eggs at the age of 5 months
(d) They look beautiful
Answer:
(c) They mature early and begin to lay eggs at the age of 5 months

Question 27.
…………… is a dual purpose chicken breed?
(a) Aseel
(b) Silkie
(c) Brahma
(d) White plymouth rock
Answer:
(c) Brahma

Question 28.
The incubation period of chick embryo development is …………… days?
(a) 10-12
(b) 21-22
(c) 25-30
(d) 15-17
Answer:
(b) 21-22

Question 29.
Ranikhet, Coccidiosis and Fowl pox are ……………
(a) Chicken breeds
(b) Types of poultry farming
(c) Poultry diseases
(d) Types of breeding methods
Answer:
(c) Poultry diseases

Question 30.
Which of the following is the native breed of duck?
(a) Pekin
(b) Campbell
(c) Muscori
(d) Syhlet meta
Answer:
(d) Syhlet meta

II. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
…………… are called as ‘farmer’s friends’.
Answer:
(Earthworms)

Question 2.
The breakdown of organic matter by the activity of the earthworms and its elimination from its body is called ……………
Answer:
(Vermicast)

Question 3.
Humus feeders are …………… worms.
Answer:
(Burrowing)

Question 4.
…………… are the earthworms used for vermicomposting.
Answer:
(Humus feeders)

Question 5.
The exotic species of earthworms are ……………
Answer:
(Eisenia fetida/Eudrilus eugeniae)

Question 6.
…………… is a liquid collected after the passage of water through a column of vermibed.
Answer:
(Vermiwash)

Question 7.
Vermiwash is obtained from formed by earthworms.
Answer:
(Burrows/drilospheres)

Question 8.
Production of silk from the silkworm by rearing practices on a commercial scale is called ……………
Answer:
(Sericulture)

Question 9.
The eggs of silkworms after ten days of incubation hatch into larva called as ……………
Answer:
(Caterpillar)

Question 10.
The cultivation of mulberry is called as ……………
Answer:
(Moriculture)

Question 11.
The process of killing the cocoons is called ……………
Answer:
(Stifling)

Question 12.
The process of removing the threads of silk from the killed cocoon is called ……………
Answer:
(Reeling)

Question 13.
Nosema bombycis causes …………… to silkworms,
Answer:
(Pobrine)

Question 14.
…………… is the viral disease of Bombyx mori caused by BmNPV.
Answer:
(Grasserie)

Question 15.
White muscardine is caused by a fungus
Answer:
(Beauveria bassiana)

Question 16.
Apiculture is the care and management of on a commercial scale.
Answer:
(honeybees)

Question 17.
…………… is the Indian honey bee,
Answer:
(Apis indica)

Question 18.
…………… is the rock bee.
Answer:
(Apis dorsata)

Question 19.
…………… is the little bee.
Answer:
(Apisflorea)

Question 20.
Apis mellifera is the …………… bee.
Answer:
(European)

Question 21.
……………. is the functional female bee present in each bee hive.
Answer:
(Queen)

Question 22.
The Queen bee produces …………… to attract drones.
Answer:
(Pheromone)

Question 23.
Among the honey bees, are sterile females.
Answer:
(Workers)

Question 24.
………………. is the functional male member of the honey bee colony.
Answer:
(Drone)

Question 25.
A unique flight by the queen bee followed by several drones is called ……………
Answer:
(Nuptial flight)

Question 26.
The process of leaving the colony by the queen with a large group of worker bees to form a new colony is called ……………
Answer:
(Swarming)

Question 27.
Honey is used as an antiseptic, laxative and as a ……………
Answer:
(Sedative)

Question 28.
The resinous chemical substance present in the bee wax is called ……………
Answer:
(Propolis)

Question 29.
Lac is produced by the lac insect
Answer:
(Laccifer lacca/Tachardia lacca)

Question 30.
Karanagalli is the host plant for ……………
Answer:
(Lac insect)

Question 31.
The mass emergence of larvae from the eggs of lac in search of a host plant is called ……………
Answer:
(Swarming)

Question 32.
A condition in which a secondary parasite develops within a previously existing parasite is called ……………
Answer:
(Hyper-parasitism)

Question 33.
The collection of lac from the host plant is known as ……………
Answer:
(Harvesting)

Question 34.
Lac cut from the host plant is called ……………
Answer:
(Stick lac)

Question 35.
The seed lac is sundried and then melted to produce ……………
Answer:
(Shellac)

Question 36.
Growing fish is known as ……………
Answer:
(Aquaculture)

Question 37.
Chanos chanos are cultured in ……………
Answer:
(Brackish water)

Question 38.
Culturing of animals in the salinity ranges from 36-40% is called …………… culture.
Answer:
(Metahaline)

Question 39.
…………… is commonly known as the brine shrimp.
Answer:
(Artemia)

Question 40.
Catla, Labeo are fresh water fishes.
Answer:
(Native/indigenous)

Question 41.
Fish oil is derived from the …………… of fish.
Answer:
(Liver)

Question 42.
……………… is prepared from fish waste after extracting oil from the fish.
Answer:
(Fish meal)

Question 43.
………………. is a high grade collagen produced from dried air bladder of catfish.
Answer:
(Isinglass)

Question 44.
Prawn is rich in …………… protein with low fat content.
Answer:
(Glycogen)

Question 45.
Most of the marine prawns caught along the Indian coast belongs to the family ……………
Answer:
(Penaeidae)

Question 46.
Metapenaeus dobsoni is a species of ……………
Answer:
(Prawn)

Question 47.
Fresh water bivalve …………… is used in artificial pearl culture.
Answer:
(Lamellidens)

Question 48.
The piece of tissue which is inserted inside the mantle of the oyster is called as …………… tissue.
Answer:
(Graft)

Question 49.
90% of pearl is ……………
Answer:
(Calcium carbonate)

Question 50.
The best quality of pearl is obtained from …………… oysters.
Answer:
(Marine)

Question 51.
The practice of breeding and raising livestock is called as ……………
Answer:
(Animal husbandry)

Question 52.
……………… increases homozygosity and exposes harmful recessive genes.
Answer:
(Inbreeding)

Question 53.
…………… helps to produce new and favourable traits, new breeds and hybrids-with superior qualities
Answer:
(Outbreeding)

Question 54.
……………….. is a technique in which the semen collected from the male is injected to the reproductive tract of the selected female.
Answer:
(Artificial insemination)

Question 55.
…………… is the production and marketing of milk and its products.
Answer:
(Dairying)

Question 56.
Sindhi, Gir, Jersy are …………… breeds.
Answer:
(Dairy/Milch)

Question 57.
…………… is the rearing and propagation of avian species.
Answer:
(Poultry)

Question 58.
…………… is the type of chicken breeds well known for fast growth and soft quality meat.
Answer:
(Broiler)

Question 59.
Caring and management of young chicks for 4-6 weeks immediately after hatching is called ……………
Answer:
(Brooding)

Question 60.
Ranikhet is a …………… disease.
Answer:
(Poultry)

Question 61.
Domesticated ducks have been derived from the wild duck named ……………
Answer:
(Anas Aoscav/Mallard)

Question 62.
Droppings of poultry can be used as in …………… fields.
Answer:
(Manure)

Question 63.
The droppings of poultry are rich in nitrogen, potash and ……………
Answer:
(Phosphates)

Question 64.
The eggs and poultry meat are the richest sources of …………… and vitamins.
Answer:
(Proteins)

III. Answer The Following Questions

Question 1.
What is Economic Zoology?
Answer:
Economic zoology is a branch of Science that deals with economically useful animals. It involves the study of application of animals for human welfare.

Question 2.
How are animals classified on the basis of economic importance?
Answer:

  1. Animals for food and food products
  2. Economically beneficial animals
  3. Animals of aesthetic importance
  4. Animals for scientific research

Question 3.
What is Vermiculture?
Answer:
Vermiculture is the process of using earthworms to decompose organic food waste, into a nutrient-rich material capable of supplying necessary nutrients which helps to sustain plant growth.

Question 4.
What is Vermitech?
Answer:
Applications of earthworm in technology of composting and bioremediation of soils and other activities is called Vermitech.

Question 5.
Why are earthworms called as ‘friends of farmers’?
Answer:
Earthworms play a vital role in maintaining soil fertility. Hence, they are called as ‘friends of farmers’.

Question 6.
What is Vermicast?
Answer:
The breakdown of organic matter by the activity of the earthworms and its elimination from its body is called vermicast.

Question 7.
What are the different groups of earthworms?
Answer:
There are two major groups of earthworms. The humus formers dwell on the surface and feed on organic matter. They are generally darker in colour. They are used for vermicomposting. The humus feeders are burrowing worms that are useful in making the soil porous and mixing and distributing humus throughout the soil.

Question 8.
What are endemic species and exotic species of earthworms?
Answer:
The native species of earthworms cultured in India for vermicomposting such as Periyonyx excavatus, Lampito mauritii, Octochaetona serrata are endemic species. Some earthworm species introduced from other countries such as Eisenia fetida, Eudrilus eugeniae are exotic species.

Question 9.
What is Vermicompost?
Answer:
Vermicompost is. the compost produced by the action of earthworms in association with all other organisms in the compost unit.

Question 10.
Write a note on Vermiwash?
Answer:
Vermiwash is a liquid collected after the passage of water through a column of vermibed. It is useful as a foliar spray to enhance plant growth and yield. It is obtained from the burrows or drilospheres formed by earthworms. Nutrients, plant growth promoter substances and some useful microorganisms are present in vermiwash.

Question 11.
What are the pests of earthworms?
Answer:
Ants, springtails, centipedes, slugs, mites, certain beetle larvae, birds, rats, snakes, mice, toads and other insects or animals which feed on worms.

Question 12.
What, are the internal parasites of earthworms?
Answer:
Protozoans, some nematodes and the larvae of certain flies.

Question 13.
What are the advantages of vermicompost?
Answer:

  1. Vermicompost is rich in essential plant nutrients.
  2. It improves soil structure texture, aeration, and water holding capacity and prevents soil erosion.
  3. Vermicompost is rich in nutrients and an eco-friendly amendment to soil for farming and terrace gardening.
  4. It enhances seed germination and ensures good plant growth.

Question 14.
What is sericulture?
Answer:
Sericulture is an agro-based industry which denotes commercial production of silk through silkworm rearing.

Question 15.
What are the components of sericulture?
Answer:

  1. Cultivation of food plants for the silkworms,
  2. Rearing of silkworms, and
  3. Reeling and spinning of silk.

The first two are agricultural and the last one is an industrial component. Only felt species of silkworms are used in the sericulture industry.

Question 16.
Tabulate the different types of silkworm?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology img 2

Question 17.
What are the various races of Bombyx mori?
Answer:
On the basis of the moults they undergo in the larval stage, B. mori is divided into three races. They are:

  1. Tri moulters – 3 moults
  2. Tetra moulters – 4 moults
  3. Penta moulters – 5 moults
    • On the basis of voltinism (the number of broods raised per year), three kinds of races are recognised. They are:
    • Univoltines – one brood only
    • Bivoltines – two broods only
    • Multivoltines – more than two broods

 

Question 18.
What is Moriculture?
Answer:
The cultivation of mulberry is called as Moriculture.

Question 19.
What are the improved mulberry varieties?
Answer:
Victory 1, S3 6, G2 and G4

Question 20.
What is the favourable season for cultivating mulberry plants?
Answer:
June, July, November and December

Question 21.
What is stifling?
Answer:
The process of killing the cocoons is called stifling,

Question 22.
What is reeling?
Answer:
The process of removing the threads from the killed cocoon is called reeling.

Question 23.
What is cooking?
Answer:
The process of soaking cocoons in hot water (95° – 97°) for 10 – 15 minutes to soften the gum that binds the silk threads together is called as cooking.

Question 24.
What are the uses of silk?
Answer:
Uses of Silk:-
1. Silk fibers are utilized in preparing silk clothes. Silk fibers are now combined with other natural or synthetic fibers to manufacture clothes like Teri-Silk, Cot-Silk etc. Silk is dyed and printed to prepare ornamented fabrics. They are generally made from Eri-silk or spun silk.

2. Silk is used in industries and for military purposes.

3. It is used in the manufacture of fishing fibers, parachutes, cartridge bags, insulation coils for telephone, wireless receivers, tyres of racing cars, filter fibres, in medical dressings and as suture materials.

Question 25.
Write a note on the diseases and pests of silkworms? Diseases and Pests of Silkworm?
Answer:
The profitable silk industry is threatened by various diseases caused by the virus, fungal, bacterial and protozoan infections but also by insect predators, birds and other higher animals. Ants, crows, kites, rats, feed upon silkworms thereby causing a great loss to silk industry.

Pebrine, is a dangerous disease to silkworms and the causative organism is Nosema bombycis, a protozoan. This silkworm disease is transmitted through the egg of the mother silkworm and also through ingestion of contaminated food.

Flacherie generally occurs in the mature larvae and is caused mainly by bacteria like Streptococcus and Staphylococcus. Grasserie is a most dominant and serious viral disease.

It is caused by Bombyx mori nuclear polyhedrosis virus (BmNPV) a Baculovinis, which belongs to sub group ‘A’ of the Baculoviridae. Among the fungal diseases, white muscardine is common. This disease is caused by fungus Beauveria bassiana.

Question 26.
What is Apiculture?
Answer:
Care and management of honey bees on a commercial scale for the production of honey is called Apiculture or Bee keeping.

Question 27.
What are the types of bees?
Answer:

  1. Apis dorsata – Rock bee
  2. Apisflorea – Little bee
  3. Apisindica – Indian bee
  4. Apis mellifera – European bee
  5. Apis adamsoni – African bee

Question 28.
Comment on the social organization of honey bees?
Answer:
In honey bees, a highly organized division of labour is found. A well developed honey bee colony consists of the Queen, Drones and Workers. All the three types depend on each other for their existence. There is normally one queen, 10,000 to 30,000 workers and few hundred drones (male bees) in a colony.

Question 29.
Write a note on Queen, Worker and Drones?
Answer:
Queen:

  1. It is a functional female present in each hive.
  2. It feeds on royal jelly.
  3. Its function is to lay eggs throughout its life span.
  4. It lays about 15 lakh eggs.

Workers:

  1. Workers are sterile females and the smallest of all the bees.
  2. Each worker bee secretes royal jelly, prepares bee-bread to feed the larvae, feeds the queen, takes care of the queen and drones, secretes bee wax, builds combs, cleans and fans the bee hive.
  3. It guards the bee hive, gathers pollen, nectar, propolis and water.

Drones:

  1. Drones are the fuctional male members of the colony.
  2. The sole duty of the drone is to fertilize the virgin queen and hence called ‘king of the colony’.

Question 30.
What is nuptial flight?
Answer:
During the breeding season in winter, a unique flight taken by the queen bee followed by , several drones is called nuptial flight.

Question 31.
Explain the structure of a bee hive?
Answer:
Structure of a Bee Hive. The house of honey bee is termed as bee hive or comb. The hive consists of hexagonal cells made up of wax secreted by the abdomen of worker bees arranged in opposite rows on a common base. These hives are found hanging vertically from the rocks, building or branches of trees . The young stages of honey bees accommodate the lower and central cells of the hive called the brood cells.

In Apis dorsata, the brood cells are similar in size and shape but in other species, brood cells are of three types viz., queen cell for queens, worker cell for workers and drone cells for drones. The cells are intended for storage of honey and pollen in the upper portion of the comb whereas the lower portions are for brood rearing.

Question 32.
Explain the parts of the Langstroth bee hive?
Answer:
The Langstroth bee hive is made up of wood and consists of six parts.
(1) Stand is the basal part of the hive on which the hive is constructed. The stands are adjusted to make a slope for rain water to drain

(2) Bottom board is situated above the stand and forms the proper base for the hive. It has two gates, one gate functions as an entrance while the other acts as an exit.

(3) Brood chamber is the most important part of the hive. It is provided with 5 to 10 frames arranged one above the other through which the workers can easily pass. The frame is composed of wax sheet which is held in vertical position up by a couple of wires. Every sheet of wax is known as Comb Foundation. The comb foundation helps in obtaining a regular strong worker brood cell comb which can be used repeatedly.

(4) Super is also a chamber without cover and base. It is provided with many frames containing comb foundation to provide additional space for expansion of the hive. 5) Inner cover is a wooden piece used for covering the super with many holes for proper ventilation. 6) Top cover is meant for protecting the colonies from rains. It is covered with a sheet which is plain and sloping.

Question 33.
What is comb foundation?
Answer:
Comb foundation is a sheet of bee wax, on both sides of which the exact shape of different cells of the comb is made in advance.

Question 34.
What is the use of Bee gloves?
Answer:
Bee gloves are used by bee keepers for protecting their hands while inspecting the hives.

Question 35.
What is Bee veil?
Answer:
Bee veil is a device made of fine nettings to protect the bee-keeper from bee sting.

Question 36.
What is the use of Smoker?
Answer:
Smoker is used to scare the bees during hive maintenance and honey collection by releasing smoke.

Question 37.
What is hive tool?
Answer:
Hive Tool is a flat, narrow and long piece of iron which helps in scraping excess propolis or wax from hive parts. . .

Question 38.
What is the use of:
(a) Uncapping knife
(b) Bee brush
(c) Queen introducing cage
(d) Feeders
(e) Honey Extractor
(f) Hive Entrance Guard
Answer:
(a) Uncapping knife:
Uncapping knife is a long knife which helps in removing the cap from the combs as a first step in honey extraction.

(b) Bee Brush:
Bee brush is a large brush often employed to brush off bees from honey combs particularly at the time of extraction.

(c) Queen introducing cage:
Queen introducing cage is a pipe made of wire nets used for keeping the queen for about 24 hours for acquaintance with the hive and worker bees.

(d) Feeder:
Feeder is a basin with sugar syrup covered by grass to feed the bees during drought season. The grass prevents the bees from sinking into the syrup.

(e) Honey Extractor:
Honey Extractor is a stainless-steel device which spins the combs rapidly to extract honey.

(f) Hive Entrance Guard:
Hive Entrance Guard is a device similar to queen excluder in front of the hive entrance which prevents the escape of queen during warming season.

Question 39.
What are the products of bee keeping?
Answer:
Products of bee keeping and their economic importance. The chief products of bee keeping industry are honey and bee wax. Honey is the healthier substitute for sugar.

The major constituents of honey are: levulose, dextrose, maltose, other sugars, enzymes, pigments, ash and water. It is an aromatic sweet material derived from nectar of plants. It is a natural food, the smell and taste depends upon the pollen taken by the honey bee. It is used as an antiseptic, laxative and as a sedative.

It is generally used in Ayurvedic and Unani systems of medicine. It is also used in the preparation of cakes, breads and biscuits. Bee wax is secreted by the abdomen of the worker bees at the age of two weeks. The wax is masticated and mixed with the secretions of the cephalic glands to convert it into a plastic resinous substance.

The resinous chemical substance present in the wax is called propolis which is derived from pollen grains. The pure wax is white in colour and the yellow colour is due to the presence of carotenoid pigments. It is used for making candles, water proofing materials, polishes for floors, furniture, appliances, leather and taps. It is also used for the production of comb foundation sheets in bee keeping and used in pharmaceutical industries.

Question 40.
What is Lac culture?
Answer:
The culture of lac insect using techniques for the procurement of lac on large scale is known as Lac culture.

Question 41.
Name the insect that produces Lac?
Answer:
Tachardia lacca.

Question 42.
What is ‘swarming’?
Answer:
The mass emergence of larvae from the egg in search of a host plant is called ‘swarming’.

Question 43.
What is hyper-parasitism?
Answer:
Hyper-parasitism – A condition in which a secondary parasite develops within a previously existing parasite.

Question 44.
What is harvesting? Write on the types of lac?
Answer:
The collection of lac from the host plant is known as harvesting. Harvesting may be done before swarming (immature) or after swarming (mature). Immature harvesting produces ‘Ari lac’ whereas mature harvesting produces the mature lac. Lac cut from the host plant is called ‘Stick lac’.

The lac present on the twig is scraped and collected. After grinding, the unnecessary materials like dusts and fine particles are removed. The resultant lac is called ‘seed lac’. The seed lac is sun dried and then melted to produce ‘shellac’.

Question 45.
What is Aquaponics?
Answer:
Aquaponics is a technique which is a combination of aquaculture (growing fish)’ and hydroponics (growing plants in non-soil media and nutrient-laden water).

Question 46.
What are the methods of aquaponic gardening?
Answer:
(i) Deep water culture is otherwise known as raft based method. In this method a raft floats in water. Plants are kept in the holes of raft and the roots float in water. This method is applicable for larger commercial scale system. By this, method fast growing plants are cultivated.

(ii) Media based method involves growing plants in inert planting media like clay pellets or shales. This method is applicable for home and hobby scale system. Larger number of fruiting plants, leafy green plants, herbs and other varieties of plants can be cultivated.

(iii) Nutrient Film technique involves the passage of nutrient rich water through a narrow trough or PVC pipe. Plants are kept in the holes of the pipe to allow the roots to be in free contact with in the water stream.

(iv) Aqua vertica is otherwise known as vertical aquaponics. Plants are stacked on the top of each other in tower systems. Water flows in through the top of the tower. This method is suitable for growing leafy greens, strawberries and other crops that do not need supporting solid substratum to grow.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology img 3

Question 47.
What are the advantages of Aquaponic gardening?
Answer:
Advantages of Aquaponic gardening.
Water conservation:
No need of water discharge and recharge as the water is maintained by recycling process.

Soil:
Bottom soil may be loaded with freshwater. Microbes in water can convert the waste materials into usable forms like ammonia into nitrates which are used by the plants. Thus the soil fertility is maintained.

Pesticides:
In this system use of pesticides is avoided and hence it is eco-friendly.

Weeds:
Since the plants are cultured in confined conditions, growth of weeds is completely absent. The utilization of nutrient by plants is high in this method.

Artificial food for fishes:
In this system plant waste and decays are utilized by fishes as food. So, the need for the use of supplementary feed can be minimized.

Fertilizer usage:
Artificial or chemical fertilizers is not required for this system since the plants in the aquaponics utilize the nutrients from the fish wastes dissolved in water.

Question 48.
What are the fauna and flora cultured and cultivated in aquaponics?
Answer:
Cultivable fishes like tilapia, trout, koi, gold fish, bass etc., are cultured in aquaponics. Common cultivable plants like tomato, pepper, lettuce, cucumber, and rose are co-cultivated in this method.

Question 49.
What is aquaculture?
Answer:
Aquaculture is a branch of science that deals with the farming of aquatic organisms such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and aquatic plants.

Question 50.
What are the three types of aquaculture on the basis of the source?
Answer:
On the basis of source, aquaculture can be classified into three categories. They are

  1. Freshwater aquaculture
  2. Brackish water aquaculture
  3. Marine water aquaculture.

 

Question 51.
What is pisciculture?
Answer:
Culturing of fishes is called fish culture or pisciculture.

Question 52.
What should be the pH and salinity of freshwater used for aquaculture?
Answer:
pH of the freshwater should be around neutral and salinity below 5ppt.

Question 53.
Write a short note on Brackish water fishes?
Answer:
Brackish water fishes spend most of its life in river mouths (estuaries) back waters, mangrove swamps and coastal lagoons. Estuarine fish are more common in Bengal and Kerala. Culturing of animals in the water having salinity range 0.5 – 30 ppt are called as brackish water culture. Fishes cultured in brackish water are Milk fish (Chanos Chanos), Sea bass (‘Koduva’), Grey mullet (‘Madavai’), Pearl spots (‘Kari’meen) etc.

Question 54.
What are the varieties of marine fisheries?
Answer:
Mackerels, sardines, sharks, catfish.

Question 55.
What is Mariculture?
Answer:
Culturing of animals in the water salinity ranges from 30 – 35% is called Mariculture. Some fishes like Chanos sp, Mugil cephalus are cultured here.

Question 56.
What is Metahaline culture?
Answer:
Culturing of animals in the water salinity ranges from 36 – 40% is called Metahaline culture. Eg, Brine shrimp (Artemia salina).

Question 57.
What is Artemia?
Answer:
Artemia is commonly known as the brine shrimp. It is a crustacean and lives in high saline waters because of its high osmoregulatory capacity.

Question 58.
What are the characteristics of cultivable fishes?
Answer:
Characteristics of cultivable fishes.
The special characteristic features of cultivable fishes are:

  1. Fishes should have high growth rate in short period of culture.
  2. They should accept supplementary diet. ‘
  3. They should be hardy enough to resist some common diseases and infection of parasites.
  4. Fishes proposed for poly culture should be able to live together without interfering or attacking other fishes.
  5. They should have high conversion efficiency so that they can effectively utilize the food.

Question 59.
What are the types of cultivable fishes?
Answer:
Types of cultivable fish:
Cultivable fish are of 3 types:-

  1. Indigenous or native fresh water fishes (Major carps, Catla, Labeo, Clarias).
  2. Salt water fishes acclimatized for fresh water (Chanos, Mullet).
  3. Exotic fishes are imported from other counties (Common carps).

 

Question 60.
What are the reasons for culturing carps in India?
Answer:
Major carps have proved to be best suited for culture in India, because the carps

  1. Feed on zooplanktons and phytoplanktons, decaying weeds, debris and other aquatic plants.
  2. They can survive in turbid water with slightly higher temperature.
  3. Can tolerate O2 variations in water.
  4. Can be transported from one place to other easily.
  5. They are highly nutritive and palatable.

Question 61.
What are the external factors affecting fish culture?
Answer:
External factors affecting fish culture. The factors that affect fish culture are temperature, light rain, water, flood, water current, turbidity of water, pH hardness, salinity and dissolved O2. Light and temperature also play an important role in fish breeding.

Question 62.
What is Natural breeding of fishes?
Answer:
Natural breeding (Bundh breeding):
These are special types of ponds where natural riverine conditions or any natural water resources are managed for breeding of culturable fishes. These bundhs are constructed in large low-lying areas that can accommodate large quantity of rain water. The shallow area of such bundhs is used as spawning ground.

Question 63.
What are the advantages of composite fish farming?
Answer:
The advantages include:-

  1. All available niches are fully utilized.
  2. Compatible species do not harm each other.
  3. No competition among different species is found.
  4. Catla catla, Labeo rohita and Cirrhinus mrigala (surface feeder) are the commonly used fish species for composite fish farming.

Question 64.
What are exotic fishes?
Answer:
Exotic fishes. The fishes imported into a country for fish culture are called exotic fishes and such fish culture is known as exotic fish culture. Examples of such exotic fishes introduced in India are Cyprinus carpio and Oreochromis mossambicus.

Question 65.
What are the types of Prawn fishery?
Answer:
Types of prawn fishery

  1. Shallow water prawn fishery – located on the west coast restricted to shallow waters.
  2. Estuaries and back waters or saline lake prawn fishery – The area of production of prawns are the back waters seen along the Western coast, Ennur, Pulicat, Chilka lake and Estuaries of Ganga and Brahmaputra rivers.
  3. Freshwater prawn fishery – Prawns are caught from the rivers and lakes throughout India.
  4. Marine prawn fishery – Most of the marine prawns are caught along the Indian coast belonging to the .family Penaeidae.

 

Question 66.
What are species of Prawn distributed in water bodies?
Answer:
Species of prawn:
A number of species of prawn are distributed in water resources such as Penaeus indicus, Penaeus monodon, Metapenaeus dobsoni and Macrobrachium rosenbergii.

Question 67.
Name the genus that produces high quality pearls?
Answer:
Pinctada.

Question 68.
How is pearl formed?
Answer:
Pearl Formation:
When a foreign particle accidently enters into the space between mantle and shell of the oyster, it adheres to the mantle. The mantle epithelium encloses it like a sac and starts to secrete concentric layers of nacre around it as a defensive mechanism.

Nacre is secreted continuously by the epithelial layer of the mantle and is deposited around the foreign particle and over a period time the formation of repeated layers of calcium carbonate makes the hard and glossy pearl. When the pearl enlarges the oyster dies. The shell is then carefully opened and the pearls are manually separated and graded.

Question 69.
What are the steps of insertion of nucleus into oyster?
Answer:
Following steps are taken for the insertion of nucleus:-

a. Fitness of oyster for operation:
The selected oysters for the insertion of nucleus should be healthy and strong enough to overcome the stress during operation.

b. Preparation of graft tissues:
The piece of tissue which is inserted inside the mantle is called as ‘GRAFT’ tissue. The outer edges of these graft squares must be known because nacre secreting cells are found only on the outer surface of the mantle so it is essential to keep the outer surface in contact with the inserted nucleus.

c. Preparation of nucleus:
Any small particle may function as nucleus to initiate the pearl formation but it is reported that calcareous nucleus is the best because the deposition of nacre was found to be more on calcarious nucleus.

d. Insertion of nucleus:
For the insertion of nucleus, oysters are fixed in a desk clamp in the position of right valve facing upward. Mantle folds are smoothly touched to expose the foot and the main body mass, followed by an incision into the epithelium of the foot and a slender channel into the main mass one graft tissue which functions as a bed for the nucleus.

e. Post operation care:
Nucleated oysters are placed into cages and suspended into sea water and attached with floating rafts to a depth of 2 to 3 metres for about 6 to 7 days to recover from the shocks due to operation. This period of 6 to 7 days is known as ‘Recovery period’. About 3000 to 3600 nucleated oysters are kept in different cages suspended in sea water at 2 to 3 meters depth for 3 to 6 years and undisturbed except at the time of clearing and inspection.

f. Harvesting of pearl:
Pearls are harvested in the month of December to February which may slightly vary according to climatic conditions. After the completion of 3 years of the insertion of nucleus, pearl oysters are harvested from the sea and the pearls are taken out from the shell.

g. Clearing of pearls:
After taking out the pearls from the oysters shell they are washed properly, cleared with the soap solution.

Question 70.
What is the composition of pearl?
Answer:
Composition of pearl:
Pearl comprises of water, organic matter, calcium carbonate and the residue.

  1. Water: 2-4%
  2. Organic matter: 3.5-5.9%
  3. Calcium carbonate: 90% and
  4. Residue: 0.1-0.8% carbonate: 90%

Question 71.
What is Animal husbandry?
Answer:
Animal husbandry is the practice of breeding and raising livestock cattles like cows, buffaloes, and goats and birds etc. that are useful to human beings.

Question 72.
What are the objectives of animal breeding?
Answer:
Objectives of Animal breeding

  1. To improve growth rate.
  2. Enhancing the production of milk, meat, eggs etc.,
  3. Increasing the quality of the animal products.
  4. Improved resistance to diseases.
  5. Increased reproductive rate.

 

Question 73.
What are the methods of animal breeding?
Answer:
Methods of Animal breeding:
There are two methods of animal breeding, namely inbreeding and outbreeding:

1. Inbreeding:
Breeding between animals of the same breed for 4-6 generations is called inbreeding. Inbreeding increases homozygosity and exposes the harmful recessive genes.

Continuous inbreeding reduces fertility and even productivity, resulting in “inbreeding depression”. This can be avoided by breeding selected animals of the breeding population and they should be mated with superior animals of the same breed but unrelated to the breeding population. It helps to restore fertility and yield.

2. Outbreeding:
The breeding between unrelated animals is called outbreeding. Individuals produced do not have common ancestors for 4-6 generations.

Outbreeding helps to produce new and favourable traits, to produce hybrids, with superior qualities and helps to create new breeds. New and favourable genes can be introduced into a population through outbreeding.

Question 74.
What is Out crossing?
Answer:
Out crossing:
It is the breeding between unrelated animals of the same breed but having no common ancestry. The offspring of such a cross is called outcross. This method is suitable for breeding animals below average in productivity.

Question 75.
What is Cross breeding?
Answer:
Cross breeding:
Breeding between a superior male of one breed with a superior female of another breed. The cross bred progeny has superior traits (hybrid vigour or heterosis.).

Question 76.
What is Interspecific hybridization?
Answer:
Interspecific hybridization. In this method of breeding mating is between male and female of two different species. The progeny obtained from such crosses are different from their parents, and may possess the desirable traits of the parents.

Question 77.
What is Artificial insemination?
Answer:
Artificial insemination. Artificial insemination is a technique in which the semen collected from the male is injected to the reproductive tract of the selected female.

Question 78.
Explain the Multiple Ovulation Embryo Transfer (MOET)?
Answer:
Multiple ovulation embryo transfer technology (MOET). It is another method of propagation of animals with desirable traits. This method is applied when the success rate of crossing is low even after artificial insemination. In this method Follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) is administered to cows for inducing follicular maturation and super ovulation. Instead of one egg per cycle, 6-8 eggs can be produced by this technology.

The eggs are carefully recovered non-surgically from the genetic mother and fertilized artificially. The embryos at 8-32 celled stages are recovered and transferred to a surrogate mother. For another round of ovulation, the same genetic mother is utilized. This technology can be applied to cattle, sheep and buffaloes. Advantage of this technology is to produce high milk yielding females and high-quality meat yielding bulls in a short time.

Question 79.
What is Dairying and Dairy Operation?
Answer:
Dairying is the production and marketing of milk and its products. Dairy operation consists of proper maintenance of cattle, the collection and processing of milk and its by-products.

Question 80.
What are the groups of cattle?
Answer:
(I) Dairy breeds or Milch breeds:
They are high milk yielders with extended lactation. Eg., Sindhi, Gir, Sahiwal, Jersy, Brown Swiss, Holstein cattle.

(II) Draught purpose breeds:
Bullocks are good for draught purpose. Eg. Kangayam, Malvi.

(III) Dual Purpose breeds:
Cows are meant for yielding more milk and bullocks are used for better drought purpose Eg. Ongole, Hariana.

Question 81.
Distinguish between a healthy cattle and ill cattle?
Answer:

S.No

Healthy Cattle

Ill Cattle

1. A healthy cattle eats, drinks and sleeps well regularly. An ill cattle does not eat, drink and sleep properly.
2. It appears bright, alert and active in their movement with a shiny coat. An ill cattle appears dull, has a restless and changes posture frequently with drop in milk yield.

Question 82.
Name the main diseases of dairy cattle?
Answer:
Rinderpest, foot and mouth disease, cow pox, hemorrhagic fever, anthrax.

Question 83.
Write a note on milk products?
Answer:
Milk products:
Milk is produced by dairy animals which is an emulsion of fat and lactose. Milk also contains enzymes which are destroyed during pasteurization.

Milk is a rich source of vitamin A, B„ Bp and deficient in Vitamin C. Due to its high nutrition value, it serves as a . complete food for infants. Dairy products such as yoghurt, cheese, butter, ice cream, condensed milk, curd, and milk powder processed from milk make dairy, a highly farming attraction.

Question 84.
Write on the nutritive value of meat?
Answer:
Meat:
Meat is rich in protein and also contains many minerals like iron, zinc, vitamins and selenium. It also contains vitamins needed for human diet.

Question 85.
What is Poultry Farming?
Answer:
Poultry Farming refers to the rearing and propagation of avian species such as chicken, ducks, turkeys, geese, quail and guinea fowls.

Question 86.
Write on the chicken breeds of egg layers?
Answer:
Egg layers:
These are farmed mainly for the production of egg.

Leghorn:
This is the most popular commercial breed in India and originated from Italy. They are small, compact with a single comb and wattles with white, brown or black colour. They mature early and begin to lay eggs at the age of 5 or 6 months. Hence these are preferred in commercial farms. They can also thrive well in dry areas.

Chittagong:
It is the breed chiefly found in West Bengal. They are golden or light yellow coloured. The beak is long and yellow in colour. Ear lobes and wattles are small and red in colour. They are good egg layers and are delicious.

Question 87.
W-ite on the Broiler breed?
Answer:
Bioiler type:
These are well known for fast growth and soft quality meat.

White Plymouth rock:
They have white plumage throughout the body. It is commonly used in troiler production. This is an American breed. It is a fast growing breed and well suitable for growing intensively in confined farms.

Question 88.
What are Dual purpose chicken breeds?
Answer:
Dual purpose breeds:
These are for both meat and egg production purpose.

Brahma:
It is a breed popularly known for its massive body having heavy bones, well feathered and proportionate body. Pea comb is one of the important breed characters. It has two common varieties namely, Light Brahma and Dark Brahma.

Question 89.
Write a short note on Game breeds?
Answer:
(I) Game breeds:
Since ancient times, special breed of roosters have been used for the sport of cockfighting.

(II) Aseel:
This breed is white or black in colour. The hens are not good egg layers but are good in incubation of eggs. It is found in all states of India. Aseel is noted for its pugnacity, high stamina, and majestic gait and dogged fighting qualities. Although poor in productivity, this breed is well-known for their meat qualities.

Question 90.
Write a short note on Ornamental chicken breeds?
Answer:
Ornamental breeds:
Ornamental chicken are reared as pets in addition to their use for egg production and meat.

Silkie:
It is a breed of chicken having a typical fluffy plumage, which is said to feel like silk and satin. The breed has numerous additional special characters, such as black skin and bones, blue earlobes, and five toes on each foot, while the majority chickens only have four. They are exhibited in poultry .shows, and come out in various colours. Silkies are well recognized for their calm, friendly temperament. Silkie chicken is especially simple to maintain as pets.

Question 91.
What are the types of Poultry farming?
Answer:
Types of Poultry farming:
There are different methods used to rear both broiler and layer chicken. The types of poultry farming are Free range farming, Organic method, Yarding method, Battery cage method and Furnished cage method. Among these, Battery cage method is widely used in large scale poultry farms. The Free range, Organic and Yarding methods are eco-friendly and the eggs produced by such farming practices are preferred in the market.

Question 92.
What are the stages involved in rearing of chicken?
Answer:
Stages involved in rearing:
There are some steps involved in rearing of chicken:-

1. Selection of the best layer:
An active intelligent looking bird, with a bright comb, not obese should be selected.

2. Selection of eggs for hatching: Eggs should be selected very carefully. Eggs should be fertile, medium sized, dark brown shelled and freshly laid eggs are preferred for rearing. Eggs should be washed, cleaned and dried.

3. Incubation and hatching:
The maintenance of newly laid eggs in optimum condition till hatching is called incubation. The fully developed chick emerges out of egg after an incubation period of 21 – 22 days.

There are two types of incubation namely natural incubation and artificial incubation. In the natural incubation method, only a limited number of eggs can be incubated by a mother hen. In artificial incubation, more number of eggs can be incubated in a chamber (Incubator).

3. Brooding:
Caring and management of young chicks for 4 – 6 weeks immediately after hatching is called brooding. It can also be categorized into two types namely natural and artificial brooding.

4. Housing of Poultry:
To protect the poultry from sun, rain and predators, it is necessary to provide housing to poultry. Poultry house should be moisture-proof, rat proof and it should be easily cleanable and durable.

5. Poultry feeding:
The diet of chicks should contain adequate amount of water, carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins and minerals.

Question 93.
What are poultry products?
Answer:
Eggs and meat.

Question 94.
What are poultry byproducts?
Answer:
A number of poultry byproducts like blood-meal, feather meal, poultry byproduct meal and hatchery by-product meal are used as good sources of nutrients for meat producing animals and poultry. These byproducts supply proteins, fats, vitamins and good amount of minerals.

Question 95.
Name Poultry diseases?
Answer:
Poultry diseases:
Ranikhet, Coccidiosis and Fowl pox are some common poultry diseases.

Question 96.
What are the benefits of Poultry farming?
Answer:
Benefits of Poultry farming are:

  1. It does not require high capital for construction and maintenance of the poultry farming.
  2. It does not require a big space.
  3. It ensures high return of investment within a very short period of time.
  4. It provides fresh and nutritious food and has a huge global demand.
  5. It provides employment opportunities for the people.

 

Question 97.
What are the native and exotic duck breeds?
Answer:

  1. Native Breeds – Indian Runner, Syhlet meta.
  2. Exotic Breeds – Muscori, Pekin, Aylesbury, Campbell.

Question 98.
What are the types of duck breeds?
Answer:
There are three types of ducks depending on the purpose for which it is formed. They are meat productive duck breeds, egg productive duck breeds, and breeds for both meat and egg production.

Question 99.
What are the advantages of duck farming?
Answer:
Advantages of duck farming:
They can be reared in small backyards where water is available and needs less care and management as they are very hardy. They can adapt themselves to all types of environmental conditions and are bred for feed efficiency, growth rate and resistance to diseases.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 12 Trends in Economic Zoology textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Chemical Coordination and Integration Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Textbook Evaluation Solved
Choose The Correct Answer
Question 1.
The maintenance of constant internal environment is referred as .
(a) Regulation
(b) Homeostasis
(c) Co-ordination
(d) Hormonal control
Answer:
(b) Homeostasis

Question 2.
Which of the following are exclusive endocrine glands?
(a) Thymus and testis
(b) Adrenal and ovary
(c) Parathyroid and adrenal
(d) Pancreas and parathyroid
Answer:
(c) Parathyroid and adrenal

Question 3.
Which of the following hormone is not secreted under the influence of pituitary gland?
(a) Thyroxine
(b) Insulin
(c) Oestrogen
(d) Glucocorticoids
Answer:
(A) Insulin

Question 4.
Spermatogenesis in mammalian testes is controlled by?
(a) Luteinising hormone
(b) Follicle stimulating hormone
(c) FSH and prolactin
(d) GH and prolactin
Answer:
(A) Follicle stimulating hormone

Question 5.
Serum calcium level is regulated by?
(a) Thyroxine
(b) FSH
(c) Pancreas Assertion is true, but Reason is false
(d) Thyroid and parathyroid
Answer:
(d) Thyroid and parathyroid

Question 6.
Iodised salt is essential to prevent?
(a) Rickets
(b) Scurvy
(c) Goitre
(d) Acromegaly
Answer:
(c) Goitre

Question 7.
Which of the following gland is related with immunity?
(a) Pineal gland
(b) Adrenal gland
(c) Thymus
(d) Parathyroid gland
Answer:
(c) Thymus

Question 8.
Which of the following statement about sex hormones is correct?
(a) Testosterone is produced by Leydig cells under the influence of luteinizing hormone
(b) Progesterone is secreted by corpus luteum and softens pelvic ligaments during child birth
(c) Oestrogen is secreted by both sertoli cells and corpus luteum
(d) Progesterone produced by corpus luteum is biologically different from the one produced by placenta.
Answer:
(a) Testosterone is produced by Leydig cells under the influence of luteinizing hormone

Question 9.
Hypersecretion of GH in children leads to
(a) Cretinism
(b) Gigantism
(c) Graves disease
(d) Tetany
Answer:
(b) Gigantism

Question 10.
A pregnant female delivers a baby who suffers from stunted growth, mental retardation, low intelligence quotient and abnormal skin.This is the result of …………….
(a) Low secretion of growth hormone
(b) Cancer of the thyroid gland
(c) Over secretion of pars distalis
(d) Deficiency of iodine in diet.
Answer:
(b) Cancer of the thyroid gland

Question 11.
The structure which connects the hypothalamus with anterior lobe of pituitary gland is the
(a) Dendrites of neuro hypophysis
(b) Axons of neurohypophysis
(c) Bands of white fibers from cerebellar region
(d) Hypophysial portal system
Answer:
(b) Axons of neurohypophysis

Question 12.
Comment on homeostasis?
Answer:
Homeostasis: Maintenance of constant internal environment of the body by the different coordinating system. ‘

Question 13.
Which one of the following statement is correct
(a) Calcitonin and thymosin are thyroid hormones
(b) Pepsin and prolactin are selected in stomach
(c) Secretin and rhodopsin are polypeptide hormones
(d) Cortisol and aldosterone are steroid hormones
Answer:
(d) Cortisol and aldosterone are steroid hormones .

Question 14.
Which of the given option shows all wrong statement for thyroid gland Statements
(i) It inhibits process of RBC formation
(ii) It hepls in maintenance of water and electrolytes
(iii) Its more secretion can reduce blood pressure
(iv) It stimulates osteoblast
(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (iii) and (iv)
(c) (i) and (iv)
(d) (i) and (iii)
Answer:
(c) (i) and (iv)

Question 15.
Hormones are known as chemical messenger? Justify?
Answer:
Hormones are released into the blood stream and circulated as chemical signals. These act specifically on certain organs or tissues called target organs or tissues. These speed up or slow down or alter the activity of target tissues or organs. Hence they are known as chemaical messengers.

Question 16.
Write the role of oestrogen in ovulation?
Answer:
Oestrogen is the ovarian hormone secreted during the proliferation phase of menstrual cycle from the 6th day to 14th day of the cycle. On 14th day of the cycle, under the influence of uteinizing hormone, ovum is released from the graffian follicles. This process is known as ovulation.

Question 17.
Comment on Acini of thyroid gland?
Answer:
Thyroid gland is a bilobed endocrine gland. Each lobe is made up of many lobules. The lobules consist of follicles called acini. Each acinus is lined with glandular, cuboidal or squamous epithelial cells. The lumen of acinus is filled with colloid, a thick glycoprotein mixture consisting of thyroglobulin molecules.

Question 18.
Write the causes for diabetes mellitus and diabetes insipids?
Answer:
Diabetes mellitus is caused due to reduced secretion of insulin. As a result, blood glucose level is elevated. Diabetes insipidus is caused due to under secretion of ADH or vasopression. As a result, reabsorption of water gets affected and hende large amount of urine is produced.

Question 19.
Specify the symptoms of acromegaly?
Answer:
Acromegaly is caused due to excessive secretion of growth hormone in adults. The symptoms of acromegaly are overgrowth of hand bones, feet bones, jaw bones malfunctioning of gonads. enlargement of viscera, tongue, lungs, heart, liver, splean and endocrine glands like thyroid, or adrenal glands.

Question 20.
Write the symptoms of cretinism?
Answer:
Cretinism is caused due to hypothyroidism in infants. A cretin child shows the following symptoms:-

  1. Retarded skeletal growth.
  2. Absence of sexual maturity
  3. Retarded mental ability
  4. Thick and short limbs
  5. Thick wrinkled skin
  6. Bloated face
  7. Protruded enlarged tongue
  8. Low BMR, slow pulse rate,subnormal body temperature and elevated blood cholesterol levels

 

Question 21.
Briefly explain the structure of thyroid gland?
Answer:
The thyroid gland is butterfly shaped, bilobed situated below the larynx on each side of the upper trachea. The two lobes are connected by a median tissue mass called isthmus. Each lobe is made up of many lobules. The lobules consist of follicles called acini. Each acinus is lined with glandular, cuboidal or squamous epithelial cells.

The lumen of acini is filled with colloid, a thick glycoprotein mixture consisting of thyroglobulin molecules. The thyroid gland secretes Tri-iodothyronine (T,) and tetra-iodothyronine (T4) or thyroxine hormones. These are concerned with metabolism.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration img 1

Question 22.
Name the layers of adrenal cortex and mention their secretions?
Answer:
A pair of adrenal glands are located at the anterior end of the kidneys. Elence, they are called suprarenal glands.The outer region is called cortex and the inner region is medulla. The adrenal cortex has three distinct zones,

  1. Zona Glomerulosa
  2. Zona fasciculata
  3. Zona reticularis

1. Zona Glomerulosa:

  • It is the outer thin layer. It constitutes about 15% of the cortex.
  • It secretes mineralocorticoids.

2. Zona fasciculata:

  • It is the middle wide layer constituting about 15% of adrenal cortex.
  • It secretes glucocorticoids such as cortisol, corticosterone and trace amounts of adrenal androgen and oestrogen.

3. Zona reticularis:

  • It is the inner zone of adrenal cortex.
  • It constitutes about 10% of adrenal cortex.
  • It constitutes about 10% of adrenal cortex.
  • It secretes the adrenal androgen, trace amount of oestrogen and glucocorticoids.

Question 23.
Differentiate hyperglycemia from hypoglycemia?
Answer:

Hyperglycemia

Hypoglycemia

1. Elevation in the blood sugar level is called hyperglycemia 1. Decrease in the blood sugar level is called hypoglycemia.
2. This happens due to reduced secretion of insulin. 2. This happens due to increased secretion of insulin.

 

Question 24.
Write the functions of CCK?
Answer:
CholecystokininCholecystokinin is secreted by duodenum in response to the presence of fat and acid in the diet. It acts on the gall bladder to release bile into duodenum and stimulates the secretion of pancreatic enzymes and its discharge.

Question 25.
Growth hormone is important for normal growth. Justify the statement?
Answer:
Growth hormone promotes growth of all the tissues and metabolic process of the body. It influences the metabolism of carbohydrate, proteins and lipids. It increases the rate of protein biosynthesis in the cells.

It stimulates chondrogenesis (cartilage formation), osteogenesis (bone formation) and helps in the retention of minerals like nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus, sodium etc in the body. It increases the release of fatty acid from adipose tissue and decreases the rate of glucose utilization for energy by the cells. The hyposecretion of growth hormones causes dwarfism in children.

Question 26.
Pineal gland is an endocrine gland, write its role?
Answer:
The pineal gland or epiphysis cerebri or conarium is located behind the third ventricle of brain. It is formed of paranchymal cells and interstitial cells. It secretes the hormone, melatonin.

It plays a central role in the regulation of circadian rhythm of our body and maintains normal sleep wake cycle. It also regulates the timing of sexual maturation of gonads. It also influences metabolism, pigmentation, menstrual cycle and defence mechanism of our body.

Question 27.
Comment on the functions of adrenalin?
Answer:
Adrenalin increases liver glycogen breakdown into glucose and increases the release of fatty acids from fat cells. During emergency, it increases heart beat rate and blood pressure.lt stimulates the smooth muscles of cutaneous and visceral arteries to decrease blood flow. It increases blood flow to the skeletal muscles and nervous tissue.

Question 28.
Predict the effects of removal of pancreas from the human body?
Answer:
Pancreas is both exocrine and endocrine gland. It is located just below the stomach as a leaf like structure. It secretes digestive enzymes and hormones like insulin and glucogon.

The digestive enzymes digest carbohydrates, proteins and fats. Insulin and glucose regulate blood sugar level. If pancreas is removed from the body, digestion and main’taince of blood sugar level gets afftected.

Question 29.
Enumerate the role of kidney as an endocrine gland?
Answer:
Kidney has endocrine tissues which act as partial endocrine gland. It secretes renin, erythropoietin and calcitripl. Renin is secreted by juxta glomerular cells. It increases blood pressure when angiotensin is formed in blood.

Erythropoietin is also secreted by the juxta glomerular cells of the kidney and stimulates erythropoieis in bone marrow. Calcitriol is secreted by proximal tubes of nephrons. It is an active form of vitamin D3 which promotes calcium and phosphorus absorption from intestine and accelerates bone formation.

Question 30.
Write a detailed account of gastro intestinal tract hormones?
Answer:
Group of specialized endocrine cells present in gastro-intestial tract secretes hormones such as gastrin, cholecystokinin (CCK), secretin and gastric inhibitory peptides (GIP). Gastrin acts on the gastric glands and stimulates the secretion of HC1 and pepsinogen.

Cholecystokinin (CCK) is secreted by duodenum in response to the presence of fat and acid in the diet. It acts on the gall bladder to release bile into duodenum and stimulates the secretion of pancreatic enzymes and its discharge. Secretin acts on acini cells of pancreas to secrete bicarbonate ions and water to neutralize the acidity. Gastric inhibitory peptide (GIP) inhibits gastric secretion and motility.

In Text Questions Solved

Question 1.
Pituitary gland is located in a depression in the sphenoid bone of skull below the brain, so is also called hypothalamus cerebri. Discuss the following:
(a) Pituitary gland is commonly called “master gland” of the body?
(b) Discuss the role of hypothalamus and pituitary as a coordinated unit in maintaining physiological processes?
(c) How does the posterior lobe of pituitary help in osmoregulation?
Answer:
(a) Pituitary gland is commonly called “master gland” of the body because it regulates the activity of other endocrine glands such as adrenal gland, thyroid gland, testis and ovary.

(b) The hypothalamus sends signals to the pituitary gland to release or inhibit pituitary hormone releasing factor production thus maintaining Homeostasis of the body.

(c) The posterior lobe of pituitary helps in osmoregulation by secreting the hormones namely vasopressin and oxytocin which increases tubular reabsorption of water in the nephrons.

Question 2.
Endocrine glands control and coordinate the body functions through secreting certain chemical messengers called hormones. Due to certain physiological reasons, the blood glucose level of an otherwise normal person?
(a) Give the possible cause for the increases in blood glucose level?
(b) What is the chemical nature of this hormone? Discuss its role in the body?
(c) How can this condition be reversed?
Answer:
(a) Stress and anxiety could have been the possible causes for the sudden increase in blood glucose level.

(b) Insulin is a polypeptide hormone. Insulin is secreted by the Islets of Langerhans of pancreas. It helps in converting glucose into glycogen or fat and allowing-oxidation of glucose inside the cells. Thus, insulin helps maintain the blood sugar level.

(c) This condition can be reversed by relaxing and taking a walk.

Question 3.
Identify the peaks of FSH, LH, Oestrogen and Progesterone hormones through out the menstrual cycle?
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration img 2

Oestrogen, FSH are in the peak during the follicular phase (6 -13 days) of menstruation. LH is at the peak during ovulation that is on the 14th day of menstrual cycle. Progesterone is at the peak in the luteal phase of menstruation (14 – 28 days).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Chemical Coordination and Integration Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which of the following is not related to hormones?
(a) They are secreted by ductless glands
(b) They act on the target
(c) They act as chemical messengers
(d) They play an important role in disgestion
Answer:
(d) They play an important role in disgestion

Question 2.
Which of the following is a partial endocrine?
(a) Thymus gland
(b) Pineal gland
(c) Gonads
(d) Parathyroid gland
Answer:
(c) Gonads

Question 3.
Which of the following is the function of Growth Hormone?
(a) It increases blood pressure
(b) It influences the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids
(c) It stimulates melanin synthesis in melanocytes
(d) It promotes reabsorption of water by nephrons
Answer:
(b) It influences the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids

Question 4.
Which of the following stimulates milk secretion after the child birth in females?
(a) Luteotropic hormone
(b) Luteinizing hormone
(c) Follicle stimulating hormone
(d) Somatotropin
Answer:
(a) Luteotropic hormone

Question 5.
Which of the following is the reason for calling vasopressin as the anti Jiuretic hormone?
(a) It promotes dilution of urine
(b) It reduces dilution of urine
(c) It increases blood pressure
(d) It constricts blood vessels
Answer:
(b) It reduces dilution of urine

Question 6.
A person is unable to sleep normally. He may not get proper secretion of?
(a) Thyroxine
(b) Vasopression
(c) Melatonin
(d) Oxytocin
Answer:
(c) Melatonin

Question 7.
Why is parathormone called hypercalcemic hormone?
(a) It decreases blood calcium level
(b) It increases blood potassium level
(c) It increases blood calcium level
(d) It decreases blood potassium level
Answer:
(b) It increases blood potassium level

Question 8.
Which of the following is not the function of cortisol?
(a) It produces anti inflammatory reactions
(b) It stimulates RBC production
(c) It supresses the immune response
(d) It regulates water and electrolyte balance of the body
Answer:
(d) It regulates water and electrolyte balance of the body

Question 9.
Which adrenal hormone is concerned with maintaining electrolytes, osmotic pressure and blood pressure?
(a) Cortisol
(b) Glucocorticoids
(c) Aldosterone
(d) Adrenalin
Answer:
(c) Aldosterone

Question 10.
Which of the following hormones prepares the body for meeting emergency situations?
(a) Aderenalin and noradrenalin
(b) Glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids
(c) Cortisol and Aldosterone
(d) Glucocorticoids and corticosterone
Answer:
(a) Aderenalin and noradrenalin

Question 11.
Which of the following is the function of insulin?
(a) It promotes Glycogenolysis
(b) It increases the uptake of glucose into the body cells
(c) It promotes gluconeogenesis
(d) It reduces the cellular uptake and utilization of glucose
Answer:
(b) It increases the uptake of glucose into the body cells

Question 12.
Which of the following is the functiion of Glucogon?
(a) It increases the cellular utilization of glycogen into glucose
(b) It promotes the breakdown of glycogen into glucose
(c) It inhibits the breakdown of glycogen into glucose
(d) It inhibits the production of glucose from non-carbohydrate sources
Answer:
(b) It promotes the breakdown of glycogen into glucose

Question 13.
Which of the following promotes the appearance of secondary sexual characters in male and female respectively?
(a) Testosterone and progesterone
(b) Progesterone and testosterone
(c) Testosterone and oestrogen
(d) Oestrogen and testosterone
Answer:
(c) Testosterone and oestrogen

Question 14.
Which of the following is not the function of progesterone?
(a) Implantation of zygote in the uterus
(b) Decreasing the contraction of uterus
(c) Formation of placenta
(d) Maturation of reproductive organs
Answer:
(d) Maturation of reproductive organs

Question 15.
Which of the following hormone is secreted by proximal tubules of nephron?
(a) Renin
(b) Calcitriol
(c) Erythropoietin
(d) Cholecystokinin
Answer:
(b) Calcitriol

Question 16.
A person attains a maximum of 4 feet height. What could be the reason for this?
(a) Hypersecretion of somatotropic hormone
(b) Hypersecretion of ACTH
(c) Hyposecretion of TSH
(d) Hyposecretion of somatotropic hormone
Answer:
(d) Hyposecretion of somatotropic hormone

Question 17.
An excessive secretion of growth hormone in adults lead to ……………….
(a) Gigantism
(b) Dwarfism
(c) Acromegaly
(d) Cretinism
Answer:
(c) Acromegaly

Question 18.
Why does cretenism occur?
(a) Hypothyroidism in adults
(b) Hypothyroidism in infants
(c) Hyperthroidism in adults
(d) lower level of iodine in blood
Answer:
(b) Hypothyroidism in infants

Question 19.
Increased heartbeat, high BP and protrusion of eyeball are the characteristics of …………….
(a) Endemic goitre
(b) Tetany
(c) Myxodema
(d) Grave’s disease
Answer:
(d) Grave’s disease

Question 20.
Hypocalcemia occures due to?
(a) Hypersecretion of parathyroid hormone
(b) Hyposecretion of parathyroid hormone
(c) Hypersecretion of cortisol
(d) Hyposecretion of cortisol
Answer:
(b) Hyposecretion of parathyroid hormone

Question 21.
Demineralization occurs due to?
(a) Hypoparathyroidism
(b) Hypothyroidism
(c) Hyperthyroidism
(d) Hyperparathyroidism
Answer:
(d) Hyperparathyroidism

Question 22.
Hyper pigmentation of skin and low metabolic rate are the symptoms of …………………..
(a) Cushing’s syndrome
(b) Addison’s disease
(c) Grave’s disease
(d) Gull’s disease
Answer:
(b) Addison’s disease

Question 23.
Excess secretion of cortisol leads to
(a) Addison’s disease
(b) Grave’s disease
(c) Cushing’s syndrome
(d) Gull’s diesease
Answer:
(c) Cushing’s syndrome

Question 24.
In Type I diabetes ………………
(a) Insulin is produced in sufficient quantity
(b) Insulin resistance occurs
(c) Insulin is produced more
(d) Insulin is not produced
Answer:
(d) Insulin is not produced

Question 25.
Excessive intake of food in diabetes is called as …………………..
(a) Polydipsia
(b) Polyurea
(c) Polyphagia
(d) Ketosis
Answer:
(c) Polyphagia

Question 26.
The hyposecretion of vasopressin results in …………….. ?
(a) Diabetes mellitus
(b) Diabetes insipidus
(c) Ketosis
(d) Hyperglycemia
Answer:
(b) Diabetes insipidus

Question 27.
What does peptide hormone do as it cannot cross the phospholipid cell membrane?
(a) It combines with cAMP
(b) It binds to the receptors on the exterior cell surface
(c) It combines with steroids
(d) It combines with adenylate cyclases
Answer:
(a) It binds to the receptors on the exterior cell surface

Question 28.
In case of steroids hormones, dimer of receptor-hormone complex is formed. What does it do then?
(a) It binds with golgi complex
(b) It binds with tRNA
(c) It binds with mRNA
(d) It binds with DNA
Answer:
(d) It binds with DNA

II. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
The hormones are converted into inactive compounds by the …………………….. and excreted by the ……………………..
Answer:
(liver, kidneys )

Question 2.
Hormones act as …………………….. to perform specific functions in the target organs.
Answer:
( organic catalysts / coenzymes )

Question 3.
The pituitary gland is controlled by the ……………………..
Answer:
(hypothalamus)

Question 4.
Hypothalamus produces …………………….. which regulate the secretions of the pituitary gland.
Answer:
(neurotransmitters)

Question 5.
The pituitary gland is located in the bony cavity of the sphenoid bone called ……………………..
Answer:
( sella turcica)

Question 6.
The pituitary gland is connected to the hypothalamus by a stalk called ……………………..
Answer:
(infundibulum)

Question 7.
The anterior lobe of the pituitary gland originates from the embriyonic invagination of pharyngeal epithelium called ……………………..
Answer:
(Rathke’s pouch)

Question 8.
…………………….. decreases the rate of glucose
Answer:
(Growth Hormone)

Question 9.
ACT4 stimulates melanin synthesis in ……………………..
Answer:
(Melanocytes)

Question 10.
LH is also known as ……………………..
Answer:
(Interstitial cell stimulating Hormone)

Question 11.
FSH and LH are collectively referred as ……………………..
Answer:
(gonadotropins)

Question 12.
High prolactin secretion during lactation supresses LH secretion and ……………………..
Answer:
(ovulation)

Question 13.
…………………….. promotes reabsorption of water and electrolytes by distal tubules of nephron.
Answer:
(ADH / vasopressin )

Question 14.
…………………….. stimulates ejection of milk from the mammary glands.
Answer:
(oxytocin)

Question 15.
The pineal gland secretes …………………….. which plays a central role in the regulation of circadian rhythm of our body.
Answer:
(melatonin)

Question 16.
The two lateral lobes of thyroid gland are connectd by a median tissue mass called ……………………..
Answer:
(isthmus)

Question 17.
…………………….. gland produces ‘T’ lymphocytes which provides cell mediated immunity.
Answer:
(Thymus)

Question 18.
…………………….. produces anti inflammatory reactions and suppresses the immune response.
Answer:
(cortisol)

Question 19.
…………………….. increases the breakdown of liver glycogen into glucose
Answer:
(Adrenalin)

Question 20.
Both adrenalin and nor adrenalin are ……………………..
Answer:
(catecholamines)

Question 21.
…………………….. stimulates the reabsorption of sodium and water.
Answer:
(Aldosterone)

Question 22.
The beta cells of islets of langerhans secrete ……………………..
Answer:
(Insulin)

Question 23.
The alpha cells of islets of langerhans secrete ……………………..
Answer:
(glucagon)

Question 24.
The delta cells of islets of langerhans secrete ……………………..
Answer:
(somatostatin)

Question 25.
Insulin inhibits the breakdown of …………………….. into glucose.
Answer:
(glycogen)

Question 26.
…………………….. is called a hypoglycemic hormone.
Answer:
(Insulin)

Question 27.
…………………….. promotes the breakdown of glycogen into glucose.
Answer:
(Glucogon)

Question 28.
The breakdown of glucose is called ……………………..
Answer:
(glycogenolysis)

Question 29.
The synthesis of glucose from non – carbohydrate molecules is called ……………………..
Answer:
(gluconeolysis)

Question 30.
…………………….. reduces the cellular update and utilization of glucose.
Answer:
(Glugocon)

Question 31.
…………………….. is called a hyperglycemic hormone.
Answer:
(Glucogon)

Question 32.
The …………………….. cells of testes secrete male sex hormone.
Answer:
(Leydig)

Question 33.
…………………….. is reposible for development of secondary sexual charactes of female.
Answer:
(Oestrogen)

Question 34.
…………………….. prepares the uterus for implantation of the fertilized ovum.
Answer:
(Progesterone)

Question 35.
…………………….. on the atrial wall secretes atrial natriuretic factor to reduce the blood pressure .
Answer:
(cardiocytes)

Question 36.
…………………….. increases blood pressure when angiotension is formed in blood.
Answer:
(Renin)

Question 37.
stimulates the erythyropoiesis in bone marrow.
Answer:
(Erythropoietin)

Question 38.
…………………….. is the hormone secreted by proximal tubules of nephron which promotes calcium and phosphorus absorption from intestine.
Answer:
(Calcitriol)

Question 39.
…………………….. stimulates the secretion of HCl and pepsinogen.
Answer:
(Gastrin)

Question 40.
…………………….. stimulates the release of bile into duodenum and secretion of panereatic enzymes.
Answer:
(Cholecystokinin)

Question 41.
…………………….. acts on acini cells of pancreas to secrete bicarbonate ions and water to neutralise the acidity.
Answer:
(secretin)

Question 42.
…………………….. is caused due to hyposecretion of growth hormone in children.
Answer:
(dwarfism)

Question 43.
…………………….. is caused due to hypersecretion of growth hormone in childre.
Answer:
(Gigantism)

Question 44.
…………………….. is caused due to excessive secretion of growth hormone in adults.
Answer:
(Acromegaly)

Question 45.
The hypothyroidism in children causes ……………………..
Answer:
(cretinism)

Question 46.
The hyposecretion of thyriod in adults causes ……………………..
Answer:
(Myxodema)

Question 47.
Myxodema is otherwise called ……………………..
Answer:
(Gull’s disease)

Question 48.
The hypersecretion of thyriod gland causes as ……………………..
Answer:
(exopthalmic goitre)

Question 49.
The hyposecretion of parathyroid hormone causes ……………………..
Answer:
(Tetany)

Question 50.
The exophthalmic goitre is called as ……………………..
Answer:
(Grave’s disease / thyrotoxicosis)

Question 51.
Due to hyposecretion of parathyroid hormone serum …………………….. level decreases.
Answer:
(calcium)

Question 52.
Demineralisation is caused due to ……………………..
Answer:
(hyperparathyroidism)

Question 53.
…………………….. is caused due to hyposecretion of glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids from the adrenal cortex.
Answer:
(Addison’s disease)

Question 54.
The hypersecretion of cortisol causes ……………………..
Answer:
(Cushing’s syndrome)

Question 55.
Type II diabetes is caused due to ……………………..
Answer:
(insulin resistance)

Question 56.
Type I diabetes is ……………………..
Answer:
(insulin dependent)

III. Answer The Following Questions

Question 1.
Distinguish between Exocrine glands and Endocrine glands?
Answer:

Exocrine

Endocrine glands

1. Exocrine glands have ducts to carry their secretions. 1. Endocrine gland do not have ducts to carry their secretions. They are directly released into the blood. Hence these are called ductless glands.
2. These are concerned with digestion and other functions. 2. These are concerned with growth, puberty, metabalosim and maintenance of homeostasis.
3. eg. liver, teargland, mammary gland. 3. eg. pituitary gland, thyroid gland.

 

Question 2.
Why is hypothalamus considered as neuro endocrine gland?
Answer:
The hypothalamus alone with its neural function produces hormones. Hence it is considered as neuro-endocrine gland.

Question 3.
What are the functions of hypothalamus?
Answer:
Hypothalamus maintains homeostasis, blood pressure, body temperature, cardio and fluid electrolyte balance of the body. It influences various emotional responses.

Question 4.
Write on the origin of pituitary gland?
Answer:
The anterior lobe of pituitary gland originates from the embryonic invagination of pharyngeal epithelium called Rathke’s pouch. The posterior lobe originates from the base of the brain as an outgrowth of hypothalamus.

Question 5.
What are the lobes of adenohypophysis?
Answer:
Pars distalis, Pars intermedia and Pars tuberalis.

Question 6.
What is Pars nervosa?
Answer:
The neurohypophysis of the pituitary gland is known as pars nervosa.

Question 7.
Name the hormones secreted by the pituitary gland?
Answer:
The anterior lobe of pituitary secretes six tropic hormones such as growth hormone (GH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), adreno corticotropic hormone (ACTH), follicle stimulaiton hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), luteotropic hormone (LTH) and melanocyte stimulating hormone (MSH) (in lower animals only). The posterior lobe of pituitary secretes the hormones namely vasopressin and oxytocin.

Question 8.
Write a paragraph on the Growth Hormone?
Answer:
Growth hormone (GH):
It is also known as somatotropic hormone (STH) or Somatotropin. It is a peptide hormone Growth hormone promotes growth of all the tissues and metabolic process of the body. It influences the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids and increases the rate of protein biosynthesis in the cells.

It stimulates chondrogenesis (cartilage formation), osteogensis (bone formation) and helps in the retention of minerals like nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus, sodium etc., in the body. GH increases the release of fatty acid from adipose tissue and decreases the rate of glucose utilization for energy by the cells. Thus it conserves glucose for glucose dependent tissues, such as the brain.

Question 9.
Write on the role of Thyroid stimulating hormone and Adreno cortico tropic hormone? Thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) or thyrotropin?
Answer:
TSH is a glycoprotein hormone, which stimulates the thyroid gland to secrete Triiodothyronine (T3) and thyroxine (T4). TSH secretion is regulated by negative feedback machanism. It’s release from the anterior pitutary is induced by the thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH). When thyroxine level in the blood increases, TRH acts on both the pituitary and hypothalamus to inhibit TSH secretion.

Adreno cortico tropic hormone (ACTH):
ACTH is a peptide hormone that stimulates the adrenal cortex to secrete glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids. It stimulates melanin synthesis in melanocytes, induces the release of fatty acids from adipose tissues and stimulates insulin secretion. ACTH secretion is regulated by negative feedback mechanism.

Question 10.
What are the functions of follicle stimulation hormone?
Answer:
Follicle stimulating hormone (FSH):
FSH is a glycoprotein hormone which regulates the functions of the gonads (ovary and testis). In males, FSH along with androgens acts on the germinal epithelium of seminiferous tubules and stimulates the production and release of sperms (spermatogenesis). In females, FSH acts on the ovaries and brings about the development and maturation of gratfran follicles.

Question 11.
What is the role of Luteinizing hormone (LH)?
Answer:
Luteinizing Hormone is a glycoprotein hormone which is also known as interstitial cell stimulating hormone (ICSH). In males, ICSH acts on the interstitial cells of testis to produce the male sex hormone, testosterone. In females, LH along with FSH matures the ovarian follicles.

LH independently induces ovulation, maintains the corpus luteum and promotes synthesis and release of ovarian hormones. FSH and LH are collectively referred as gonadotropins. FSH and LH are not produced during childhood. The secretion of FSH and LH starts only during prepubertal period.

Question 12.
What is the significance of Luteotropic hormone (LTH)?
Answer:
Luteo Tropic Hormone is also called luteotropin or lactogenic hormone or prolactin or mammotropin. It is a protein hormone which stimulates milk secretion after the child birth in females. High prolactin secretion during lactation suppresses LH secretion and ovulation since it induces the corpus luteum hence named as luteo tropic hormone.

Question 13.
What are the hormones of neurohypophysis?
Answer:
(i) Vasopressin or antidiuretic hormone (ADH):
ADH is a peptide hormone which promotes reabsorption of water and electrolytes by distal tubules of nephron and thereby reduces loss of water through urine. Hence it is called as anti diuretic hormone. It also causes constriction of blood vessels when released in large amount and increases blood pressure. ADH deficiency causes Diabetes insipidus which induces the production of large amount of urine.

(ii) Oxytocin (means quick birth):
It is a peptide hormone which stimulates vigorous contraction of the smooth muscles of uterus during child birth and ejection of milk from the mammary glands.

Question 14.
What are the functions of pineal gland?
Answer:
In human, the pineal gland or epiphysis cerebri or conarium is located behind the third ventricle of brain and is formed of parenchymal cells and interstitial cells.

It secretes the hormone, melatonin, which plays a central role in the regulation of circadian rhythm of our body and maintains the normal sleep wake cycle. It also regulates the timing of sexual maturation of gonads. In addition melatonin also influences metabolism, pigmentation, menstrual cycle and defence mechanism of our body.

Question 15.
Write on the role of parathyroid gland?
Answer:
In human, four tiny parathyroid glands are found in the posterior wall of the thyroid glands. This galnd is composed of two types of cells, the chief cells and oxyphil cells. The chief cells secrete parathyroid hormone (PTH) and the functions of oxyphil cells are not known. Parathyroid hormone or parathormone (PTH).

PTH is a hypercalcemic hormone. It is a peptide hormone involved in controlling the calcium and phosphate homeostasis. The secretion of PTH is controlled by calcium level in the blood. It increases the blood calcium level by stimulating osteoclasts to dissolve the bone matrix.

As a result calcium and phosphate are released into the blood. PTH enhances the reabsorption of calcium and excretion of phosphates by the renal tubules and promotes activation by vitamin D to increase calcium absorption by intestinal muscosal cells.

Question 16.
Write a paragraph on Thymus gland?
Answer:
Thymus gland is partially an endocrine and partially a lymphoid organ. It is a bilobed structure located just above the heart and aorta, behind the sternum. It is covered by fibrous capsule and anatomically it is divisble into an outer cortex and an inner medulla.

It secretes four hormones such as thymulin, thymosin, thymopoietin and thymic humoral factor (THF). The primary function of thymus is the production of immuno competent ‘T’ lymphocytes which provides cell mediated immunity.

Question 17.
Explain the hormones secreted by Adrenal gland?
Answer:
A pair of adrenal glands are located at the anterior end of the kidneys, hence also called suprarenal glands. Anatomically the outer region is the cortex and the inner region is the medulla.

Histologically the adrenal cortex has three distinct zones, zona glomerulosa, zona fasciculata and zona reticularis. Zona glomerulosa an outer thin layer constitutes about 15% of adrenal cortex, and secretes mineralocorticoids.

Zona fasciculata, the middle widest layer constitutes about 75% of adrenal cortex and secretes glucocorticoids such as cortisol, corticosterone and trace amounts of adrenal androgen and oestrogen. Zona reticularis, an inner zone of adrenal cortex constitute about 10% of adrenal cortex and secretes the adrenal androgen, trace amount of oestrogen and glucocorticoids.

Adrenal medulla:
It is the central part of adrenal gland and is composed of ovoid and columnar cells, which are found around the network of blood capillaries. Adrenalin (epinephrine) and nor adrenalin (nor epinephrine) are the two hormones secreted by the adrenal medulla. Both adrenalin and nor adrenalin are catecholamines.

Function of adrenal hormones:
Glucocorticoids stimulate gluconeogenesis, lipolysis and proteolysis (the life saving avtivity). Cortisol is a glucocorticoid invloved in maintaining cardio vascular and kidney functions.

It produces anti-inflammatory reactions and suppresses the immune response. It stimulates the RBC production. It is also known as stress combat hormone. Mineralocorticoids regulates water and electrolyte balance of our body.

Aldosterone stimulates the reabsorption of sodium and water and eliminates potassium and phosphate ions through excretion,, thus it helps in maintainting electrolytes, osmotic pressure and blood pressure. Adrenal androgen plays a role in hair growth in the axial region, pubis and face during puberty.

The adrenal medulla secretes the hormones adrenalin and noradrenalin and are referred as “3F hormone” (fight, flight and fright hormone). Adrenalin increases liver glycogen breakdown into glucose and increases the release of fatty acids from fat cells.

During emergency it increases heart beat rate and blood pressure. It stimulates the smooth muscles of cutaneous and visceral arteries to decrease blood flow. It increases blood flow to the skeletal muscles therby increases the metabolic rate of skeletal muscles, cardiac muscles and nervous tissue.

Question 18.
What are the hormones responsible for maintaining blood glucose level?
Answer:
Insulin and glucogon are the hormones secreted by Islets of langerhans of pancreas:-
Insulin:
Insulin is a peptide hormone and plays an important role in glucose homeostasis. It’s main effect is to lower blood glucose levels by increasing the uptake of glucose into the body cells, especially muscle and fat cells. Insulin also inhibits the breakdown of glycogen to glucose, the conversion of amino acids or fats to glucose, so insulin is rightly called a hypoglycemic hormone.

Glucagon:
Glucagon is a polypeptide hormone. It is a potent hyperglycaemic hormone that acts on the liver and promotes the breakdown of glycogen to glucose (Glycogenolysis), synthesis of glucose from lactic acid and from non-carbohydrate molecules (gluconeogenesis).

Releases glucose from the liver cells, increasing the blood glucose levels. Since glucagon reduces the cellular uptake and utilisation of glucose it is called a hyperglycemic hormone. Prolonged hyperglycemia leads to the disorder called diabetes mellitus.

Question 19.
Explain the endorenal function of gonads?
Answer:
Testis:
A pair of testis is present in the scrotal sac of males. The testis functions as a sex organ and also as an endocrine gland. The testis is composed of seminiferous tubules and interstitial cells or Leyding cells. The Leyding cells secrete several male sex hormones, collectively called androgens, mainly testosterone.

Functions of testosterone:
Under the influence of FSH and LH testosterone initiates maturation of male reproductive organs, and the appearance of secondary sexual characters, muscular growth, growth of facial and axillary hair, masculine voice and male sexual behaviour. It enhances the total bone matrix and plays a stimulating role in the process of spermatogenesis.

Ovary:
Females have a pair of ovaries located in the pelvic region of the abdomen. The ovary is composed of ovarian follicles and stromal tissues. Besides producing the eggs or ova, the ovaries secrete the steroid hormones oestrogen and progesterone. Oestrogen is responsible for the maturation of reproductive organs and the development of secondary sexual characters at puberty. Along with progesterone, oestrogens promotes breast development and initiate the cyclic changes during menstrual cycle.

Progesterone prepares the uterus for implantaion of the fertilized ovum. It decreases the uterine contraction during pregnancy and stimulates mammary glands and milk secretion. It is responsible for premenstrual changes in the uterus and is essential for the formation of placenta.

Question 20.
Write the disorders associated with growth hormone?
Answer:
Dwarfism is due to hyposecretion of growth hormone (GH) in children, skeletal growth and sexual maturity is arrested. They attain a maximum height of 4 feet only. Gigantism is due to hypersecreion of growth hormone (GH) in children. Overgrowth of skeletal structure occurs (up to 8 feet) and the visceral growth is not appropriate with that of limbs.

Acromegaly is due to excessive secretion of growth hormone in adults. Over growth of hand bones, feet bones, jaw bones, malfunctioning of gonads, enlargement of viscera, tongue, lungs, heart, liver, spleen and endocrine gland like thyroid, adrenal etc., are the symptoms of acromegaly.

Question 21.
Write on Hyperthyroidism and Hypothyroidism?
Answer:
In infants, hypothyroidiam causes cretinism. A cretins shows retarded skeletal growth, absence of sexual maturity, retarded mental ability, thick wrinkled skin, protruded enlarged tongue, bloated face, thick and short limbs occurs. The other symptoms are low BMR, slow pulse rate, subnormal body temperature and elevated blood cholesterol level.

Hyposecretion of thyroid in adults causes myxodema. It is otherwise called Gull’s disease. This disease is characterised by decreased mental activity, memory loss, slowness of movement, speech, and general weakness of body, dry coarse skin, scarce hair, puffy appearence, disturbed sexual function, low BMR, poor appetite, and subnormal body temperature.

Grave’s disease also called as thyrotoxicosis or exophthalmic goitre. This disease is caused due to hyper secretion of thyriod. It is characterised by enlargement of thyroid gland, increases BMR (50% -100%), elevated respiratory and excretory rates, increased heart beat, high BP, increases body temperature, protrusion of eyeball and weakness of eye muscles and weight loss.

Simple goitre is also known as Endemic goitre. It is caused due to hyposecretion of thyroxine. The symptoms includes enlargement of thyroid gland, fall in serum thyroxine level, increases TSH secretion.

Question 22.
Write on the disorders associated with parathryroid gland?
Answer:
Tetany is caused due to the hyposecretion of parathyroid hormone (PTH). Due to hyposecretion of PTH serum calcium level decreases (Hypocalcemia), as a result serum phosphate level increases. Calcium and phosphate excretion level decreses. Generalized convulsion, locking of jaws increased heart beat rate, increases body temperature, muscular spasm are the major symptoms of tetany. Hyperparathyroidism is caused due to excess PTH in blood. Demineralisation of bone, loss of muscle tone, general weakness, renal disorders are the symptoms of hyperparathyroidism.

Question 23.
Write a paragraph on Addison’s disease?
Answer:
Addison’s disease is caused due to hyposecretion of glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids from the adrenal cortex. Muscular weakness, low BP, loss of appetite, vomiting, hyper pigmentation of skin, low metabolic rate, subnormal temperature, reduced blood volume – weight loss are the symptoms that occur in Addison’s disease. Reduces aldosterone secretion increases urinary excretion of Na Cl. and decreases potassium excretion leading to dehydration.

Question 24.
Write a paragraph on Cushing’s syndrome?
Answer:
Cushing’s syndrome is caused due to excess secretion of cortisol. Obesity of the face and trunk, redness of face, hand, feet, thin skin, excessive hair growth, loss of minerals from bone (osteoporoses) systolic hypertension are features of Cushing’s syndrome. Suppression of sexual function like atrophy of gonads are the other symptoms of Cushing’s syndrome.

Question 25.
Write on Hypoglycaemia?
Answer:
Hypoglycaemia is due to increased secretion of insulin thereby blood glucose level decreases. In this disorder blood glucose level lowers than normal fasting index. Increased heartbeat, weakness, nervousness, headache, confusion, lack of co-ordination, slurred speech, serious brain defects like epilepsy and coma occurs.

Question 26.
Write a paragraph on different types of diabetes mellitus?
Answer:
Hyperglycaemia is otherwise known as Diabetes mellitus. Is is caused due to reduced secretion of insulin. As the result, blood glucose level is elevated. Diabetes mellitus is of two types, Type! Diabetes and Type II Diabetes. Type I diabetes is also known Insulin dependent diabetes, caused by the lack of insulin secretion due to illness or viral infections. Type II diabetes is also known as Non-Insulin dependent diabetes, caused due to reduced sensitivity to insulin, often called as insulin resistance.

Symptoms of diabetes includes, polyurea (excessive urination), polyphagia (excessive intake of food), polydipsia (excessive consumption of liquids due to thirst), ketosis (breakdown of fat into glucose results in accumulation of ketone bodies) in blood. Gluconeogenesis (Conversion of non- carbohydrate) also occur in diabetes.

Question 27.
Explain the mechanism of hormone action?
Answer:
Peptide hormones cannot cross the phospolipid cell membrane and bind to the receptors on the exterior cell surface. They are transported to the golgi, which is the site of modification. It acts as a first messenger in the cell. Hormones on binding to their receptors do not enter target cell but generate the production of second messengers such as cyclic AMP (cAMP), which in turn regulates cellular metabolism.

This is catalyzed by the enzyme adenylate cyclase. The interaction between the hormone at the surface and the effect brought out by cAMP within the cell is known as signaling cascade. At each step there is a possibility of amplification.

  1. One hormone molecule may bind to multiple receptor molecule before it is degraded.
  2. Each receptor may activate several adenylate cyclases each of which make much CAMP.
  3. Thus there is more signal after each step.

The actions of CAMP are terminated by phosphodiesterases. The effect of peptide hormones like insulin, glucagon, somatotropin are uauslly short lived because they work through second messenger system.

Steroid hormones can easily cross the cell membrane, and bind to their receptors, which are intracellular or intranuclear. Upon binding to the receptors, they pair up with another receptor – hormone complex (dimerize). This dimer can then bind to DNA and alter its transcription.

The effect of steroid hormones such as aldosterone, FSH are long lived, as they alter the amount of mRNA and protein in a cell.

Amino acid derived hormones are derived from one or two aminoacid with a few additonal modifications. Thyroid hormone is synthesised from thyrosine and includes the addtion of several iodine atoms. Epinephrine an amino acid derivative may function through second messenger system like peptide hormone or they may actually enter the cell and function like steroid hormones.

Question 28.
Tabulate the major hypothalamic hormones and their functions?
Answer:

S.No

Hormones

Functions

1. Thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH) Stimulate the secretion of TSH
2. Gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH) Stimulates the secretion of FSH
3. Corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) Stimulates the secretion of ACTH
4. Growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH) Stimulates the secretion of GH
5. Prolactin releasing hormone (PRH) Stimulates the secretion of Prolactin
6. Luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LHRH) Stimulates the secretion of LH
7. MSH releasing hormone Stimulates the secretion of MSH
8. Growth hormone-inhibiting hormone (GHIH) Inhibits the secretion of GH
9. Prolactin inhibiting hormone (PIH) Inhibits the secretion of Prolactin
10. MSH inhibiting hormone Inhibits the secretion of MSH

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 11 Chemical Coordination and Integration textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Neural Control and Coordination Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Textbook Evaluation Solved
Choose The Correct Answer
Question 1.
Which structure in the ear converts pressure waves to action potentials?
(a) Tympanic membrane
(b) Organ of Corti
(c) Oval window
(d) Semicircular canal
Answer:
(b) Organ of Corti

Question 2.
Which of the following pairings is correct?
(a) Sensory nerve – afferent
(b) Motor nerve – afferent
(c) Sensory nerve – ventral
(d) Motor nerve – dorsal
Answer:
(a) Sensory nerve – afferent

Question 3.
During synaptic transmission of nerve impulse, neurotransmitter (P) is released from synaptic vesicles by the action of ions (Q)? Choose the correct P and Q?
(a) P = Acetylcholine, Q = Ca+
(b) P = Acetylcholine, Q = Na+
(c) P = GABA, Q = Na+
(d) P = Cholinesterase, Q = Ca++
Answer:
(a) P = Acetylcholine, Q = Ca+

Question 4.
Examine the diagram of the two cell types A and B given below and select the correct option?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination img 1
(a) Cell-A is the rod cell found evenly all over retina
(b) Cell-A is the cone cell more concentrated in the fovea centralis
(c) Cell-B is concerned with colour vision in bright light
(d) Cell-A is sensitive to bright light intensities
Answer:
(c) Cell-B is concerned with colour vision in bright light

Question 5.
Assertion: The imbalance in concentration of Na+, K+ and proteins generates action potential.
Reason: To maintain the unequal distribution of Na+ and K+, the neurons use electrical energy.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true and Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true but the Reason is not the correct explanations of Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
Answer:
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true and Reason ¡s the correct explanation of the Assertion.

Question 6.
Which part of the human brain is concerned with the regulation of body temperature?
(a) Cerebellum
(b) Cerebrum
(c) Medulla oblongata
(d) Hypothalamus
Answer:
(a) Cerebellum

Question 7.
The respiratory centre is present in the …………………..
(a) Medulla oblongata
(b) Hypothalamus
(c) CerebeLlum
(d) Thalamus
Answer:
(a) Medulla oblongata

Question 8.
Match the following human spinal nerves in column-I with their respective number in column-II and choose the correct option?

Column -1

Column – II

P Cervical nerves (i) 5 pairs
Q Thoracic nerve (ii) 1 pair
R Lumbar nerve (iii) 12 pairs
S Coccygeal nerve (iv) 8 pairs

(P – iv), (Q – iii), (R – i), (S – ii)
(b) (P – iii), (Q – i), ( R – ii), (S – iv)
(c) (P – iv), (Q – i), (R – ii), ( S – iii)
(d) (P – ii), (Q – iv), (R – i), (S – iii)
Answer:
(a) (P -iv)
(b) (Q – iii)
(c) (R – i)
(d) (S – ii)

Question 9.
Which of the following cranial nerve controls the movement of eye ball ?
(a) Trochlear nerve
(b) Optic nerve
(c) Olfactory nerve
(d) Vagus nerve
Answer:
(a) Trochlear nerve

Question 10.
The abundant intracellular cation is ………………….
(a) H+
(b) K+
(c) Na+
(d) Ca++
Answer:
(b) K+

Question 11.
Which of the following statement is wrong regarding conduction of nerve impulse?
(a) In a resting neuron, the axonal membrane is more permeable to K+ ions and nearly impermeable to Na+ ions.
(b) Fluid outside the axon has a high concentration of Na+ ions and low concentration of K+, in a resting neuron.
(c) Ionic gradients are maintained by Na-K pumps across the resting membrane, which transport 3Na+ ions outwards for 2K+ into the cell.
(d) A neuron is polarized only when the outer surface of the axonal membrane possess a negative charge and its inner surface is positively charged.
Answer:
(d) A neuron is polarized only when the outer surface of the axonal membrane possess a negative charge and its inner surface is positively charged.

Question 12.
All of the following are associated with the myelin sheath except ………………….
(a) Faster conduction of nerve impulses
(b) Nodes of Ranvier forming gaps along the axon
(c) Increased energy output for nerve impulse conduction
(d) Saltatory conduction of action potential
Answer:
(c) Increased energy output for nerve impulse conduction

Question 13.
Several statements are given here in reference to cone cells. Which of the following option indicates all correct statements for cone cells?
Statements:
(i) Cone cells are less sensitive in bright light than Rod cells
(ii) They are responsible for colour vision
(iii) Erythropsin is a photo pigment which is sensitive to red colour light
(iv) They are present in fovea of retina
(a) (iii), (ii) and (i)
(b) (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(c) (i), (iii) and (iv)
(d) (i), (ii) and (iv)
Answer:
(b) (ii), (iii) and (iv)

Question 14.
Which of the following statement concerning the somatic division of the peripheral neural system is incorrect?
(a) Its pathways innervate skeletal muscles
(b) Its pathways are usually voluntary
(c) Some of its pathways are referred to as reflex arcs
(d) Its pathways always involve four neurons
Answer:
(d) Its pathways always involve four neurons

Question 15.
When the potential across the axon membrane is more negative than the normal resting potential, the neuron is said to be in a state of …………………
(a) Depolarization
(b) Hyperpolarization
(c) Repolarization
(d) Hypopolarization
Answer:
(b) Hyperpolarization

Question 16.
Why is the blind spot called so?
Answer:
Slightly below the posterior pole of the eye, the optic nerve and the retinal blood vessels enter the eye. This region is devoid of rods and cones. Hence, this region is called blind spot.

Question 17.
Sam’s optometrist tells him that his intraocular pressure is high. What is this condition called and which fluid does it involve?
Answer:
The aqueous humour present in between iris and lens and the cornea and iris is produced and drained at the same rate, maintaining a constant intra ocular pressure of about 16 mm Hg. Any block in the canal of schlemm increases the intra ocular pressure of aqueous humour. This condition is called ‘Glaucoma’. Due to pressure, optic nerve and the retina are compressed. This leads to blindness.

Question 18.
Why are we getting running nose while crying?
Answer:
When we cry, the tears come out of the tear glands under the eyelids and drain through the tear duct that empty into the nose. It mixes with mucus there and the nose runs.

Question 19.
The action potential occurs in response to a threshold stimulus; but not at subthreshold stimuli. What is the name of the principle involved?
Answer:
All or none principle.

Question 20.
Pleasant smell of food urges Ravi to rush into the kitchen. Name the parts of the brain involved in the identification of food and emotional responses to odour?
Answer:
Olfactory nerve carries the sense of smell to the sensory strip present in the cerebrum. The sensory areas are present in the parietal lobe of the cerebrum. The stimuli of smell reaches the mammillary bodies present in the hypothalamus. This produces olfactory reflexes and emotional responses to odour.

Question 21.
Cornea transplant in humans is almost never rejected. State the reason?
Answer:
Cornea does not have blood vessels. Hence there is no possibility of rejection when cornea is transplanted from one person to another person.

Question 22.
At the end of repolarization, the nerve membrane gets hyperpolarized. Why?
Answer:
At the end of repolarization, the membrane potential inside the axolemma becomes negative due to the efflux of K+ ions. When it becomes more negative than the resting potential -70 mV to about – 90mV, it becomes hyperpolarised.

Question 23.
Label the parts of the neuron?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination img 2

  1. Nucleolus
  2. Node of Ranvier
  3. Dendrite
  4. Myelin sheath
  5. Axon
  6. Nucleus

 

Question 24.
The choroid plexus secretes cerebrospinal fluid. List the function of it?
Answer:
Cerebro spinal fluid provides buoyancy to the central nervous system.

  1. It acts as a shock absorber for the brain and spinal cord.
  2. It nourishes the brain cells by transporting food and oxygen.
  3. It carries harmful metabolic wastes from the brain to the blood.
  4. It maintains a constant pressure inside the cranial vessels.

Question 25.
What is the ANS controlling centre? Name the parts that are supplied by the ANS?
Answer:
Hypothalamus is the ANS controlling centre. The Autonomic neural system innervates smooth muscles, glands and cardiac muscle.

Question 26.
Why the limbic system is called the emotional brain? Name the parts of it?
Answer:
The limbic system is a set of components located on both side of the thalamus present in the inner part of the cerebral hemisphere. It includes the olfactory bulbs, cingulate gyrus, mammillary body, amygdala, hippocampus and hypothalamus. The limbic system plays a primary role in the regulation of pleasure, pain, anger, fear, sexual feeling, affection and memory. Hence it is called emotional brain.

Question 27.
Classify receptors based on type of stimuli?
Answer:

Receptors

Stimulus

Effector organs

Mechano receptors Pressure and vibration Mechano receptors are present in the cochlea of the inner ear and the semi circular canal and utriculus
Chemoreceptors Chemicals Taste buds in the tongue and nasal epithelium
Thermoreceptors Temperature Skin
Photoreceptors Light Rod and cone cells of the retina in the eye

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 28.
Name the first five cranial nerves, their nature and their functions?
Answer:

Cranial nerves

Nature of nerve

Function

1. Olfactory nerve Sensory Sense of smell
2. Optic nerves Sensory Sense of sight
3. Oculomotor nerves Motor Movement of the eye
4. Trochlear nerve Motor Rotation of the eye ball
5. Trigeminal nerve Sensory and motor (mixed) Functioning of facial parts

Question 29.
The sense of taste is considered to be the most pleasurable of all senses? Describe the structure of the receptor involved with a diagram?
Answer:
Gustatory receptor: The sense of taste is considered to be the most pleasurable of all senses. The tongue is provided with many small projections called papillae which give the tongue an abrasive feel. Taste buds are located mainly on the papillae which are scattered over the entire tongue surface.

Most taste buds are seen on the tongue few are scattered on the soft palate, inner surface of the cheeks, pharynx and epiglottis of the larynx. Taste buds are flask-shaped and consist of 50 – 100 epithelial cells of two major types.

Gustatory epithelial cells (taste cells) and Basal epithelial cells (Repairing cells). Long microvilli called gustatory hairs project from the tip of the gustatory cells and extends through a taste pore to the surface of the epithelium where they are bathed by saliva.

Gustatory hairs are the sensitive portion of the gustatory cells and they have sensory dendrites which send the signal to the brain. The basal cells that act as stem cells, divide and differentiate into new gustatory cells.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination img 2

Question 30.
Describe the structures of olfactory receptors?
Answer:
The smell receptors are excited by air borne chemicals that dissolve in fluids. The yellow coloured patches of olfactory epithelium form the olfactory organs that are located on the roof of the nasal cavity.

The olfactory epithelium is covered by a thin coat of mucus layer below and olfactory glands bounded connective tissues, above. It contains three types of cells: supporting cells, Basal cells and millions of pin shaped olfactory receptor cells (which are unusual bipolar cells).

The olfactory glands and the supporting cells secrete the mucus. The unmyelinated axons of the olfactory receptor cells are gathered to form the filaments of olfactory nerve [cranial nerve-I] which synapse with cells of olfactory bulb.

The impulse, through the olfactory nerves, is transmitted to the frontal lobe of the brain for identification of smell and the limbic system for the emotional responses to odour.

In-Text Questions Solved

Question 1.
Can you state why some areas of the brain and spinal cord are grey and some are white?
Answer:
Some areas of the brain and spinal cord are grey due to the presence of non-myelinated nerve cells. The white matter has myelinated nerve cells with myelin sheath made of fat.

Question 2.
Human brain is formed of a large number of parts like cerebrum, thalamus, hypothalamus, pons, cerebellum and medulla oblongata. Each part performs some specialized function and all the parts are essential for the survival of a person. Discuss the following statements:
(a) Thalami are called relay centres of the brain.
(b) Damage to medulla may cause the death of organism.
Answer:
(a) Thalamus is composed of grey mater which serves as a relay centre for impulses between the spinal cord, brain stem and cerebrum. Thus acting as a major coordinating centre for sensory and motor signaling. Within the thalamus, information is sorted and edited and plays a key role in learning and memory.

(b) Medulla contains vital centres that control cardio vascular reflexes, respiration and gastric secretions. Therefore, damage to medulla may cause the death of an organism.

Question 3.
Your friend is returning home after his visit to USA. All at home are waiting for his arrival. How would you feel? State the division of ANS that predominates and mention few changes that take place in your body?
Answer:
I would feel excited. Sympathetic neural system of the ANS predominates and the various changes taking place inside the body includes; excess secretion of “adrenaline” to the blood stream from the medulla of the adrenal gland. This in turn, dilates pupil, inhibits salivation, accelerates heartbeat, inhibites digestion, etc.

Question 4.
Name the parts of the organ of equilibrium involved in the following functions?
(a) Linear movement of the body.
(b) Changes in the body position.
(c) Rotational movement of the head.
Answer:
(a) The utricle and saccule are two membranous sacs, found nearest the cochlea and contain equilibrium receptor regions called maculae that are involved in detecting the linear movement of the head.

(b) Two fluids, perilymph and endolymph, respond to the mechanical forces, during changes occurring in body position and acceleration.

(c) The anterior, posterior and lateral canals detects the rotational movement of the head.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Neural Control and Coordination Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which of the following acts as a phagocytic cells to engulf the foreign particles at the time of any injury to the brain?
(a) Neuron
(b) Neurilemma
(c) Neuroglia
(d) Axolemma
Answer:
(b) Neurilemma

Question 2.
The granular endoplasmic reticulum of the cell body and dendrites are …………………..
(a) Schwann cells
(b) Myelin sheath
(c) Nissl’s granules
(d) Cytoplasm
Answer:
(c) Nissl’s granules

Question 3.
Which of the following has bipolar neurons?
(a) Intemeurons
(b) Cranial nerves
(c) Spinal nerves
(d) Inner ear
Answer:
(d) Inner ear

Question 4.
Which of the following is present more in the extra cellular fluid found outside the axolemma?
(a) Sodium chloride
(b) Potassium
(c) Magnesium phosphate
(d) Organic molecules
Answer:
(a) Sodium chloride

Question 5.
The interior of the cell of the resting neuron is negative due to ……………….
(a) Greater efflux of Na+ outside the cell than,K+ influx into the cell.
(b) Only greater efflux of Na+ outside the cell.
(c) Greater efflux of K+ outside the cell than Na+ influx into the cell.
(d) Only greater efflux of K+ outside the cell.
Answer:
(c) Greater efflux of K+ outside the cell than Na+ influx into the cell.

Question 6.
When a nerve fibre is stimulated, the axolemma is permeable to Na+ ions in which of the following process?
(a) Opening sodium voltage-gate
(b) Opening potassium voltage-gate
(c) Opening sodium voltage-gate and closing potassium voltage-gate
(d) Opening neurolemma
Answer:
(c) Opening sodium voltage-gate and closing potassium voltage-gate

Question 7.
When the membrane potential shoots.rapidly upto +45 mV, it is called the ………………….
(a) Threshold potential
(b) Spike potential
(c) Repolarization
(d) Hyperpolarization
Answer:
(b) Spike potential

Question 8.
When the membrane potential reaches the spike potential, what happens?
(a) The potential again goes to the spike potential
(b) The potential reaches to the threshold potential
(c) The potential falls back towards the resting potential
(d) The potential remains the same
Answer:
(c) The potential falls back towards the resting potential

Question 9.
The subarachnoid space is present in between ………………..
(a) Piamater and arachnoid mater
(b) Arachnoid mater and duramater
(c) Brain and Piamater
(d) Spinal cord and duramater
Answer:
(a) Piamater and arachnoid mater

Question 10.
The hormone melatonin which regulates sleep and wake cycle is secreted by ………………..
(a) Choroid plexus
(b) Pituitary gland
(c) Infundibulum
(d) Pineal body
Answer:
(d) Pineal body

Question 11.
Which of the following plays a key role in learning and memory?
(a) Hypothalamus
(b) Pons varolii
(c) Thalamus
(d) Medulla oblongata
Answer:
(c) Thalamus

Question 12.
Which of the following controls and coordinates the muscular movements and body equilibrium?
(a) Cerebrum
(b) Cerebellum
(c) Pons
(d) Medulla oblongata
Answer:
(b) Cerebellum

Question 13.
The reflex action is effected by ……………..
(a) Brain
(b) Medulla oblongata
(c) Effector organs
(d) Spinal cord
Answer:
(d) Spinal cord

Question 14.
The number of lumbar spinal nerves is ………………..
(a) 8
(b) 12
(c) 5
(d) 1
Answer:
(c) 5

Question 15.
Which of the following is produced at the terminal ends of the post ganglionic fibres at the effector organs of parasympathetic neural system?
(a) Noradrenaline
(b) Acetylcholine
(c) Adrenalin
(d) Melatonin
Answer:
(b) Acetylcholine

Question 16.
The eye lens is made up of long ……………….
(a) Ciliated epithelial cells
(b) Squamous epithelial cells
(c) Germinal epithelial cells
(d) Columnar epithelial cells
Answer:
(d) Columnar epithelial cells

Question 17.
Which of the following absorbs light to prevent internal reflection in the eye?
(a) Sclera
(b) Retina
(c) Chorid
(d) Cornea
Answer:
(c) Chorid

Question 18.
What of the following does not happen in the bright light?
(a) Size of the pupil increases
(b) Size of the pupil decreases
(c) Lens light enters the eye
(d) The circular muscle of the iris contract
Answer:
(a) Size of the pupil increases

Question 19.
The defect hypermetropia can be overcome by using ……………
(a) Concave lens
(b) Convex lens
(c) Cylindrical glass
(d) Surgical procedures
Answer:
(b) Convex lens

Question 20.
Which are the sensory cells in the ear?
(a) Ossicles
(b) Endolymph
(c) Cochlea
(d) Organs of corti
Answer:
(d) Organs of corti

Question 21.
The olfactory impulses are transmitted to the ……………….. lobe of the brain.
(a) Parietal
(b) Temporal
(c) Occipital
(d) Frontal
Answer:
(d) Frontal

Question 22.
Which of the following is a wrong statement?
(a) Gustatory hairs project from the tip of the gustatory cells.
(b) Gustatory cells are sensory portion of the taste.
(c) Basal epithelial cells are stem cells which divide and differentiate into new gustatory cells.
(d) Basal epithelial cells are sensitive portions of the taste.
Answer:
(d) Basal epithelial cells are sensitive portions of the taste.

Question 23.
Which of the following are present in the finger tips and soles of the feet?
(a) Pacinian corpuscles
(b) Meissner’s corpuscles
(c) Ruffini endings
(d) Krause end bulbs
Answer:
(b) Meissner’s corpuscles

Question 24.
The blind spot is called so because
(a) It has only cones
(b) It has only rods
(c) It has neither rods nor cones
(d) It is present beyond lens
Answer:
(c) It has neither rods nor cones

Question 25.
The protein part of the photo pigment is ………………..
(a) Retinal
(b) Opsin
(c) Macula lutea
(d) Fovea centralis
Answer:
(A) Opsin

II. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
The structural and functional unit of the nervous system are ………………..
Answer:
Neurons

Question 2.
……………….. neurons that take sensory impulses from the sense organs to the central nervous system.
Answer:
Afferent

Question 3.
The efferent neurons carry ……………….. impulses from the central nervous system to the effector organs.
Answer:
Motor

Question 4.
The plasma membrane covering the neuron is called ………………..
Answer:
Neurilemma

Question 5.
Myelin sheath acts as an ………………..
Answer:
Insulator

Question 6.
The synaptic vesicles of the synaptic knob are filled with ………………..
Answer:
Neurotransmitters

Question 7.
……………….. neurons are found in the retina of the eye, inner ear and the olfactory area of the brain.
Answer:
Bipolar

Question 8.
The neurons which have only one process are called ………………..
Answer:
Unipolar

Question 9.
During the resting potential, the interior of the cell is negative due to greater efflux of ……………….. ions outside the cell.
Answer:
potassium

Question 10.
The normal value of resting membrane potential is ………………..
Answer:
-70 mV

Question 11.
Due to the rate of flow of Na+ ions into the axoplasm, more than the rate of flow of K+ ions to the outside fluid makes the neurilemma ……………….. charged inside.
Answer:
Positively

Question 12.
The threshold potential is ………………..
Answer:
-55 mV

Question 13.
The spike potential is ………………..
Answer:
+45 mV

Question 14.
In the neurilemma, the synaptic vesicles release neurotransmitters into the synaptic cleft by ………………..
Answer:
Exocytosis

Question 15.
……………….. is the layer which is closely adhered to the brain.
Answer:
Piamater

Question 16.
The folds on the surface of the cerebrum are called
Answer:
Gyri

Question 17.
The grooves between the gyri are called ………………..
Answer:
Sulci

Question 18.
The cerebral hemispheres are connected by a tract of nerve fibres called ………………..
Answer:
Corpus callosum

Question 19.
The medulla acts as a nerve tract between cortex and the ………………..
Answer:
Diencephalon

Question 20.
……………….. forms the roof of the diencephalon.
Answer:
Epithalamus

Question 21.
The pineal body secretes the hormone ……………….. which regulates sleep and wake cycle.
Answer:
Melatonin

Question 22.
……………….. is composed of grey matter which serves as a relay centre for impulses between the spinal cord, brain system and cerebrum.
Answer:
Thalamus

Question 23.
……………….. plays a key role in learning and memory.
Answer:
Thalamus

Question 24.
The downward extension of the hypothalamus, ……………….. connects the hypothalamus with the pituitary gland.
Answer:
Infundibulum

Question 25.
……………….. acts as the satiety centre.
Answer:
Hpothalamus

Question 26.
The ……………….. system is called emotional brain.
Answer:
Limbic

Question 27.
……………….. is the second largest part of the brain.
Answer:
Cerebellum

Question 28.
……………….. forms the posterior most part of the brain.
Answer:
Medulla oblongata

Question 29.
……………….. connects the spinal cord with various parts of the brain.
Answer:
Medulla oblongata

Question 30.
……………….. contains vital centres that control cardiovascular reflexes, respiration and gastric secretions.
Answer:
Medulla oblongata

Question 31.
The ……………….. connects the lateral ventricles with the III ventricle.
Answer:
Foramen of Monro/Interventricular foramen

Question 32.
The choroid plexus found in the roof of the ventricles forms ………………..
Answer:
Cerebro spinal fluid

Question 33.
……………….. provide information about position and movements of the body.
Answer:
Proprioceptors

Question 34.
The receptors of taste and smell are called ………………..
Answer:
Chemoreceptors

Question 35.
The sebaceous glands at the base of eyelashes are called ……………….. glands.
Answer:
Ciliary

Question 36.
……………….. is the outermost layer of the eyeball.
Answer:
Sclera

Question 37.
……………….. is the highly vascularized pigmented layer that nourishes all the eye layers.
Answer:
Choroid

Question 38.
……………….. is the coloured protein of the eye lying between the cornea and lens.
Answer:
Iris

Question 39.
The aperture at the centre of the iris is the ………………..
Answer:
Pupil

Question 40.
The ……………….. muscle alters the convexity of the eye lens.
Answer:
Ciliary

Question 41.
The ……………….. optic nerve arises from the
Answer:
Blind spot

Question 42.
The protein part of the photo pigment is ………………..
Answer:
Opsin

Question 43.
Myopia can be corrected by using ……………….. lens.
Answer:
Concave

Question 44.
……………….. is the defect of the eye due to a shortened eyeball or thin lens.
Answer:
Hypermetropia

Question 45.
……………….. is due to the rough curvature of cornea or lens.
Answer:
Astigmatism

Question 46.
The opaqueness of the lens is called ………………..
Answer:
Cataract

Question 47.
……………….. connects the middle ear cavity with the pharynx.
Answer:
Eustachian tube

Question 48.
The scala vestibuli and scala media are separated by a membrane called ………………..
Answer:
Reisner’s membrane

Question 49.
Protruding from the apical part of each hair cell is hair like structures known as ………………..
Answer:
Stereocilia

Question 50.
The hair cells are embedded in a gelatinous otolithic membrane that contains small calcareous particles called ………………..
Answer:
Otoliths

Question 51.
The swollen area of each semicircular canal is called ………………..
Answer:
Ampulla

Question 52.
The tongue has many small projections called ………………..
Answer:
Papillae

Question 53.
……………….. is the largest sense organ.
Answer:
Skin

Question 54.
……………….. are numerous in hairless skin areas such as finger tips and soles of the feet.
Answer:
Meissner’s corpuscles

Question 55.
……………….. detect different textures, temperature, hardness and pain.
Answer:
Pacinian corpuscles

Question 56.
……………….. which lie in the dermis respond to continuous pressure. .
Answer:
Ruffini endings

Question 57.
……………….. are thermoreceptors that sense temperature.
Answer:
Krause end bulbs

Question 58.
Melanocytes are the cells responsible for producing the skin pigment called ………………..
Answer:
Melanin

Question 59.
……………….. is a condition in which the melanin pigment is lost from areas of the skin, causing white patches.
Answer:
Vitiligo (Leucoderma)

Question 60.
The sense of taste is recognized by the ………………..
Answer:
Gustatory receptor

III. Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
What are neurons? What are their functions?
Answer:
The structural and functional unit of the nervous system is neurons. They detect, receive, process and transmit different kinds of stimuli. They are sensory, motor and autonomic in functions.

Question 2.
What are neuroglia?
Answer:
The non-nervous special supporting cells of the nervous tissue are called neuroglia.

Question 3.
Differentiate between afferent neurons and efferent neurons?
Answer:

Afferent Neurons

Efferent Neurons

1. These take sensory impulses to the central nervous system from the sense organs. 1. These carry motor impulses from the central nervous system to the effectors.

Question 4.
What are the functions of neuroglia?
Answer:

  1. They provide nourishment to the surrounding neurons.
  2. They involve in the memory process.
  3. They repair the injured tissue due to their dividing and regenerating capacity.
  4. They engulf the foreign particles at the time of any injury to the brain.

 

Question 5.
Distinguish between Axon and Dendrites?
Answer:

Axon

Dendrites

1. An axon is a long fibre that arises from a cone shaped area of the cell body called the Axon hillock and ends at the branched distal end. 1. Dendrites are the repeatedly branched short fibres coming out of the cell body.
2. It does not have Nissl’s granules and Golgi apparatus. 2. It has Nissl’s granules and Golgi apparatus.
3. It is myelinated. 3. It is non-myelinated.

Question 6.
What is neurilemma?
Answer:
The plasma membrane covering the neuron is the neurilemma.

Question 7.
What is axolemma?
Answer:
The plasma membrane covering the axon is the axolemma.

Question 8.
What are Nodes of Ranvier?
Answer:
The Schwann cells covering the axon are not continuous. There are gaps in the myelin sheath between adjacent Schwann cells. These gaps are called Nodes of Ranvier.

Question 9.
What is Synapse?
Answer:
The junction between two neurons is called a Synapse through which a nerve impulse is transmitted.

Question 10.
What is Synaptic Cleft?
Answer:
A small gap between the pre and post synaptic membranes is called Synaptic Cleft. It forms a structural gap and a functional bridge between neurons.

Question 11.
What are meninges?
Answer:
The brain is covered by outer Duramater, the median Arachnoid mater and the inner Piamater. These membranes are called meninges.

Question 12.
What is subdural space?
Answer:
The space between the duramater and arachnoid mater is called subdural space.

Question 13.
What is subarachnoid space?
Answer:
The space between the piamater and arachnoid mater is called subarachnoid space.

Question 14.
What is corpus callosum?
Answer:
The cerebral hemispheres are connected by a tract of nerve fibres called corpus callosum.

Question 15.
What are mammillary bodies?
Answer:
A pair of small rounded body in the hypothalamus is called mammillary bodies. These are involved in olfactory reflexes and emotional response to odour.

Question 16.
What are corpora quadrigemina?
Answer:
The dorsal portion of the mid brain consists of four rounded bodies called corpora quadrigemina. It acts as a reflex centre for vision and hearing.

Question 17.
What is septum pellucidum?
Answer:
A thin membrane which separates the lateral ventricles I and II is called the septum pellucidum.

Question 18.
What is foramen of Monro?
Answer:
The lateral ventricle communicates with the III ventricle in the diencephalon through an opening called interventricular foramen or foramen of Monro.

Question 19.
What is cerebral aqueduct or aqueduct of Sylvius?
Answer:
The ventricle III is continuous with the ventricle IV in the hind brain through a canal called aqueduct of Sylvius or cerebral aqueduct.

Question 20.
What is Choroid plexus?
Answer:
Choroid plexus is a network of blood capillaries found in the roof of the ventricles. This forms cerebro spinal fluid from the blood.

Question 21.
What is cauda equina?
Answer:
The thick bundle of elongated nerve roots within the lower vertebral canal is called the cauda equina.

Question 22.
What are Cranial nerves?
Answer:
The 12 pairs of nerves which arise from the brain are called cranial nerves.

Question 23.
What are spinal nerves?
Answer:
The 31 pairs of nerves which emerge out from the spinal cord through spaces called the intervertebral foramina found between the adjacent vertebrae are the spinal nerves.

Question 24.
What is a mixed nerve?
Answer:
A nerve which contains both sensory (afferent) and motor (efferent) fibres is called a mixed nerve.

Question 25.
What are Exteroceptors?
Answer:
Exteroceptors are located at or near the surface of the body. These are sensitive to external stimuli and receive sensory impulses for hearing, vision, touch, taste and smell.

Question 26.
What are Interoceptors?
Answer:
Interoceptors are located in the visceral organs and blood vessels. These are sensitive to internal stimuli.

Question 27.
What are Lacrymal glands?
Answer:
Tears secreting glands located in the upper lateral region of each orbit are called Lacrymal glands.

Question 28.
What is Lysozyme?
Answer:
The enzyme present in tears which destroys bacteria is lysozyme.

Question 29.
What is canal of schlemm?
Answer:
At the junction of the sclera and the cornea, there is a channel called ‘canal of schlemm’. It continuously drains out the excess of aqueous humour.

Question 30.
What is accommodation?
Answer:
The ability of the eyes to focus objects at varying distances is called accommodation.

Question 31.
What is macula lutea?
Answer:
The yellow flat spot at the centre of the posterior region of the retina is called macula lutea. It is responsible for sharp detailed vision.

Question 32.
What is fovea centralis?
Answer:
A small depression present in the centre of the yellow spot is called fovea centralis.

Question 33.
Write the difference between Rod cells and Cone cells.
Answer:

Rod cells

Cone cells

1. Rods are responsible for vision in dim light. 1. The cones are responsible for colour vision and works best in bright light.
2. The pigment present in the rods is rhodopsin, formed of a protein scotopsin and retinal (an aldehyde of vitamin A). 2. The pigment present in the cones is photopsin, formed of opsin protein and retinal.
3. There are about 120 million rod cells. 3. There may be 6-7 million cone cells.
4. Rods are predominant in the extra fovea region. 4. Cones are concentrated in the fovea region.

Question 34.
What are ceruminous glands?
Answer:
The wax producing sebaceous glands in the external auditory meatus are ceruminous glands.

Question 35.
What is Eustachian tube?
Answer:
A tube called Eustachian tube connects the middle ear cavity with the pharynx. It helps in equalizing the pressure of air on either sides of the ear drum.

Question 36.
What is crista ampullaris?
Answer:
The lower end of each semicircular canal is swollen and it is called ampulla. Each ampulla has a sensory area known as crista ampullaris.

Question 37.
What are Meissner’s corpuscles?
Answer:
Meissner’s corpuscles are small light pressure receptors found just beneath the epidermis in the dermal papillae.

Question 38.
What are Pacinian corpuscles?
Answer:
Pacinian corpuscles are the large egg shaped receptors found scattered deep in the dermis and monitoring vibration due to pressure.

Question 39.
What are Krause end bulbs?
Answer:
These are thermoreceptors of the skin that sense temperature.

Question 40.
What are Tactile merkel disc?
Answer:
Tactile merkel disc is light touch receptor lying in the deeper layer of epidermis.

IV. Long Answer Questions

Question 1.
Explain the structure of neuron?
Answer:
A neuron is a microscopic structure composed of three major parts namely cell body (soma), dendrites and axon. The cell body is the spherical part of the neuron that contains all the cellular organelles as a typical cell (except centriole). The plasma membrane covering the neuron is called neurilemma and the axon is axolemma.

The repeatedly branched short fibres coming out of the cell body are called dendrites, which transmit impulses towards the cell body. The cell body and the dendrites contain cytoplasm and granulated endoplasmic reticulum called Nissl’s granules.

An axon is a long fibre that arises from a cone shaped area of the cell body called the Axon hillock and ends at the branched distal end. Axon hillock is the place where the nerve impulse is generated in the motor neurons.

The axon of one neuron branches and forms connections with many other neurons. An axon contains the same organelles found in the dendrites and cell body but lacks Nissl’s granules and Golgi apparatus.

The axon, particularly of peripheral nerves is surrounded by Schwann cells (a type of glial cell) to form myelin sheath, which act as an insulator. Myelin sheath is associated only with the axon; dendrites are always non-myelinated.

Schwann cells are not continuous along the axon; so there are gaps in the myelin sheath between adjacent Schwann cells. These gaps are called Nodes of Ranvier.

Large myelinated nerve fibres conduct impulses rapidly, whereas non-myelinated fibres conduct impulses quite slowly. Each branch at the distal end of the axon terminates into a bulb like structure called synaptic knob which possesses synaptic vesicles filled with neurotransmitters. The axon transmits nerve impulses away from the cell body to inter neural space or to a neuro-muscular junction.

Question 2.
Classify neurons on the basis of number of axon and dendrites?
Answer:
The neurons are divided into three types based on number of axon and dendrites they possess:

  • Multipolar neurons have many processes with one axon and two or more dendrites. They j are mostly intemeurons.
  • Bipolar neurons have two processes with one axon and one dendrite. These are found in the retina of the eye, inner ear and the olfactory area of the brain.
  • Unipolar neurons have a single short process and one axon. Unipolar neurons are located in the ganglia of cranial and spinal nerves.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination img 4

Question 3.
Tabulate the ionic channels in the axolemma?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination img 5

Question 4.
Explain the transmission of nerve impulses?
Answer:
The transmission of impulse involves two main phases; Resting membrane potential and Action membrane potential. Resting membrane Potential: The electrical potential difference across the plasma membrane of a resting neuron is called the resting potential during which the interior of the cell is negative due to greater efflux of K+ outside the cell than Na+
influx into the cell.

When the axon is not conducting any impulses i.e. in resting condition, the axon membrane is more permeable to K+ and less permeable to Na+ ions, whereas it remains impermeable to negatively charged protein ions. The axoplasm contains high concentration of K+ and negatively charged proteins and low concentration of Na+ ions.

In contrast, fluid outside the axon (ECF) contains low concentration of K+ and high concentration of Na+, and this forms a concentration gradient. This ionic gradient across the resting membrane is maintained by ATP driven Sodium-Potassium pump, which exchanges 3Na+ outwards for 2K+ into the cells.

In this state, the cell membrane is said to be polarized. In neuron, the resting membrane potential ranges from -40 mV to -90 mV, and its normal value is -70 mV. The minus sign indicates that the inside of the cell is negative with respect to the outside.

Action membrane potential:
An action potential occurs when a neuron sends information down an axon, away from the cell body. It includes following phases, depolarization, repolarisation and hypopolarization.

Depolarization – Reversal of polarity:
When a nerve fibre is stimulated, sodium voltage-gate opens and makes the axolemma permeable to Na+ ions; meanwhile the potassium voltage-gate closes. As a result, the rate of flow of Na+ ions into the axoplasm exceeds the rate of flow of K+ ions to the outside fluid [ECF]. Therefore, the axolemma becomes positively charged inside and negatively charged outside.

This reversal of electrical charge is called Depolarization. During depolarization, when enough Na+ ions enter the cell, the action potential reaches a certain level, called threshold potential [-55 mV], The particular stimulus which is able to bring the membrane potential to threshold is called threshold stimulus.

The action potential occurs in response to a threshold stimulus but does not occur at subthreshold stimuli. This is called all or none principle. Due to the rapid influx of Na+ ions, the membrane potential shoots rapidly up to + 45 mV which is called the Spike potential.

Repolarisation [Falling Phase]: When the membrane reaches the spike potential, the sodium voltage-gate closes and potassium voltage-gate opens. It checks influx of Na+ ions and initiates the efflux of K+ ions which lowers the number of positive ions within the cell.’Thus, .the potential falls back towards the resting potential. The reversal of membrane potential inside the axolemma to negative occurs due to the efflux of K+ ions. This is called Repolarisation.

Hyperpolarization:
If repolarization becomes more negative than the resting potential -70 mV to about -90 mV, it is called Hyperpolarization. During this, K+ ion gates are more permeable to K+ even after reaching the threshold level as it closes slowly; hence called Lazy gates. The membrane potential returns to its original resting state when K+ ion channels close completely. During hyperpolarization the Na+ voltage gate remains closed.

Conduction Speed of a nerve impulse: The conduction speed of a nerve impulse depends on the diameter of axon. The greater the axon’s diameter, the faster is the conduction.. The myelinated axon conducts the impulse faster than the non-myelinated axon.

The voltage-gated Na+ and K+ channels are concentrated at the nodes of Ranvier. As a result, the impulse jumps node to node, rather than travelling the entire length of the nerve fibre. This mechanism of conduction is called Saltatory Conduction. Nerve impulses travel at the speed of 1-300 m/s.

Question 5.
Explain the Synaptic transmission?
Answer:
The junction between two neurons is called a Synapse through which a nerve impulse is transmitted. The first neuron involved in the synapse forms the pre-synaptic neuron and the second neuron is the post-synaptic neuron.

A small gap between the pre- and post-synaptic membranes is called Synaptic Cleft that forms a structural gap and a functional bridge between neurons. The axon terminals contain synaptic vesicles filled with neurotransmitters.

When an impulse [action potential] arrives at the axon terminals, it depolarizes the pre-synaptic membrane, opening the voltage-gated calcium channels. Influx of calcium ions stimulates the synaptic vesicles towards the pre-synaptic membrane and fuses with it.

In the neurilemma, the vesicles release their neurotransmitters into the synaptic cleft by exocytosis. The released neurotransmitters bind to their specific receptors on the post-synaptic membrane, responding to chemical signals.

The entry of the ions can generate a new potential in the post-synaptic neuron, which may be either excitatory or inhibitory. Excitatory post-synaptic potential causes depolarization whereas inhibitory post-synaptic potential causes hyperpolarization of post- synaptic membrane.

Question 6.
Write a short note on meninges?
Answer:
Brain is covered by three cranial meninges. The outer thick layer is Duramater which lines the inner surface of the cranial cavity; the median thin layer is Arachnoid mater which is separated from the duramater by a narrow subdural space. The innermost layer is Piamater which is closely adhered to the brain but separated from the arachnoid mater by the subarachnoid space.

Question 7.
Explain the structure of fore brain?
Answer:
Fore brain comprises the following regions: Cerebrum and Diencephalon. Cerebrum is the ‘seat of intelligence’ and forms the major part of the brain. The cerebrum consists of an outer cortex, inner medulla and basal nuclei.

The superficial region of the cerebrum is.called cerebral cortex, which looks grey due to the presence of unmyelinated nerve cells. Cerebral cortex – consists of neuronal cell body, dendrites, associated glial and blood vessels.

The surface of the cerebrum’shows many convolutions (folds) and grooves. The folds are called gyri, the shallow grooves between the gyri are called sulci and deep grooves are called fissures. These sulci and gyri increase the surface area of the cerebral cortex. Several sulci divide the cerebrum into eight lobes; a pair of frontals, parietals, temporals and occipital lobes.

A median longitudinal fissure divides the cerebrum longitudinally into two cerebral hemispheres. A transverse fissure separates the cerebral hemispheres from the cerebellum.

The hemispheres are connected by a tract of nerve fibres called corpus callosum. Cerebral cortex has three functional areas namely sensory areas occur in the parietal, temporal and occipital lobes of the cortex. They receive and interpret the sensory impulses.

Motor area of the cortex which controls voluntary muscular movements lies in the posterior part of the frontal lobes. The areas other than sensory and motor areas are called Association areas that deal with integrative functions such as memory, communications, learning and reasoning. Inner to the cortex is medulla which is white in colour and acts as a nerve tract between the cortex and the diencephalon.

Diencephalon consists largely of following three paired structures. Epithalamus forms the roof of the diencephalon and it is a non-nervous tissue. The anterior part of epithalamus is vascular and folded to form the choroid plexus. Just behind the choroid plexus, the epithalamus forms a short stalk which ends in a rounded body called pineal body which secretes the hormone, melatonin which regulates sleep and wake cycle.

Thalamus is composed of grey mater which serves as a relay centre for impulses between the spinal cord, brain stem and cerebrum. Within the thalamus, information is sorted and edited and plays a key role in learning and memory. It is a major coordinating centre for sensory and motor signalling.

Hypothalamus forms the floor of the diencephalon. The downward extension of the hypothalamus, the infundibulum connects the hypothalamus with the pituitary gland. The hypothalamus contains a pair of small rounded body called mammillary bodies that are involved in olfactory reflexes and emotional responses to odour.

Hypothalamus maintains homeostasis and has many centres which control the body temperature, urge for eating and drinking. It also contains a group of neurosecretory cells which secrete the hypothalamic hormones. Hypothalamus also acts as the satiety centre.

Limbic system: The inner part of the cerebral hemisphere constitutes the limbic system. The main components of limbic system are olfactory bulbs, cingulate gyrus, mammillary body, amygdala, hippocampus and hypothalamus.

The limbic system is called ‘emotional brain’ because it plays a primary role in the regulation of pleasure, pain, anger, fear, sexual feeling and affection. The hippocampus and amygdala also play a role in memory. Brain stem is the part of the brain between the spinal cord and the diencephalon. It consists of mid brain, pons varolii and medulla oblongata.

Question 8.
Explain the mid brain?
Answer:
The mid brain is located between the diencephalon and the pons. The lower portion of the midbrain consists of a pair of longitudinal bands of nervous tissue called cerebral peduncles which relay impulses back and forth between cerebrum, cerebellum; pons and medulla. The dorsal portion of the midbrain consists of four rounded bodies called corpora quadrigemina which acts as a reflex centre for vision and hearing.

Question 9.
Explain the structure of Hind brain?
Answer:
Rhombencephalon forms the hind brain. It comprises of cerebellum, pons varolii and medulla oblongata. Cerebellum is the second largest part of the brain. It consists of two cerebellar hemispheres and central worm shaped part, the vermis. The cerebellum controls and coordinates muscular movements and body equilibrium. Any damage to cerebellum often results in uncoordinated voluntary muScle movements.

Pons varoli lies infront of the cerebellum between the midbrain and the medulla oblongata. The nerve fibres in the pons varolii form a bridge between the two cerebellar hemispheres and connect the medulla oblongata with the other region of the brain. The respiratory nuclei found in the pons cooperate with the medulla to control respiration.

Medulla oblongata forms the posterior most part of the brain. It connects the spinal cord with various parts of the brain. It receives and integrates signals from spinal cord and sends it to the cerebellum and thalamus. Medulla contains vital centres that control cardio vascular reflexes, respiration and gastric secretions.

Question 10.
Explain the Ventricles of the brain?
Answer:
The brain has four hollow, fluid filled spaces. The C- shaped space found inside each cerebral hemisphere forms the lateral ventricles I and II which are separated from each other by a thin membrane called the septum pellucidum. Each lateral .ventricle communicates with the . narrow III ventricle in the diencephalon through an opening called interventricular foramen (foramen of Monro).

The ventricle III is continuous with the ventricle IV in the hind brain through a canal called aqueduct of Sylvius (cerebral aqueduct). Choroid plexus is a network of blood capillaries found in the roof of the ventricles and forms cerebro spinal fluid (CSF) from the blood. CSF provides buoyancy to the CNS structures; CSF acts as a shock absorber for the brain and spinal cord; it nourishes the brain cells by transporting constant supply of food and oxygen; it carries harmful metabolic wastes from the brain to the blood; and maintains a constant pressure inside the cranial vessels.

Question 11.
Explain the structure of Spinal cord?
Answer:
The spinal cord is a long, slender, cylindrical nervous tissue. It is protected by the vertebral column and surrounded by the three membranes as in the brain. The spinal cord that extends from the brain stem into-the vertebral canal of the vertebral column up to the level of 1st or 2nd lumbar vertebra. So the nerve roots of the remaining nerves are greatly elongated to exit the vertebral column at their appropriate space. The thick bundle of elongated nerve roots within the lower vertebral canal is called the cauda equina (horse’s tail) because of its appearance.

In the cross section of spinal cord, there are two indentations: the posterior median sulcus and the anterior median fissure. Although there might be slight variations, the cross section of spinal cord is generally the same throughout its length. In contrast to the brain, the grey matter in the spinal cord forms an inner butterfly shaped region surrounded by the outer white matter.

The grey matter consists of neuronal cell bodies and their dendrites, intemeurons and glial cells. White matter consists of bundles of nerve fibres. In the center of the grey matter there is a central canal which is filled with CSF. Each half of the grey matter is divided into a dorsal horn, a ventral horn and a lateral hom.

The dorsal hom contains cell bodies of intemeurons on which afferent neurons terminate. The ventral hom contains cell bodies of the efferent motor neurons supplying the skeletal muscle.

Autonomic nerve fibres, supplying cardiac and smooth muscles and exocrine glands, originate from the cell bodies found in the lateral horn. In the white matter, the bundles of nerve fibres form two types of tracts namely ascending tracts which carry sensory impulses to the brain and descending tracts which carry motor impulses from the brain to the spinal nerves at various levels of the spinal cord.

The spinal cord shows two enlargements, one in the cervical region and another one in the lumbosacral region. The cervical enlargement serves the upper limb and lumbar enlargement serves the lower limbs.

Question 12.
Write a short note on Reflex action and Reflex arc?
Answer:
Reflex action is a fast, involuntary unplanned sequence of actions that occurs in response to a particular stimulus, e.g., closing the eyelids when dust falls in the eyes, withdrawing hand on touching a hot pan. It is brought about by the spinal cord. The nervous elements involved in carrying out the reflex actions constitute a reflex arc.

Reflex arc-has:-

  1. Sensory receptors: It is a sensory structure that responds to a specific stimulus.
  2. Sensory neuron: This neuron takes sensory impulse to the grey matter of the spinal cord through the dorsal root of the spinal cord.
  3. Interneurons: one or two intemeurons serve to transmit impulses from the sensory neuron to the motor neuron.
  4. Motor neuron: It transmits impulse from the central nervous system to the effector organ.
  5. Effector organs: It may be a muscle or gland which responds to the impulse received.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination img 6

Question 13.
Explain the type of reflexes?
Answer:
There are two types of reflexes. They are:

1. Unconditional reflex is an inborn reflex for an unconditioned stimulus. It does not need any past experience, knowledge or training to occur; Ex: blinking of an eye when a dust particle is about to fall into it, sneezing and coughing due to foreign particle entering the nose or larynx.

2. Conditioned reflex is a respone to a stimulus that has been acquired by learning. This does not naturally exists in animals. Only an experience makes it a part of the behaviour. Example: excitement of salivary gland on seeing and smelling a food. Thb conditioned reflex was first demonstrated by the Russian physiologist Pavlov in his classical conditioning experiment in a dog. The cerebral cortex controls the conditioned reflex.

Question 14.
Tabulate the Cranial nerves and its function?
Answer:

Cranial nerves

Nature of nerve

Function

1. Olfactory nerve Sensory Sense of smell
2. Optic nerves Sensory Sense of sight
3. Oculomotor nerves Motor Movement of the eye
4. Trochlear nerve Motor Rotation of the eye ball
5. Trigeminal nerve Sensory and motor (mixed) Functioning of facial parts
6. Abducens nerve Motor Rotation of the eye ball
7. Facial nerve Mixed Functioning of facial parts
8. Auditory/

Vestibulocochlear nerve

Sensory Maintains the equilibrium of the body /Auditory function
9. Glossopharyngeal nerve Mixed Taste and touch
10. Vagus Mixed Regulation of the visceral organs
11. Spinal accessory Motor Muscular movement of Pharynx, larynx, neck and shoulder
12. Hypoglossal Motor Speech and swallowing

Question 15.
Explain the peripheral nervous system?
Answer:
Peripheral Neural System (PNS) consists of all nervous tissue outside the CNS. Components of PNS include nerves, ganglia, enteric plexuses and sensory receptors. A nerve is a chord like structure that encloses several neurons inside. Ganglia (singular-ganglion) are small masses of nervous tissue, consisting primarily of neuron cell bodies and are located outside the brain and spinal cord.

Enteric plexuses are extensive networks of neurons located in the walls of organs of the gastrointestinal tract. The neurons of these plexuses help in regulating the digestive system. The specialized structure that helps to respond to changes in the environment i.e. stimuli are called sensory receptor which triggers nerve impulses along the afferent fibres to CNS. PNS comprises of cranial nerves arising from the brain and spinal nerves arising from the spinal cord.

(a) Cranial nerves:
There are 12 pairs of cranial nerves, of which the first two pairs arise from the fore brain and the remaining 10 pairs from the mid brain. Other than the Vagus nerve, which extends into the abdomen, all cranial nerves serve the head and face.

(b) Spinal nerves:
31 pairs of spinal nerves emerge out from the spinal cord through spaces called the intervertebral foramina found between the adjacent vertebrae. The spinal nerves are named according to the region of vertebral column from which they originate

  1. Cervical nerves (8 pairs)
  2. Thoracic nerves (12 pairs)
  3. Lumbar nerves (5 pairs)
  4. Sacral nerves (5 pairs)
  5. Coccygeal nerves (1 pair)

Each spinal nerve is a mixed nerve containing both afferent (sensory) and efferent (motor) fibres. It originates as two roots: 1) a posterior dorsal root with a ganglion outside the spinal cord and 2) an anterior ventral root with no external ganglion.

Somatic neural system (SNS) or voluntary neural system is the part of the peripheral neural system associated with the voluntary control of body movements via skeletal muscles. The sensory and motor nerves that innervate striated muscles form the somatic neural system. Major functions of the somatic neural system include voluntary movement of the muscles and organs, and reflex movements.

Question 16.
Explain the Autonomic Neural System?
Answer:
The autonomic neural system is auto functioning and self governed. It is a part of peripheral neural system that innervates smooth muscles, glands and cardiac muscle. This system controls and coordinates the involuntary activities of various organs. ANS controlling centre is in the hypothalamus.

Autonomic neural system comprises the following components:

  1. Preganglionic neuron whose cell body is in the brain or spinal cord; its myelinated axon exits the CNS as part of cranial or spinal nerve and ends in an autonomic ganglion.
  2. Autonomic ganglion consists of axon of preganglionic neuron and cell bodies of postganglionic neuron.
  3. Postganglionic neuron conveys nerve impulses from autonomic ganglia to visceral effector organs.
  4. The autonomic neural system consists of Sympathetic neural system and Parasympathetic neural system.

Question 17.
Tabulate the differences between sympathetic and parasympathetic neural system?
Answer:

Sympathetic Neural system (SNS)

Parasympathetic Neural system (PNS)

1. SNS originates in the thoracic and lumbar region of the spinal cord. PNS originates in the cranial region of the brain and the sacral region of the spinal cord.
2. Sympathetic ganglia are linked up to form a chain. Its ganglia remain isolated.
3. Preganglionic fibres are short and the postganglionic fibres are long. Preganglionic fibres are long and the postganglionic fibres are short.
4. Noradrenaline is produced at the terminal ends of the postganglionic fibres at the effector organs. Hence the system is adrenergic. Acetylcholine is produced at the terminal ends of the postganglionic fibres at the effector organs. Hence the system is cholinergic.
5. Active during stressful conditions preparing the body to face them. Active during relaxing times restoring normal activity after a stress.
6. The overall effect is excitatory and stimulating. The overall effect is inhibitory.
7. It is considered as the flight or fight system. It is considered as ‘The Rest and Digest System’ or ‘The Feed and Breed System’.

 

Question 18.
Explain the structure of Photoreceptor?
Answer:
Eye is the organ of vision; located in the orbit of the skull and held in its position with the help of six extrinsic muscles. They are superior, inferior, lateral, median rectus muscles, superior oblique and inferior oblique muscles.

These muscles aid in movement of the eyes and they receive their nerve innervation from III, IV and VI cranial nerves. Eyelids, eye lashes and eye brows are the accessory structures useful in protecting the eyes.

The eye lids protect the eyes from excessive light and foreign objects and spread lubricating secretions over the eyeballs. Eyelashes and the eyebrows help to protect the eyeballs from foreign objects, perspiration and also from the direct rays of sunlight.

Sebaceous glands at the base of the eyelashes are called ciliary glands which secrete a lubricating fluid into the hair follicles. Lacrymal glands, located in the upper lateral region of each orbit, secrete tears. Tears are secreted at the rate of 1 ml/day and it contains salts, mucus and lysozyme enzyme to destroy bacteria.

The conjunctiva is a thin, protective mucous membrane found lining the outer surface of the eyeball. The eye has two compartments, the anterior and posterior compartments. The anterior compartment has two chambers, first one lies between the cornea and iris and the second one lies between the iris and lens.

These two chambers are filled with watery fluid called aqueous humor. The posterior compartment lies between the lens and retina and it is filled with a jelly like fluid called vitreous humor that helps to retain the spherical nature of the eye. Eye lens is transparent and biconvex, made up of long columnar epithelial cells called lens fibres. These cells are accumulated with the proteins called crystalline.

The eye ball is spherical in nature. The anterior one- sixth of the eyeball is exposed; the remaining region is fitted well into the orbit. The wall of the eye ball consists of three layers: fibrous Sclera, vascular Choroid and sensory Retina.

The outer coat is composed of dense non-vascular connective tissue. It has two regions: the anterior cornea and the posterior sclera. Cornea is a non-vascular transparent coat formed of stratified squamous epithelium which helps the cornea to renew continuously as it is very vulnerable to damage from dust.

Sclera forms the white of the eye and protects the eyeball. Posteriorly the sclera is innervated by the optic nerve. At the junction of the sclera and the cornea, is a channel called ‘canal of schlemm’ which continuously drains out the excess of aqueous humor.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination img 7

Choroid is highly vascularized pigmented layer that nourishes all the eye layers and its pigments absorb light to prevent internal reflection. Anteriorly the choroid thickens to form the ciliary body and iris. Iris is the coloured portion of the eye lying between the cornea and lens. The aperture at the centre of the iris is the pupil through which the light enters the inner chamber. Iris is made of two types of muscles the dilator papillae (the radial muscle) and the sphincter papillae (the circular muscle).

In the bright light, the circular muscle in the iris contract; so that the size of pupil decreases and less light enters the eye. In dim light, the radial muscle in the iris contract; so that the pupil size increases and more light enters the eye. Smooth muscle present in the ciliary body is called the ciliary muscle which alters the convexity of the lens for near and far vision.

The ability of the eyes to focus objects at varying distances is called accommodation which is achieved by suspensory ligament, ciliary muscle and ciliary body. The suspensory ligament extends from the ciliary body and helps to hold the lens in its upright position. The ciliary body is provided with blood capillaries that secrete a watery fluid called aqueous humor that fills the anterior chamber.

Retina forms the inner most layer of the eye and it contains two regions:-

  • A sheet of pigmented epithelium (non visual part) and neural visual regions.
  • The neural retina layer contains three types of cells:-
  • photoreceptor cells – cones and rods, bipolar cells and ganglion cells.
  • The yellow flat spot at the centre of the posterior region of the retina is called macula lutea which is responsible for sharp detailed Vision.

A small depression present in the centre of the yellow spot is called fovea centralis which contains only cones. The optic nerves and the retinal blood vessels enter the eye slightly below the posterior pole, which is devoid of photo receptors; hence this region is called blind spot.

Question 19.
Explain the mechanism of vision?
Answer:
When light enters the eyes, it gets refracted by the cornea, aqueous humor and lens and it is focused on the retina and excites the rod and cone cells. The photo pigment consists of Opsin, the protein part and Retinal, a derivative of vitamin A. Light induces dissociation of retinal from opsin and causes the structural changes in opsin.

This generates an action potential in the photoreceptor cells and is transmitted by the optic nerves to the visual cortex of the brain, via bipolar cells, ganglia and optic nerves, for the perception of vision.

Question 20.
Explain the Refractive errors of eye or defects of human eye?
Answer:
Myopia (near sightedness): The affected person can see the nearby objects but not the distant objects. This condition may result due to an elongated eyeball or thickened lens; so that the image of distant object is formed in front of the yellow spot. This error can be corrected using concave lens that diverge the entering light rays and focuses it on the retina.

Hypermetropia (long sightedness): the affected person can see only the distant objects clearly but not the objects nearby. This condition results due to a shortened eyeball and thin lens; so the image of closest object is converged behind the retina. This defect can be overcome by using convex lens that converge the entering light rays on the retina.

Presbyopia:
Due to aging, the lens loses elasticity and the power of accommodation. Convex lenses are used to correct this defect. Astigmatism is due to the rough (irregular) curvature of cornea or lens. Cylindrical glasses are used to correct this error.

Cataract:
Due to the changes in nature of protein, the lens becomes opaque. It can be corrected by surgical procedures.

Question 21.
Explain the structure of human ear or Phonoreceptor?
Answer:
The ear is the site of reception of two senses namely hearing and equilibrium. Anatomically, the ear is divided into three regions: the external ear, the middle ear and internal ear.

The external ear consists of pinna, external auditory meatus and ear drum. The pinna is flap of elastic cartilage covered by skin. It collects the sound waves. The external auditory meatus is a curved tube that extends up to the tympanic membrane [the ear drum].

The tympapic membrane is composed of connective tissues covered with skin outside and with mucus membrane inside. There are very fine hairs and wax producing sebaceous glands called ceruminous glands in the external auditory meatus. The combination of hair and the ear wax [cerunien] helps in preventing dust and foreign particles from entering the ear.

The middle ear is a small air-filled cavity in the temporal bone. It is separated from the external ear by the eardrum and from the internal ear by a thin bony partition; the bony partition contains two small membrane covered openings called the oval window and the round window.

The middle ear contains three ossicles: malleus [hammer bone], incus [anyil bone] and stapes [stirrup bone] which are attached to one another. The malleus is attached to the tympanic membrane and its head articulates with the incus which is the intermediate bone lying between the malleus and stapes.

The stapes is attached to the oval window in the inner ear. The ear ossicles transmit sound waves to the inner ear. A tube called Eustachian tube connects the middle ear cavity with the pharynx. This tube helps in equalizing the pressure of air on either sides of the ear drum.

Inner ear is the fluid filled cavity consisting of two parts, the bony labyrinth and the membranous labyrinths. The bony labyrinth consists of three areas: cochlea, vestibule and semicircular canals.

The cochlea is a coiled portion consisting of 3 chambers namely: scala vestibuli and scala tympani- these two are filled with perilymph; and the scala media is filled with endolymph. At the base of the cochlea, the scala vestibule ends at the ‘oval window’ whereas the scala tympani ends at the ‘round window’ of the middle ear.

The chambers scala vestibuli and scala media are separated by a membrane called Reisner’s membrane whereas the scala media and scala tympani are separated by a membrane called Basilar membrane. Organ of corti.

The organ of corti is a sensory ridge located on the top of the Basilar membrane and it contains numerous hair cells that are arranged in four rows along the length of the basilar membrane. Protruding from the apical part of each hair cell is hair like structures known as stereocilia. During the conduction of sound wave, stereocilia makes a contact with the stiff gel membrane called tectorial membrane, a roof like structure overhanging the organ of corti throughout its length.

Question 22.
Explain the mechanism of hearing?
Answer:
Sound waves entering the external auditory meatus fall on the tympanic membrane. This causes the ear drum to vibrate, and these vibrations are transmitted to the oval window through the three auditory ossicles. Since the tympanic membrane is 17-20 times larger than the oval window, the pressure exerted on the oval window is about 20 times more than that on the tympanic membrane.

This increased pressure generates pressure waves in the fluid of perilymph. This pressure causes the round window to alternately bulge outward and inward meanwhile the basilar membrane along with the organ of Corti move up and down. These movements of the hair alternately open and close the mechanically gated ion channels in the base of hair cells and the action potential is propagated to the brain as sound sensation through cochlear nerve.

Question 23.
Write a short note on defects of ear?
Answer:
Deafness may be temporary or permanent. It can be further classified into conductive deafness and sensory-neural deafness. Possible causes for conductive deafness may be due to

  1. Blockage of ear canal with earwax
  2. Rupture of eardrum
  3. Middle ear infection with fluid accumulation
  4. Restriction of ossicular movement.

In sensory-neural deafness, the defect may be in the organ of Corti or the auditory nerve or in the ascending auditory pathways or auditory cortex.

Question 24.
Explain the organ of equilibrium or proprioception?
Answer:
Balance is part of a sense called proprioception, which is the ability to sense the position, orientation and movement of the body. The organ of balance is known as the vestibular system which is located in the inner ear next to the cochlea.

The vestibular system is composed of a series of fluid filled sacs and tubules.These sacs and tubules contain endolymph and are kept in the surrounding perilymph. These two fluids, perilymph and endolymph, respond to the mechanical forces, during changes occurring in body position and acceleration.

The utricle and saccule are two membraiious sacs, found nearest the cochlea and contain equilibrium receptor regions called maculae that are involved in detecting the linear movement of the head.

The maculae contain the hair cells that act as mechanoreceptors. These hair cells are embeded in a gelatinous otolithic membrane that contains small calcareous particles called otoliths. This membrane adds weight to the top of the hair cells and increase the inertia.

The canals that lie posterior and lateral to the vestibule are semicircular canals; they are anterior, posterior and lateral canals oriented at right angles to each other.

At one end of each semicircular canal, at its lower end has a swollen area called ampulla. Each ampulla has a sensory area known as crista ampullaris which is formed of sensory hair cells and supporting cells. The function of these canals is to detect rotational movement of the head.

Question 25.
Explain the sensory function of skin?
Answer:
Skin is the sensory organ of touch and is also the largest sense organ. This sensation conies from millions of microscopic sensory receptors located all over the skin and associated with the general sensations of contact, pressure, heat, cold and pain. Some parts of the body, such as the finger tips have a large number of these receptors, making them more sensitive. Some of the sensory receptors present in the skin are:

  • Tactile merkel disc is light touch receptor lying in the deeper layer of epidermis.
  • Hair follicle receptors are light touch receptors lying around the hair follicles.
  • Meissner’s corpuscles are small light pressure receptors found just beneath the epidermis in the dermal papillae. They are numerous in hairless skin areas such as finger tips and soles of the feet.
  • Pacinian corpuscles are the large egg shaped receptors found scattered deep in the dermis and monitoring vibration due.to pressure. It allows to detect different textures, temperature, hardness and pain.
  • Ruffini endings which lie in the dermis responds to continuous pressure.
  • Krause end bulbs are thermoreceptors that sense temperature.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Plant Growth and Development Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Select the wrong statement from the following:
(a) Formative phase of the cells retain the capability of cell division.
(b) In elongation phase development of central vacuole takes place.
(c) In maturation phase thickening and differentiation takes place.
(d) In maturation phase, the cells grow further.
Answer:
(d) In maturation phase, the cells grow further.

Question 2.
If the diameter of the pulley is 6 inches, length of pointer is 10 inches and distance travelled by pointer is 5 inches. Calculate the actual growth in length of plant:
(a) 3 inches
(b) 6 inches
(c) 12 inches
(d) 30 inches
Answer:
(a) 3 inches

Question 3.
In uni sexual plants, sex can be changed by the application of:
(a) ethanol
(b) cytokinins
(c) ABA
(d) auxin
Answer:
(c) ABA

Question 4.
Select the correctly matched one:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development
(a) A – (iii), B – (iv), C – (v), D – (vi), E – (i), F – (ii)
(b) A – (v), C – (ii), D – (iv), E – (vi), F – (iii)
(c) A – (iii), B – (v), C – (vi),D – (i), E – (ii), F – (iv)
(d) A – (ii), B – (iii), C – (v), D – (vi), E – (iv), F – (i)
Answer:
(b) A – (v), C – (ii), D – (iv), E – (vi), F – (iii)

Question 5.
Seed dormancy allows the plants to:
(a) overcome un favorable climatic conditions
(b) develop healthy seeds
(c) reduce viability
(d) prevent deterioration of seeds
Answer:
(a) overcome unfavorable climatic conditions

Question 6.
What are the parameters used to measure growth of plants?
Answer:

  • Increase in length or girth (roots and stems)
  • Increase in fresh or dry weight
  • Increase in area or volume (fruits and leaves)
  • Increase in number of cells produced.

Question 7.
What is plasticity?
Answer:
Plants follow different pathways in response to environment or phases of life to form different kinds of structures. This ability is called plasticity,
eg : Heterophylly in cotton and coriander. In such plants, the leaves of the juvenile plant are different in shape from those in mature plants.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development
On the other hand, the difference in shapes of leaves produced in air and those produced in water in buttercup also represent he heterophyllous development due to the environment. This phenomenon of heterophylly is an example of plasticity.

Question 8.
Write the physiological effects of Cytokinins.
Answer:

  1. Cytokinin promotes cell division in the presence of auxin (IAA).
  2. Induces cell enlargement associated with IAA and gibberellins
  3. Cytokinin can break the dormancy of certain light-sensitive seeds like tobacco and induces seed germination.
  4. Cytokinin promotes the growth of lateral bud in the presence of apical bud.
  5. Application of cytokinin delays the process of aging by nutrient mobilization. It is known as Richmond Lang effect.
  6. Cytokinin:
    • increases rate protein synthesis
    • induces the formation of inter-fascicular cambium
    • overcomes apical dominance
    • induces formation of new leaves, chloroplast and lateral shoots.
  7. Plants accumulate solutes very actively with the help of cytokinins.

Question 9.
Describe the mechanism of photoperiodic induction of flowering.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development
Photoperiodic stimulus is perceived by the leaves. Floral hormone is synthesised in leaves and translocated to the apical tip to promote flowering. This can be explained by a simple experiment on Cocklebur (Xanthium pensylvanicum), a short day plant. Usually Xanthium will flower under short day conditions. If the plant is defoliated and kept under short day conditions it will not flower.

Flowering will occur even when all the leaves are removed except one leaf. If a cocklebur plant is defoliated and kept under long day conditions, it will not flower. If one of its leaves is exposed to short day condition and rest are in long day condition, flowering will occur.

Question 10.
Give a brief account on Pr grammed Cell Death (PCD).
Answer:
Senescence is controlled by plants own genetic program and death of the plant or plant part consequent to senescence is called Programmed Cell Death. In short senescence of an individual cell is called PCD. The proteolytic enzymes involving PCD in plants are phytases and in animals are caspases. The nutrients and other substrates from senescing cells and tissues are remobilized and reallocated to other parts of the plant that survives.

The protoplasts of developing xylem vessels and tracheids die and disappear at maturity to make them functionally efficient to conduct water for transport. In aquatic plants, aerenchyma is normally formed in different parts of the plant such as roots and stems which encloses large air spaces that are created through PCD. In the development of unisexual flowers, male and female flowers are present in earlier stages, but only one of these two completes its development while other aborts through PCD.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Plant Growth and Development Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose T he correct answer (1 Mark)
Question 1.
Open form of the growth occurs in:
(a) leaves and flowers
(b) stem and root
(c) leaves and stem
(d) stem and flowers
Answer:
(b) stem and root

Question 2.
Bamboo is classified under:
(a) monocarpi c annual plants
(b) polycarpic perennials
(c) monocarpic perennials
(d) polycarpic annual plants
Answer:
(c) monocarpic perennials

Question 3.
Primary growth of the plant is due to the activity of:
(a) phloem parenchyma
(b) phloem meristem
(c) vascular cambium
(d) apical meristem
Answer:
(d) apical meristem

Question 4.
One single maize root apical meristem can give rise to more than:
(a) 17,500 hew cells per hour
(b) 18,500 new cells per hour
(c) 19,000 new cells per hour
(d) 500 new cells per hour
Answer:
(a) 17,500 hew cells per hour

Question 5.
Thickening and differentiation of cells take place during:
(a) elongation phase
(b) formative phase
(c) maturation phase
(d) flowering phase
Answer:
(c) maturation phase

Question 6.
When die total growth of a plant is plotted against time, the shape of the curve obtained is:
(a) hyperbolic curve
(b) ‘S’ shaped sigmoid curve
(c) linear curve
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) ‘S’ shaped sigmoid curve

Question 7.
The total growth of the plant consists of four phases in the following order.
(a) Log phase, lag phase, decelerating phase and maturation phase
(b) Log phase, lag phase, maturation phase and decelerating phase
(c) Lag phase, log phase, maturation phase and decelerating phase
(d) Lag phase, log phase, decelerating phase and maturation phase
Answer:
(d) Lag phase, log phase, decelerating phase and maturation phase

Question 8.
Internal factors, that influences the growth of the plant is:
(a) nutrition
(b) light
(c) C / N ratio
(d) oxygen
Answer:
(c) C / N ratio

Question 9.
Absence of light may lead to yellowish in color in plants and this is called:
(a) venation
(b) etiolation
(c) estivation
(d) vernation
Answer:
(b) etiolation

Question 10.
Differentiated cells, after multiplication again lose the ability to divide and mature to perform specific functions. This is called:
(a) plasticity
(b) differentiation
(c) dedifferentiation
(d) redifferentiation
Answer:
(d) redifferentiation

Question 11.
Indicate a plant growth regulator from the following:
(a) cytocin
(b) cytokinins
(c) acetic acid
(d) methylene
Answer:
(b) cytokinins

Question 12.
Some of the polyamines are known to behave like:
(a) growth inhibitors
(b) plant hormones
(c) flowering inhibitors
(d) fruit ripening agent
Answer:
(b) plant hormones

Question 13.
The activity of synergistic effect involves the activity of:
(a) auxin and gibberellins
(b) auxin and ethylene
(c) ABA and gibberellins
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(a) auxin and gibberellins

Question 14.
Phytohormones are usually produced to in tips of:
(a) root alone
(b) stem alone
(c) leaves alone
(d) root, stem and leaves
Answer:
(d) root, stem and leaves

Question 15.
The term auxin was first coined by:
(a) Charles Darwin
(b) Kogl
(c) F.W. Went
(d) Smith
Answer:
(c) F.W. Went

Question 16.
Indole Acetic Acid (IAA) is a:
(a) growth inhibitor
(b) hetero auxin
(c) root inhibitor
(d) synthetic auxin
Answer:
(b) hetero auxin

Question 17.
Indicate a synthetic auxin.
(a) Indole Acetic Acid
(b) Phenyl Acetic Acid
(c) Indole Butyric Acid
(d) Napthalene Acetic Acid
Answer:
(d) Napthalene Acetic Acid

Question 18.
Auxin has a similar chemical structure of:
(a) Indole acetic acid
(b) Napthalene acetic acid
(c) Phenyl acetic acid
(d) 2,4 – Dichloro phenoxy
Answer:
(a) Indole acetic acid

Question 19.
Auxin stimulates:
(a) transpiration
(b) respiration
(c) flowering
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) respiration

Question 20.
The term gibberllin was named by:
(a) Brain
(b) Yabuta
(c) Sumiki
(d) kurosawa
Answer:
(b) Yabuta

Question 21.
Who established the structure of gibberellic acid?
(a) Brain etal
(b) Kurosawa
(c) Cross et al
(d) Yabuta and Sumiki
Answer:
(c) Cross et al

Question 22.
Formation of seedless fruits without fertilization is induced by:
(a) auxin
(b) cytokinin
(c) ethylene
(d) gibberellin
Answer:
(d) gibberellin

Question 23.
Cytokinins inducing cell division was first demonstrated by:
(a) Haberlandt
(b) Charles Darwin
(c) Clarke
(d) Hubert
Answer:
(a) Haberlandt

Question 24.
Zeatin is first isolated from unripe grains of:
(a) paddy
(b) wheat
(c) maize
(d) com
Answer:
(c) maize

Question 25.
Indicate correct statements.
(i) Genes are intracellular factors for growth.
(ii) Temperature has no role in the growth of plant.
(iii) Oxygen has a vital role in the growth of plants.
(iv) CIN ratio of soil does not affect the growth of plant.
(a) (i) and (iv)
(b) (ii) and (iv)
(c) (i) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iii)
Answer:
(c) (i) and (iii)

Question 26.
Aspartic acid is classified under:
(a) freeauxin
(b) precursor of auxin
(c) chemical structure of auxin
(d) bound auxin
Answer:
(d) bound auxin

Question 27.
The stress phytohormones (Abscisic acid) was first isolated by:
(a) Linn et al
(b) Addicott et al
(c) Edward et al
(d) Stone and Black
Answer:
(b) Addicott et al

Question 28.
The chemical structure of abscisic acid resembles the structure of:
(a) indole Acetic Acid
(b) malanic acid
(c) carotenoid
(d) xanthophyll
Answer:
(c) carotenoid

Question 29.
Pick out the correct statement from the following:
(i) Abscisic acid is found abundantly inside the chloroplast of green cells.
(ii) ABA is a powerful growth promotor.
(iii) ABA is formed from pentose phosphate pathway.
(iv) ABA has anti-auxih and anti-gibberellin property.
(a) (i) and (iv)
(b) (i) and (ii)
(c) (ii) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iv)
Answer:
(a) (i) and (iv)

Question 30.
Abscisic acid induces male flower formation on female plants of:
(a) potato
(b) Cannabis sativa
(c) Vinca rosea
(d) Delomix regia
Answer:
(b) Cannabis sativa

Question 31.
Pea and barley are classified under:
(a) short day plants
(b) short long day plants
(c) long day plants
(d) long short day plants
Answer:
(c) long day plants

Question 32.
The term ‘photoperiodism’ was coined by:
(a) Miller and Amald
(b) Gamer and Allard
(c) Michael and Edward
(d) Darwin and Lamark
Answer:
(b) Gamer and Allard

Question 33.
Usually Xanthiumpensylvanicum will flower under:
(a) long day condition
(b) short long day condition
(c) photoneutral condition
(d) short day condition
Answer:
(d) short day condition

Question 34.
Phytochrome is a:
(a) reddish xanthophyll pigment
(b) bluish biliprotein pigment
(c) rodopsin pigment
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) bluish biliprotein pigment

Question 35.
Who found out the phytochrome in plants?
(a) Butler et al
(b) Michell et al
(c) Boumick et al
(d) Gamers and Allard
Answer:
(a) Butler et al

Question 36.
The term “vernalization” was first used by:
(a) Gamer
(b) Michell
(c) Lysenko
(d) Kawasacki
Answer:
(c) Lysenko

Question 37.
Pick out the wrong statement from the following:
(a) Vernalization increases the cold resistance of plants
(b) It increase the resistance of plants to fungal disease
(c) Vemalizatiqn increase the vegetative period of the plant
(d) It accelerates the plant breeding
Answer:
(c) Vemalizatiqn increase the vegetative period of the plant

Question 38.
In Oxalis, the seed viability ranges from:
(a) 10 to 15 years
(b) a few days
(c) more than 100 years
(d) upto 100 years
Answer:
(b) a few days

Question 39.
In apple and plum, the method of breaking seed dormancy involves the process of:
(a) impaction
(b) Scarification
(c) exposing to red light
(d) Stratification
Answer:
(d) Stratification

Question 40.
The proteolytic enzymes involved in – programmed cell death in plants are:
(a) phytochrome
(b) caspases
(c) phytaspases
(d) protolysis
Answer:
(c) phytaspases

II. Answer the following (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Define closed form of growth in plants.
Answer:
Leaves, flowers and fruits are limited in growth or of determinate or closed form growth.

Question 2.
What is meant by grand period of growth in plants?
Answer:
The total period from initial to the final stage of growth is called the grand period of growth. The total growth is plotted against time and ‘S’ shaped sigmoid curve (Grand period curve) is obtained.

Question 3.
Name the phases of growth in ‘S’ shaped growth curve.
Answer:

  • Lag phase
  • Log phase
  • Decelerating phase
  • Maturation phase

Question 4.
Define arithmetic growth rate in plant organ.
Answer:
If the length of a plant organ is plotted against time, it shows a linear curve and this growth is called arithmetic growth.

Question 5.
Distinguish between absolute growth rate and relative growth, rate.
Answer:
Absolute growth rate:
Increase in total growth of two organs measured and compared per unit time is called absolute growth rate.

Relative growth rate:
The growth of the given system per unit time expressed per unit initial parameter is called relative growth rate.

Question 6.
Define the term etiolation
Answer:
Light has its own contribution in the growth of the plant. Light is important for growth and photosynthesis. Light stimulates healthy growth. Absence of light may lead to yellowish in colour. This is called etiolation.

Question 7.
What is meant by redifferentiation of plant cells?
Answer:
Differentiated cells, after multiplication again lose the ability to divide and mature to perform specific functions. This is called redifferentiation, eg: Secondary xylem and Secondary phloem.

Question 9.
Mention any two synthetic auxins.
Answer:

  • 2,4 – Dichloro Phenoxy Acetic Acid (2,4 – D)
  • 2, 4, 5 – Trichloro Phenoxy Acetic Acid (2,4,5 – T)

Question 10.
Explain the synergistic effect of phytochromes.
Answer:
The effect of one or more substance in such a way that both promote each others activity, eg: Activity of auxin and gibberellins or cytokinins.

Question 11.
Name the natural auxins present in plants.
Answer:

  • Indole Acetic Acid (IAA)
  • Indole Propionic Acid (IPA)
  • Indole Butyric Acid (IBA)
  • Phenyl Acetic Acid (PAA)

Question 12.
Mention any two physiological effect of auxins in plant.
Answer:

  • They promote cell elongation in stem and coleoptile.
  • At higher concentrations auxins inhibit the elongation of roots but induce more lateral roots. Promotes growth of root only at extremely low concentrations.

Question 13.
Match the following.

(i) Indole acetic acid (a) bolting
(ii) Napthalene acetic acid (b) anti-auxin
(iii) Gibberellins (c) synthetic auxin
(iv) Abscisic acid (d) Natural auxin

Answer:
(i) – (d) Natural auxin
(ii) – (c) synthetic auxin
(iii) – (a) bolting
(iv) – (b) anti-auxin

Question 14.
Where do you find cytokinin hormone in plants?
Answer:
The distribution of cytokinin in plants is not as wide as those of auxin and gibberellins but found mostly in roots. Cytokinins appear to be translocated through xylem.

Question 15.
What is Richmond Lang effect?
Answer:
Application of cytokinin delays the process of aging by nutrient mobilization. It is known as Richmond Lang effect.

Question 16.
What is meant by non-climacteric fruits?
Answer:
All fruits cannot be ripened by exposure to ethylene. Such fruits are called nonclimacteric fruits and are insensitive to ethylene, eg: Grapes, Watermelon, Orange.

Question 17.
Why do you call Abscisic acid (ABA) as stress hormone?
Answer:
It inhibits the shoot growth and promotes growth of root system. This character protect the plants from water stress. Hence, ABA is called as stress hormone.

Question 18.
What is meant by short day plants?
Answer:
The plants that require a short critical day length for flowering are called short day plants or long night plants, eg: Tobacco, Cocklebur, Soybean, Rice and Chrysanthemum.

Question 19.
Write down the importance of photoperiodism in plants.
Answer:

  • The knowledge of photoperiodism plays an important role in hybridisation experiments.
  • Photoperiodism is an excellent example of physiological pre-conditioning that is using an external factor to induce physiological changes in the plant.

Question 20.
Define the term vernalization.
Answer:
Besides photoperiod certain plants require a low temperature exposure in their earlier stages for flowering. Many species of biennials and perennials are induced to flower by low temperature exposure (0°C to 5°C). This process is called Vernalization.

Question 21.
What is meant by Epigeal germination?
Answer:
During epigeal germination cotyledons are pushed out of the soil. This happens due to the elongation of the hypocotyl. eg: Castor and Bean.

Question 22.
Explain the term seed dormancy.
Answer:
The condition of a seed when it fails to germinate even in suitable environmental condition is called seed dormancy.

Question 23.
Define the term phytogerontology.
Answer:
The branch of botany which deals with ageing, abscission and senescence is called Phytogerontology.

Question 24.
Explain the term programmed cell death.
Answer:
Senescence is controlled by plants own genetic programme and death of the plant or plant part consequent to senescence is called Programmed Cell Death. In short senescence of an individual cell is called PCD.

Question 25.
Define the term “Abscission”.
Answer:
Abscission is a physiological process of shedding of organs like leaves, flowers, fruits and seeds from the parent plant body.

III. Answer the following (3 Marks)

Question 1.
Explain the different phases of growth in plants.
Answer:
There are three phases of growth.
1. Formative phase:
Growth in this phase occurs in. meristematic cells of shoot and root tips. These cells are small in size, have dense protoplasm, large nucleus and small vacuoles. Cells divide continuously by mitotic cell division. Some cells retain capability of cell division while other cells enter the next phase of growth.

2. Elongation Phase:
Newly formed daughter cells are pushed out of the meristematic zone and increases the volume. It requires auxin and food supply, deposition of new cell wall materials (intussusception), addition of protoplasm and development of central vacuole take place.

3. Maturation Phase:
During this stage cells attain mature form and size. Thickening and differentiation takes place. After differentiation, the cells do not grow further.

Question 2.
Draw the ‘S’ shaped growth curve and mark the different phases of growth
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

Question 3.
Mention the internal factors, that affect the growth of plant.
Answer:

  • Genes are intracellular factors for growth.
  • Phytohormones are intracellular factors for growth, eg: auxin, gibberellin, cytokinin.
  • C/N ratio.

Question 4.
What are the characteristic features of phytohormones?
Answer:

  • Usually produced in tips of roots, stems and leaves.
  • Transfer of hormones “from one place to another takes part through conductive systems.
  • They are required in trace quantities.
  • AH hormones are organic in nature.
  • There are no specialized cells or organs for their secretion.
  • They are capable of influencing physiological activities leading to promotion, inhibition and modification of growth.

Question 5.
List out the agricultural applications of auxins.
Answer:

  • It is used to eradicate weeds, eg: 2,4 – D and 2,4,5 – T.
  • Synthetic auxins are used in the formation of seedless fruits (Parthenocarpic fruit).
  • It is used to break the dormancy in seeds.
  • Induce flowering in Pineapple by NAA & 2,4 – D.
  • Increase the number of female flowers and fruits in cucurbits.

Question 6.
Mention any three physiological effects of gibberellins.
Answer:

  • It produces extraordinary elongation of stem caused by cell division and cell elongation.
  • Rosette plants (genetic dwarfism) plants exhibit excessive inter modal growth when they are treated with gibberellins. This sudden elongation of stem followed by flowering is called bolting.
  • Gibberellin breaks dormancy in potato tubers.

Question 7.
What are the uses of ethylene in agriculture?
Answer:

  • Ethylene normally reduces flowering in plants except in Pine apple and Mango.
  • It increases the number of female flowers and decreases the number of male flowers.
  • Ethylene spray in cucumber crop produces female flowers and increases the yield.

Question 8.
What is meant by climacteric fruits?
Answer:
In most of the plants, there is sharp rise in respiration rate near the end of the development of fruit, called climacteric  rise. Such fruits are called climacteric fruits. The ripening on demand can be induced in these fruits by exposing them to normal air containing about 1 ppm of ethylene. A liquid called ethephon is being used in fruit ripening as it continuously releases ethylene, eg: Tomato, Apples, Banana, Mango.

Question 9.
Give the classification of plants based on photoperiodism.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

Question 10.
Explain the term photoperiodic induction.
Answer:
An appropriate photoperiod in 24 hours cycle constitutes one inductive cycle. Plants , may require one or more inductive cycles for flowering. The phenomenon of conversion of leaf primordia into flower primordia under the influence of suitable inductive cycles is called photoperiodic induction.
eg: Xanthium (SDP) – 1 inductive cycle and Plantago (LDP) – 25 inductive cycles.

Question 11.
What are the practical applications of vernalization in plants?
Answer:

  • Vernalization shortens’ the vegetative period and induces the plant to flower earlier.
  •  It increases the cold resistance of the plants.
  • It increases the resistance of plants to fungal disease.
  • Plant breeding can be accelerated.

Question 12.
Write down the internal factors, that affect seed germination.
Answer:
1. Maturity of embryo:
The seeds of some plants, when shed will contain immature embryo. Such seeds germinate only after maturation of embryo.

2. Viability:
Usually seeds remain viable or living only for a particular period. Viability of seeds range from a few days (eg: Oxalis) to more than hundred years. Maximum viability (1000 years) has been recorded in lotus seeds. Seeds germinate only within the period of viability.

3. Dormancy:
Seeds of many plants are dormant at the time of shedding.

Question 13.
Mention the factors causing dormancy of seeds.
Answer:

  • Hard, tough seed coat causes barrier effect as impermeability of water, gas and restriction of the expansion of embryo prevents seed germination.
  • Many species of seeds produce imperfectly developed embryos called rudimentary embryos which promotes dormancy.
  • Lack of specific light requirement leads to seed dormancy.
  • A range of temperatures either higher or lower cause dormancy.
  • The presence of inhibitors like phenolic compounds which inhibits seed germination cause dormancy.

Question 14.
What are the significances of abscission?
Answer:

  • Abscission separates dead parts of the plant, like old leaves and ripe fruits.
  • It helps in dispersal of fruits and continuing the life cycle of the plant.
  • Abscission of leaves in deciduous plants helps in water conservation during summer.
  • In lower plants, shedding of vegetative parts like gemmae or plantlets help in vegetative reproduction.

IV. Answer the following (5 Marks)

Question 1.
Describe the geometric growth rate in plants with suitable diagram.
Answer:
Geometric growth rate:
This growth occurs in many higher plants and plant organs and is measured in size or weight. In plant growth, geometric cell division results if all cells of an organism or tissue are active mitotically. eg: Round three in the given figure, produces 8 cells as 23 – 8 and after round 20 there are 220 = 1,048,576 cells. The large plant or animal parts are produced this way. In fact, it is common in animals but rare in plants except when they are young and small. Exponential growth curve can be expressed as,
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

W1 = W0ert
W1 = Final size (weight, height and number)
W0 = Initial size at the beginning of the period
r = Growth rate
t = Tittle of growth
e = Base of the natural logarithms

Here V is the relative growth rate and also a measure of the ability of the plant to produce new plant material, referred to as efficiency index. Hence, the final size of W1 depends on the initial size W0.

Question 2.
Describe the experiment to measure the increase in length of the stem tip using an arc auxanometer.
Answer:
The increase in the length of the stem tip can easily be measured by an arc auxanometer which consists of a small pulley to the axis of which is attached a long pointer sliding over a graduated arc. A thread one end of which is tied to the stem tip and another end to a weight passes over the pulley tightly.

As soon as the stem tip increases in length, the pulley moves and the pointer slide over the graduated arc (Figure). The reading is taken. The actual increase in the length of the stem is then calculated by knowing the length of the pointer and the radius of the pulley. If the radius of the pulley is 4 inches and the length of pointer 20 inches the actual growth is measured as follows:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

Question 3.
Write an essay on the phytochrome, Gibberelf ns in plants.
Answer:
1. Discovery:
The effect of gibberellins had been known in Japan since early 1800 where certain rice plants were found to suffer from ‘Bakanae’ or foolish seedling disease. This disease was found . by Kurosawa (1926) to be caused by a fungus Gibberella fujikuroi. The active substance was separated from fungus and named as gibberellin by Yabuta (1935). These are more than 100 gibberellins reported from both fungi and higher plants. They are noted as GA1, GA2, GA3 and so on. GA3 is the first discovered gibberellin. In 1938, Yabuta and Sumiki isolated gibberellin in crystalline form. In 1955, Brain et al., gave the name gibberellic acid. In 1961, Cross et al., established its structure.

2. Occurrence:
The major site of gibberellin production in plants is parts like embryo, roots and young leaves near the tip. Immature seeds are rich in gibberellins.

3. Precursors:
The gibberellins are chemically related to terpenoids (natural rubber, carotenoids and steroids) formed by 5 – C precursor, an Isoprenoid unit called Iso Pentenyl Pyrophosphate (IPP) through a number of intermediates. The primary precursor is acetate.

4. Chemical structure:
All gibberellins have gibbane ring structure.

5. Transport in plants:
The transport of gibberellins in plants is non-polar. Gibberellins are translocated through phloem and also occur in xylem due to lateral movement between vascular bundles.

6. Bioassay (Dwarf Pea. assay):
Seeds of dwarf pea are allowed to germinate till the formation of the coleoptile. GA solution is applied to some seedlings. Others are kept under control. Epicotyle length is measured and as such, GA stimulating epicotyle growth can be seen.

7. Physiological Effects:
It produces extraordinary elongation of stem caused by cell division and cell elongation.

  • Rosette plants (genetic dwarfism) plants exhibit excessive intermodal growth when they are treated with gibberellins. This sudden elongation of stem followed by flowering is called bolting.
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development
  • Gibberellin breaks dormancy in potato tubers.
  • Many biennials usually flower during second year of their growth. For flowering to take place, these plants should be exposed to cold season. Such plants could be made to flower without exposure to cold season in the first year itself, when they are treated with gibberellins.

8. Agricultural role:

  • Formation of seedless fruits without fertilization is induced by gibberellins eg: Seedless tomato, apple and cucumber.
  • It promotes the formation of male flowers in cucurbitaceae. It helps in crop improvement.
    Uniform bolting and increased uniform seed production.
  • Improves number and size of fruits in grapes. It increase yield.
  • Promotes elongation of inter-node in sugarcane without decreasing sugar content.
  • Promotion of flowering in long day plants even under short day conditions. .
  • It stimulates the seed germination

Question 4.
What are their physiological effects of Abscisic acid in – plants and its role in agriculture?
Answer:
Physiological effects:

  • It helps in reducing transpiration rate by closing stomata. It inhibits K+ uptake by guard cells and promotes the leakage of malic acid. It results in closure of stomata;
  • It spoils chlorophylls, proteins and nucleic acids of leaves making them yellow.
  •  Inhibition of cell division and cell elongation.
  •  ABA is a powerful growth inhibitor. It causes 50% inhibition of growth in Oat coleoptile.
  • It induces bud and seed dormancy.
  • If promotes, the abscission of leaves, flowers and fruits by forming abscission layers.
  • ABA plays an important role in plants dtiring water stress -and during drought conditions. It results in loss of turgor and closure of stomata,
  • It has anti-auxin and anti-gibberellin property.
  • Abscisic acid promotes senescence in leaves’ by causing loss of chlorophyll pigment decreasing the rate of photosynthesis and changing the rate of proteins and nucleic acid synthesis

Agricultural Role:

  • In Cannabis sativa, induces male flower formation on female plants.
  • Induction of flowers in short day plants.
  • It promotes sprouting in storage organs like Potato.
  • ABA plays an important role in plants during water stress drought conditions.
  • It inhibits the shoot growth and promotes growth of root system. This character protect the plants from water stress. Hence, ABA is called as stress hormone.

Question 5.
Write an essay on the role of ethylene on plant physiology and agriculture.
Answer:
Almost all plant tissues produce ethylene gas in minute quantities.
1. Discovery:
In 1924, Denny found that ethylene stimulates the ripening of lemons. In 1934, R. Gane found that ripe bananas contain abundant ethylene. In 1935, Cocken et al., identified ethylene as a natural plant hormone.

2. Occurrence:
Maximum synthesis occurs during climacteric ripening of fruits and tissues undergoing senescence. It is formed in almost all plant parts like roots, leaves, flowers, fruits and seeds.

3. Transport in plants:
Ethylene can easily diffuse inside the plant through intercellular spaces.

4. Precursor:
It is a derivative of amino acid methionine, linolenic acid and fumaric acid.

5. Bioassay (Gas Chromatography):
Ethylene can be measured by gas chromatography. This technique helps in the detection of exact amount of ethylene from different plant tissues like lemon and orange.

6. Physiological Effects:

  • Ethylene stimulates respiration and ripening in fruits.
  • It stimulates radial growth in sterft and roof and inhibits linear growth.
  • It breaks the dormancy of buds, seeds and storage organs.
  • It stimulates formation of abscission zone in leaves, flowers and fruits. This makes the leaves to shed prematurely.
  • Inhibition of stem elongation (shortening the intemode).
  • In low concentration, ethylene helps in root initiation.
  • Growth of lateral roots and root hairs. This increases the absorption surface of the plant roots.
  • The growth of fruits is stimulated by ethylene in some plants. It is more marked in climacteric fruits.
  • Ethylene causes epinasty.

7. Agricultural role:

  • Ethylene normally reduces flowering in plants except in Pine apple and Mango.
  • It increases the number of female flowers and decreases the number of male flowers.
  • Ethylene spray in cucumber crop produces female flowers and increases the yield.

Question 6.
Explain the two hypothesis of explaining the mechanism of vernalization.
Answer:
Two main theories to explain the mechanism of vernalization are:

1. Hypothesis of phasic development:
According to Lysenko, development of an annual seed plant consists of two phases. First phase is thermostage, which is vegetative phase requiring low temperature and suitable moisture. Next phase is photo stage which requires high temperature for synthesis of florigen (flowering hormone).

2. Hypothesis of hormonal involvement:
According to Purvis (1961), formation of a substance A from its precursor is converted into B after chilling. The substance B is unstable. At suitable temperature B is converted into stable compound D called Vemalin. Vernalin is converted to F (Florigen). Florigen induces flower formation. At high temperature B is converted to C and devemalization occurs.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

Question 7.
Write an essay on the types of senescence, its physiology and the factors affecting senescence.
Answer:
1. Types of Senescence:
Leopold (1961) has recognised four types of senescence.

(a) Overall senescence:
This kind of senescence occurs in annual plants when entire plant gets affected and dies, eg: Wheat and Soybean. It also occurs in few perennials also, eg: Agave and Bamboo.

(b) Top senescence:
It occurs in aerial parts of plants. It is common in perennials, underground and root system remains viable, eg: Banana and Gladiolus.

(c) Deciduous senescence:
It is common in deciduous plants and occurs only in leaves of plants, bulk of the stem and root system remains alive, eg: Elm and Maple.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development

(d) Progressive senescence:
This kind of senescence is gradual. First it occurs in old leaves followed by new leaves f then stem and finally root system. It is common in annuals.

2. Physiology of Senescence:

  • Cells undergo changes in structure.
  • Vacuole of the cell acts as lysosome and secretes hydrolytic enzymes.
  • The starch content is decreased in the cells.
  • Photosynthesis is reduced due to loss of chlorophyll accompanied by synthesis and accumulation of anthocyanin pigments, therefore the leaf becomes red.
  • There is a marked decrease in protein content in the senescing organ.
  • RNA content of the leaf particularly rRNA level is decreased in the cells due to increased activity of the enzyme RNAase.
  • DNA molecules in senescencing leaves degenerate by the increased activity of enzyme DNAase.

3. Factors affecting Senescence:

  •  ABA and ethylene accelerate senescence while auxin and cytokinin retard senescence.
  • Nitrogen deficiency increases senescence whereas nitrogen supply retards, senescence. High temperature senescence but low retards senescence.
  • Senescence is rapid in dark than in light.
  • Water stress leads to accumulation of ABA leading to senescence.

Question 8.
Describe the methods of breaking dormancy of seeds in plants.
Answer:
The dormancy of seeds can be broken by different methods. These are:
1. Scarification:
Mechanical and chemical treatments like cutting or chipping of hard tough seed coat and use of organic solvents to remove waxy or fatty compounds are called as Scarification.

2. imp-action:
in some seeds water and oxygen are unable to penetrate micropyle due to blockage by cork cells. These seeds are shaken vigorously to remove the plug which is called Imp-action.

3. Stratification:
Seeds of rosaceous plants (Apple, Plum, Peach and Cherry) will not germinate until they have been exposed to well aerated, moist condition under low temperature (0°C to 10°C) for weeks to months. Such treatment is called Stratification.

4. Alternating temperatures: Germination of some seeds is strongly promoted by alternating daily temperatures. An alternation of low and high temperature improves the germination of seeds.

5. Light:
The dormancy of photoblastic seeds can be broken by exposing them to red light.

Solution To Activity

Textbook Page No : 164

Question 1.
Demonstration of phases of growth.
Answer:
To demonstrate and study the phases of growth, germinate a few seeds of bean on a circular filter paper soaked with water in a petridish. After two days of growth, select a few seedlings with straight radical of 2 to 3 cm length. Dry the surface of radical with a blotting paper and mark the radical from tip to base with at least 2 mm gap using water proof ink. Replace the seedlings in filter paper and observe further growth.

Observation:
The marked area in the radical will grow and increase in length and hence the marked area of 2mm is found to be grow beyond 2mm size due to the growth in the radical.

Textbook Page No: 169

Question 2.
Measurement of growth by direct method.
Answer:
Step 1: Take ordinary scale.
Step 2: Measure ground stem up to the growing point of the plant.
Step 3: Use Indian ink and mark at regular intervals to measure the length of root, stem, and girth of the trunk.

Observation:
At regular intervals measure the increase in length and girth of the trunk and it can be observed that the length of the root, stem and girth of the trunk increased with the increase in the period of growth.

 

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 15 Plant Growth and Development textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.